Mar 22, 2023 | Unstuck Podcast
As much as I hate to admit it, at the end of the day, online business is a bit of a numbers game, at least to some degree. There are some universal key metrics involved across all online businesses that should play a part in the overall strategy and goal-setting for your business. In this episode, I’m going to share with you the metrics you should use to set your goals and expectations in your business with you plus some tips to increase your numbers.
“Disappointment is one of those pretty strong emotions that comes on this roller coaster that is doing business, that it okay, it’s normal and expected to feel that at some point for what you’re doing in your business.” – Shawn Mynar
“What you’re doing in between all these numbers matter a lot and there is so much room and so much potential to make your story, your own data different and then you don’t have to look at these numbers because you know how you perform.” – Shawn Mynar
“You have to have messaging that is so on point, your launch list feels it in their bones. They are experiencing more than just hearing you talk or reading your words, it causing an emotion, a shift, it is causing something in them that makes them need to say yes.” – Shawn Mynar
“You need an offer so good, they can’t refuse…What you present as your paid offer should be the absolute offer you can bring to the table.” – Shawn Mynar
“These metrics are general guidelines, so that you know roughly what to expect. I want you to take the emotion out it and just create some expectations based on this very general numbers knowing that you have the power to blow them out of the water.” – Shawn Mynar
Make Messaging Magic Workshop – shawnmynar.com/magic
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
As much as I hate to admit it, at the end of the day, online business is a bit of a numbers game, at least to some degree. There are some universal key metrics involved across all online businesses that should play a part in the overall strategy and goal setting for your business. So in this episode, I’m going to share with you the metrics you should use to set your goals and expectations in your business, plus some tips to increase those numbers. So stay tuned.
0:34
Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.
1:18
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host on each and every episode of this show. And glad to be with you extra glad because that means I am finally over whatever sort of cough throat thing I had going on the past few weeks. It actually I started feeling that tickle. We all know that little throat tickle where you’re like, Oh, something might be happening. I started feeling that the weekend, two weekends ago now. And it was a few days before I was to host the make messaging magic workshop, which meant I was not going to be getting sick, I was not going to be losing my voice, the show must go on. So I did everything I could over those three days to make sure that my throat was ready to talk for two hours straight. And so that went off, it was great. I did have to have some, like hot water near me. Some throat lozenges near me, I had the humidifier blowing directly on me through that entire workshop because I was, you know, I wasn’t worried that my throat was gonna go in the middle of it. And it did start to want to leave towards the end it was threatening to go. But I was able to make it through. And it was great, super fun. But then from that point on until now, which is over a week later, I tried three times. This is now the fourth time that I tried to record this episode, and I just couldn’t get through it. Within the first couple minutes, my throat would go I would start coughing and just all this stuff. And so I had to put it off until now, but I’m feeling good. I think I’m back at it. It was hard because I felt totally fine. So I wouldn’t even say that I was sick necessarily. Except I just had this really weird cough and my throat would just seize up at any point of the day. And so just wasn’t quite podcast healthy, I guess I will say. So that is why I did not see a new episode last week. But here we are with the episode that I’ve been waiting to share with you for several weeks now. And happy to be back extra extra happy to be back. This episode is something that we I don’t think ever have talked about here on this show. And the almost 200 episodes we have here now. Because to be totally honest, I don’t like talking about it. I have a real internal battle going on about this episode. Talking about things like metrics, percentages, numbers, the analytics is not something that I focus on much in my teaching and coaching and things we do here on the show and things I do in my courses and programs. And it’s not because I don’t think they’re important and it’s not because I don’t use them in my business. I mean, I’m not the most analytical numbers person, but I do see the need for that in a business and so yes, I do use them. But I don’t talk about a much because the type of person I work with you being that person because you’re here listening. That person tends to be towards the beginning of their business journey within say the first few years and I feel like metrics within the first few years.
5:00
areas of business can be a overwhelming, be disheartening or discouraging. And see not totally accurate. There are specifically certain metrics that towards the beginning of a business vary widely, much more so than someone who has been at it for a while and is a more seasoned entrepreneur and has potentially a bigger audience, and potentially an audience that’s been around and been with them for a while that’s gone cold or stale. And so the numbers that they see are a lot different than someone who has just started out. And all of their audience, while it is small, is warm, because they just started. And so they’re just starting to gather interest and to get clients. And so the numbers are just really different. And so to look at those numbers from that type of business, and see them as applied to your business, while that could be a little discouraging, and not accurate at all for you. And then also someone who has been at this a little longer has had some launches under their belt has seen some ups and downs, things that works that things that don’t, they just have a lot more data. And when you have that data, well, then you can apply that to your business, and you will have a lot more accuracy. But if you are someone who hasn’t done anything like this before, you’re relying on someone else’s data that doesn’t necessarily apply to you or your business, or what you’re doing. And again, if you’re looking at that, it’s likely not accurate, and could again be kind of discouraging and overwhelming, and all of that stuff. And I just don’t want that for you. I don’t want these numbers to be discouraging for you or to make you second guess what you’re doing, I can tell you, for the first few years of my business, especially as I was getting into the online space, I had no idea what these numbers were, I just went for it. And I just saw what my numbers were. And I was like, okay, cool. That’s what it is. I didn’t base my decisions, or my emotions on someone else’s metrics that they were using to decide you know, how my business was going to go, whether it was a success or not, or anything like that. So I can tell you to just I guess, really what I’m saying is take all of this with a grain of salt, because I do want to share these with you. Because I am seeing a trend, I have noticed the need to create expectations for your business and where it’s at right now, especially towards the beginning stages that are in alignment with where you’re at and with what is to be expected. And I think knowing some of these numbers will help with those expectations. And those goals.
8:15
I don’t want to say realistic, because, but really, that’s what it is. But I don’t want to say it because I am all for you setting high expectations for yourself and your business. You setting these goals that are like really big and audacious and we’ll have you going after that. We’ve talked about goal setting before and how to do that. And kind of release expectation from that important and I want you to do that. And I want you to set big goals and have these big dreams and go after them. But at the same time what I’m seeing and why I felt the need to do this episode is because there’s a lot of disappointment out there. I’m seeing a lot of disappointment as a business coach right now. And trust me, I get it. I’ve been there. I think disappointment is one of those pretty strong emotions that comes on this roller coaster that is doing business. That is okay. It’s normal and expected to feel that at some point for what you’re doing in your business. But what I don’t want is for that disappointment to come simply because of unrealistic expectations. When in reality if you really strip it back and look at it based on how we expect business to perform, you should be celebrating. You should be excited. You should be ecstatic for me
10:00
Any of you where you’re starting at right now or where you are, in these first few years of your business journey, even getting one person to pay you is something that you should be excited about. And I think that that’s why I never felt this need to know these numbers at the beginning of my business, because I didn’t have any expectations, I didn’t know what was going to happen, it was still very new in the online business world, you know, we’re talking like eight, nine years ago. And believe it or not, the online business space wasn’t nearly what it is today. So there wasn’t really that much noise out there. And I think that’s why a lot of these unrealistic expectations that lead to the disappointment happen, is because you there’s so much more out there, in terms of content of like all these people who have these super successful businesses, and you know, are living these lavish lifestyles all because they have this online business. And you see that, and potentially they are, even in their first few years in it. You know, they’re one of the few that had these, quote, unquote, overnight success stories. And then we just create these visions or dreams or expectations for what our business can do. That means we’re disappointed. And I really, really want you to be celebrating every single thing that your business is doing right now, instead of feeling that level of disappointment, so I’m thinking, if I can outline some of these online business metrics for you, then you can simply use them as a guidepost, to gather your goals and expectations for what you want your business to do. These are not here to limit you, these are not here to discourage you, or anything like that. Remember, you get to decide what your business is capable of, you get to decide what energy you put into your business and thus get out of your business, you are in charge here. But let’s kind of get real analytical with our business for a second just for this one episode, and see where we’re at and see what we can do to increase these numbers as well. Okay, let’s get into these metrics. They are pretty standard percentages of the online business space. And also, they have a lot of wiggle room. in either direction. I can say that, from my own experience, I can say that from my clients experience. So once again, guideposts, nothing more than that, knowing that there’s a lot of potential on either side of these. They also depend on a lot of factors too. So we can’t just say, Okay, well, as long as I have an email list, then this is what I can expect, as long as I put out a paid off, or this is what I can expect, no. So we have to also think about your launch plan, and how closely you follow it, how often you show up the emails you send out your special event and how aligned that is. There’s a lot that goes into launching your paid offer, besides just having it. And so that’s all things we do in signature program lab. It also depends on your messaging, and how compelling it is for your dream client. Not for everyone to see. But for that specific person that you want to help. Again, that’s what we just went over in the make messaging, magic workshop, also your offer? And how irresistible is do people actually want to buy, what you are selling what you are offering what your services are, are you making it an irresistible offer. So people understand that they need to purchase that to get where they want to go. Also your audience and how warm they are to you how good of a fit they are for what you’re offering, did they come to you because of a freebie that is related directly to what you do? Have they been around for a while and they’ve potentially like I said, gone cold and they’re not interested anymore. They’re not at that part of their lives where what you’re doing matters to them, which is totally fine. We all have cycles of our lives, and it’s fine for people to no longer need what you have to offer, but yet they might still be on your list or still be in your audience, even though they’re not a good fit anymore. And also have you
15:00
Post them have you ghosted, your audience ghosted your email list. And now, you know, they may have gotten cold or not remember who you are and what you do, and they need some warming. So all of these things, there’s so much more to these numbers than just, these are the numbers. And this is where we can really get into how to blow these metrics out of the water, which we’ll get into later, as well. So we’re gonna start at the top of the flow of your business as an online business owner, and work our way down. For me, the start of the flow is with your freebie, that is how people get onto your email list. And into your audience. I personally don’t count social media as really much of anything except to further connect with your people and talk about your freebie and potentially get some interest from your social media audience onto your email list. So I am not going to talk about the metrics of social media because who even knows I’m pretty sure they change every day, I think I just read that the overall engagement on social media on Instagram in particular, is down like 27% In the past few weeks, so it’s like Who even knows why even bother waste of valuable energy to try to figure out how to manipulate that, in my opinion. So let’s just talk about the things that we do have more control over, starting with your freebie. So your freebie landing page that is going to be the place that you send people to where they can learn more about your freebie, and put in their name and email address to get your freebie and also get put onto your email list. So your freebie landing page is like the sales page for your freebie. And yes, it should be considered in that way. It’s not just like, put this thing up in five minutes and expect people to want to get involved without really selling them on it. Of the amount of people who go to your freebie landing page 20 to 40% of them will convert into subscribers. So again, even that is a pretty wide range. If you are on the lower end of that, then I would say you have a really good chance of increasing that quite a bit, just by spending more time on your landing page. The messaging that is on your landing page, which if you were at the workshop, you now know exactly what to put on that page, the framework to follow to write that page that will help a lot. So already giving you some tips on how to increase that. But again, 20 to 40% is the standard. So 100% of the people who go on to your freebie landing page are not going to want your freebie they may be interested but not enough to exchange their email address for that freebie, or they made us realize it’s not for them, they may not know what it is because you haven’t talked about it enough. Or they may not know that it is specifically for them, because you haven’t shown them that. And that’s where your words become super powerful. This is a really important page, not something to take lightly. Because once we get people on our email list, then they are part of our community. And we can come into their world once a week with an email that has tons of value, and really showcases what we do and who we help and how we help them and why it matters to them on a regular basis. So super important. And your freebie is also really important to kind of freebie the value of your freebie. Is it epic. Is it interesting. Is it exciting. Is it necessary for your dream client and we’re going to talk about that more. In next week’s episode we’re gonna talk more about your freebies. Anyway, let’s say you have 1000 visitors go to your landing page. That means 200 to 400 of them will download your freebie and get on your email list. Okay, so now they’re on your list and you start sending them emails, the average open rate for an email is 20 to 30%. Now, there are a bunch of caveats with this. On one hand, this is going to be a lot higher, the fewer people you have on your list and how you got those people. So organic subscribers, they’re now
20:00
actually going to be warmer than people that maybe did come off of your social media that barely know you just kind of happened upon your social media then happened upon your freebie, and now they’re on your email list, or you know, people that you’ve got through paid advertising, obviously a lot colder. But if you have a network, if you have friends and family who get on your list, if you you know, have this really warm, engaged small audience, then you can expect your open rate for your emails to be a lot higher, I would say at least 50%. And yes, it will naturally decrease as your audience grows. That is, okay. That is to be expected. That is fine. And like I mentioned, that’s also because you know, as the longer you have this email list, you have this freebie or you’re building your list with other freebies, people go cold, they get out of the season of wanting or needing what they originally came to you for, or they realize you’re not the right fit for them, or whatever it is, it’s not really up to you to figure out what that is. But there will be a cold audience that forms on your email list. And this is where cleaning your email list regularly really helps. And it keeps those open rates up. So yes, you lose followers. So the number on your total email list, your subscribers goes down, but your open rate goes up. And I mean, who really cares about the number of people on your email list if they’re not opening, so we care more about that open rate. Now another really important caveat, Apple’s privacy protection program, it’s something they released in 2021. And it makes I mean, I hate to say it, but it kind of makes open rate data pointless, which is not great, but true. So according to Apple, this is directly from Apple site, mail, privacy protection hides your IP address, so senders can’t link it to your other online activity or determine your location. And it prevents senders from seeing if and when you’ve opened their email. So anyone who is using Apple Mail, can potentially have this on have this blocked. And so you can’t retrieve that data or your email management software can’t retrieve that data. Now, what I’ve heard is that this actually inflate your open rate, not sure the mechanism on that or if that’s totally legit. So don’t take my word as written in stone. But I have heard that it actually increases your open rates, so may look a little inflated. Now, I still think that you can and should keep track of your open rates, look at those and take them into account. But what I use my open rates for is to see any fluctuations, it really helps me see what emails people are interested in opening, what they’re not interested in opening how my subject lines are going. Because that’s obviously how people determine if they want to open or not is by subject line, you can use that data to still get information about what you should be sending your email list, what’s working, what’s not working, and just to get an overall gauge of how you’re doing. So still important, I would still keep track of them, for sure. So let’s keep with our same example and do a little math. So you have this rockin landing page of the 1000 people who visited 400 people signed up and are now on your list. That means if we’re saying 30% of your emails are getting opened 120 People are reading your emails on average. Of course this is going to vary depending on so many factors. And also it may not be the same 120 people every single time. So you know there’s a lot of things to consider there and a lot of variables but just so you have an idea of this numbers game that does happen in business. Okay, now let’s move to you selling your paid offer that can be one on one client packages, a program, a course a workshop, whatever it is, doesn’t matter. The next metric in the flow is how many people sign up for your special event to kick off your launch. If you have followed along for a while you know that I’m pretty adamant you do a special event to help sell your services. It is kind of the
25:00
This bridge that gets people to understand why they need what you have to offer, it takes them from kind of being cold or just being out of the loop. Like, if you haven’t been talking about what you do regularly, then they don’t really know it that well. And it gives you the opportunity to spend some time with them. And, you know, give them a lot of value, and really showcase what you do, and then offer to help them on a paid scale. So I highly, highly encourage you to do a special event for whatever you’re selling doesn’t matter if it’s one on one clients, or if it’s a course or whatever, anything, it always helps to do a special event, that special event is free, usually, and just a really fun opportunity for you. And even if no one buys, it’s still this great opportunity for you to showcase what you do and talk more about that and get more comfortable and competent. In talking more about that. Okay, off the soapbox of the special event, for the sake of this example. And because I think it’s kind of the simplest and best special event, especially for people who this may be their first couple launches, I am going to use a webinar as an example a live webinar, okay? Because this is still considered a freebie it is a free live webinar. And the same opt in rate typically apply. So between 20% and 40% of your audience will opt in to be a part of your webinar, I would say this May, and it’s okay, if it goes more towards the lower end, I would be I would probably be okay with a 30% conversion rate on that page. And again, this is not just a throw this up in five minutes and not consider what you’re putting on this page. This is a big deal, you are selling these people on spending an hour of their time with you live, that’s a big deal. And that’s why it may be a little lower than your freebie landing page. Because there’s more commitment, you know, they have to be available, they have to want to sit around for an hour, you know, it’s just there’s a lot involved in a webinar that may lower the conversion rate. And that’s okay, so let’s say in this case, again, we have those 1000 people that go to your registration page for your webinar, that means between 204 100 of them will register, we’re going to keep it in the middle. Again, I think 30% is a pretty decent conversion rate for a webinar registration page. So that makes it 300 people signing up for your webinar, these 300 people are also considered your launch list. So when it comes time to sell your paid offer, and to send enrollment emails, these are the people that will get those emails, now attendance rates for webinars, they are right around 30% of registrants, although I will say kind of since like COVID, this has been on the decline. And I think it’s because of like zoom fatigue, I really do. And people does not wanting to be on yet another call or meeting or anything like that. So this has been a little bit on the decline, I will say, but let’s keep it at 30%, which means 100 People are going to be at your webinar live. And that’s really important because people so the other 200 people that didn’t show up live couldn’t be there or forgot or decided not to attend whatever, that’s fine, they are still part of your launch list, but likely, obviously not going to be as engaged in the launch, they may not even watch the replay at all, a lot of them don’t or they may watch it after your launch is already done. There’s just a little less incentive there. So those people while they still will be a part of your lunch or not as warmed up to the idea as those who attended live. So those 100 live people are just Yes, just focus on them and be so excited that they were there with you live because about 10% of those live attendees will buy or that equates to about five to 7% of your overall launch list will buy so there may be some people who couldn’t attend live that will still buy but it’s going to be quite a bit lower than the percentage of people that attended live. So overall between 10 and 12 people will buy according to
30:00
These metrics. So we started again, I don’t want this to discourage you. But I want to just look at this from this very real and very analytical, let’s just stick with the numbers kind of mentality. We started with 1000 people going to that registration page, and of that 10 to 12. People purchase. Okay. And now you might be able to see why I hesitated to share this. It can be kind of disheartening if you were to only look at this because you’re like, how am I even going to get 1000 people to look at this registration page? What if I only can get 100 people or 50? People, then do I even have any chance of anyone buying? And yes, you do. And that’s what we’re going to talk about. Because I personally have experienced and seen metrics way different than this. For me, personally, my landing pages are always over 50% conversion rate, my emails are at 40 to 50%, open rates, even as the numbers grow, and my email list grows. And I don’t say this to brag or anything like that, I say this to show you that what you’re doing in between all these numbers matters a lot. And there is so much room and so much potential to make that your story your own data way different than this. And then you don’t have to look at these numbers, these quote unquote, standard typical ranges for online businesses because you know, how you perform, how your business is doing. And you can track data based on that based on what you do. And I’ve seen my clients do this, too. I’ve seen people who have launched lists of 30. Enroll 10 people, people who have email lists of under 100. Enroll 20 people in their programs. And that is why I really think especially the small businesses just starting out and having these smaller, but way warmer audiences can blow these metrics out of the water. Again, as long as you are focused on what you’re doing in between those numbers, and what you have the ability and the power to control within your own business. So like I said, there is a ton of wiggle room here, which is why I don’t want you to take these numbers so seriously and get discouraged. But I do want them to serve as guidelines as guideposts, like I said, Because I also don’t want you to feel disappointed when you have 10 people that signed up for your webinar, and only three people joined live and only one person enrolled. Well, that’s exactly what the metrics say should happen. And you should be celebrating the heck out of that one person. And out of those three people and out of those 10 people, that is a huge deal. And the only reason you’re disappointed is because you had to create these expectations without having any guideposts. And so your thought is oh of the 10 people that signed up, surely seven or eight will attend live, and then surely five or six will join. And so when you you create those goals and you don’t reach them, then you can’t see how awesome that one person that joined was and how on point, everything that you did leading up to that was, so then we get into this place of disappointment instead of excitement and encouragement. So that is again, just to clarify one more time, why I am choosing to share these with you even though I know you all can blow these numbers out of the water, especially as we continue to work on nailing your messaging, which is really what’s at the heart of getting these numbers to increase for you. Before we get into that though, I want to show you an example of how you can use these to set your goals. So let’s say you’re launching a new program and you want to make $5,000 So you can and should start with the monetary goal that you want to hit that is totally okay. So you want to make $5,000 on the launch of your new program. It is a $500 program. So that means you need 10 enrollments to reach your goal. If 10% of your webinar attendees are going to join, then that means you need 100 people to attend your webinar. And if the attendance rate is 30% then that means you need 300 People
35:00
To sign up for your webinar, and let’s say your webinar landing page is totally on point, you’re going to convert it at 50%, which you absolutely can do based on your messaging, that means 600, people will need to visit your landing page. Now, instead of that being overwhelming, here’s the really nice thing. You don’t have to worry about that dollar amount coming in and how you’re going to make that happen. Instead, you can focus your attention and energy on getting people to visit your webinar landing page and having them register. So we don’t have to be so focused on this monetary goal. Instead, we can more so just focus on getting people into our webinar, letting them know what’s available, letting them know why it’s important, they show up what is going to help them with why they can’t live without being at this webinar, that is where your messaging comes in. And you can use that and focus on that instead of staying so hyper focused on that monetary goal. So once you’ve set it, set it and forget it and focus on your people and getting them into your free event. Now, let me go over some ways that you can first of all troubleshoot if your metrics are lower than the ones that I just stated or lower than you want them to be even and also give you some ideas to increase them. If your freebie landing page or and or your special event landing page are not converting at at least 30%. I really think that 20% is super low. I think you all can do way more than that. I think if you’re having like hundreds of 1000s of people go to your freebie landing page, and they’re all from like Facebook ads than he had 20% might be more accurate because they’re super cold leads. They don’t know you and there’s a lot of them. But I think for most of you and the type of business that you have, you can easily get your landing page to convert at 50% For sure, no question. But if it’s not right now, then we have some work to do. So there’s a couple options here a couple things to look at, first of all, your freebie and special event is not epic enough. That’s what I call it this epic freebie. It’s epic, if it’s unique, special and highly desirable for your dream client. Again, we’re going to talk more about this next week. But if your freebie isn’t exciting and enticing enough for your dream clients, then they don’t want it. And so when they go to your landing page, they’re not going to be interested enough to convert to put in their name and email address. Download the freebie and get on your email list. So that’s one thing to look at. Also, the messaging on your page is likely not compelling, and intriguing enough to get people interested in your freebie and willing to fork over their highly coveted, highly protected email address. It is the same as asking someone for 50 bucks, you should think of it that way at least. And if you haven’t done the work to let them know through your words, why they need your freebie. Why it is special, why is it valuable? What it will do for them, then they’re not going to put that email address in that box. It’s that simple. And that is again why I say you can’t just throw up a generic landing page for your freebie. It is a sales page. There are a bazillion freebies out there in the world right now. And every where we turn we’re being asked for our email address. So what is going to make your person decide to put that email address that they’re getting asked for every direction into your box. That’s what we need to do on our landing page. And your words will do that for you. So you may need to take a hard look at your landing page and see if it really truly is conveying the message that you want to convey in a unique and compelling way for you and if it’s really reaching into the heart and mind of your dream client.
39:54
The last thing for your landing pages is that you’re in might not be getting in
40:00
front of the right people, for whatever reason, maybe it could be you had a little pivot and the audience that you did have is no longer a perfect fit for what you’re doing now, or the audience you do have is comprised mostly of friends and family. And so the people who are going to your landing page aren’t the right people for your freebie or for your webinar. And so they’re hopping off because it’s just not for them. And that’s okay. But then you need to take be taking a look at your audience. And really, again, getting real with yourself about if it’s the right audience based on what you are now offering, or did you have a pivot? Or do you need to spend more time getting in front of the right people? Now it is most likely some combination of all of the above, if your landing pages aren’t going as well as you’d like them to your messaging is going to be the biggest disconnect for sure. That’s what I have seen 100 times out of 100. That is why I haven’t started talking about it so regularly. Because it’s a huge disconnect in most of the people that I work with. And most of my audience is really diving into that, and spending the time you need to on your landing pages, even for your free offers. So that’s going to be really at the heart of this. But yes, also consider those other two things, that it’s just not a good enough freebie, and that it’s just not the right audience and then do what you need to do. Make the tweaks to change those. And actually, to go back even further, if you’re not getting visitors to your freebie landing page, like you’re sharing about your freebie, on your platforms, on your website, on your social media, and you’re not getting people to even get to the landing page, then that means your messaging about your freebie outside of your page isn’t compelling enough. So how you’re even talking about your freebie on these other places that would get someone to click over to your landing page has a disconnect. So there’s something there that isn’t working, how you’re talking about it, what you’re saying what you’re not saying how you’re saying it, that all matters. So I can tell you very rarely is someone just going to see this free thing, and a link that says Sign up and sign up. They need the words that go with it, they need your message that goes with it, in order to make a decision, just seeing an image of a freebie and a thing that says free and workshop or free workbook, or journal or whatever, and a link to join isn’t going to do it for 99.99 out of 100 people, you need words. And I feel like there’s a lot of you who are afraid of using your words, to talk about your freebie it is free. It’s a great free offer should be something super exciting for you to share with the world. But I think it’s just that you haven’t done the messaging work yet to know exactly what your clients need to hear to make that decision. So again, if you’re not even getting people to that landing page, then yes, still work to do there. All right, moving on. Let’s talk about those emails. If you’re not happy with your open rates of your emails, a couple of things we can do there. First of all, write better emails.
43:39
If your emails are boring, or you only email when you want something from your email list, like you have an offer coming out or an affiliate link to promote or something like that. And you’re never just emailing them with pure value. And it’s not engaging. You know, like I said, it’s kind of boring, or like overly professional and not like you’re talking to your friend, then people aren’t probably gonna stop opening those emails because they’re not engaging, and they’re just not what they want to have in front of them. They’re not what how they want to be spending their time. So write better emails, write more engaging emails, write emails with higher value, write emails that are not just sales emails. That would be the first thing actually, that may not be the first thing I feel like the first thing is you might just need better subject lines. Your subject lines are the most important part of your email of your entire email, your subject lines matter because that’s what will determine if people even open them or not. If it’s a boring subject line, if it’s too long if they can’t read it because it goes across, you know and gets cut off. If it’s not engaging or interesting if it doesn’t make them curious.
45:00
As to know, you know, like questions do really well in subject lines, because it’s like, oh, I want to know the answer to that question, then you lost them. And they’re just going to delete without clicking into your email. So that’s a really easy way to get your open rates up is just to work on your subject lines. And I feel like I’ll be making that either a podcast episode soon all about subject lines, or maybe even a freebie with some subject lines for you to use. So you don’t have to think about it. So be on the lookout for that coming up soon. The third way to increase your open rates of your emails is to just continue consistently emailing your list, do not ghost them. As soon as you ghost them, then they you know that you’re off their radar, they kind of forget who you are, or what you do, they don’t feel connected, they don’t continue getting that communication and that connection from you. And so then when you do start randomly emailing them, again, they they’re not going to open or they may open and unsubscribe, because they’re like, Who is this person? Oh, yeah, I forgot, not really interested in what they have to offer anymore, because they kind of ghosted me, that kind of thing. So keep the relationship going. If you have ghosted your list, I can tell you exactly what to do and what to write in your email and launch list accelerator. So that’s available for you as well. And then lastly, like I mentioned, clean your list, you should be cleaning your list pretty regularly. So that means basically wiping off unsubscribing, anyone who hasn’t ever engaged in your emails, or hasn’t in a particular amount of time. So typically, that’s 90 days. So if someone hasn’t opened your email in 90 days, chances are, they’re probably not going to open an email from you, maybe they’re going to spam and they are not even seeing your emails, or they have just decided they’re not interested in the work you do, but haven’t unsubscribed themselves. Either way, it’s best to get those people off of your list. And when you do that, then your open rates are naturally going to increase because the people that are opening them are still on your list. So most email service providers have this system already built in to where they can help you clean your list. So you can take those people who haven’t opened in 90 days, or whatever timeframe you set or your email service provider sets. And you can send them a series of emails to reengage, and then if they reengage, they stay on. If they don’t, then they get wiped clean, you can do that. Or if you know that they’re just not going to open an email like they never have. So obviously, they’re going to spam or something, then you can just wipe them clean too. So I would do that. I typically do it about once every six months, I know you’re supposed to do it more than that. It’s just not something that’s really on my radar until then. But I definitely do it at least a couple times a year. And I would encourage you to as well, that actually feels really good. It feels good as kind of like a clean slate fresh, start getting rid of maybe some stuck energy in your business and being able to continue to serve those people who are engaged. So I always like to do it, even though yes, the number of total subscribers goes down, who really cares how to get more people to attend your webinar. As I said, this number has seemed to be going down for most businesses since the pandemic most online businesses that are hosting webinars. So there are some things you can do to increase the number of people who actually get on your webinar live. Because as I said, those people are your people, they get to be a part of your whole launch experience, and see it live and be able to ask you questions, and to be presented with this opportunity to work with you. So it’s such a cool place to be to have these people who have attended live. First thing you can do is to infuse your reminders with some heavy heavy messaging, your reminder email, so after someone signs up to attend your webinar, you should be sending them several reminder emails. And these reminder emails are not just like, hey, you signed up for this thing. It’s happening at this time. See you there. Instead we are infusing them with why it’s important for them to be there. We’re getting them excited to be there and how they will change and what they will learn and experience and how they’ll grow. Really showing the importance of being there of what you’re doing. So infusing that into your reminder emails
50:00
The next thing is to provide some sort of special gift just to those people that are there live and make sure that that is part of your messaging from the very beginning like that is on the landing page, that’s in all the reminder emails and everything you put out to let them know that an extra special gift will be available and say what that gift is, I mean, I don’t know what it is for you. But make sure you give it a title. And it sounds really enticing. And you have this extra thing for those people who do attend live. And then the last option is to not include a replay, just don’t make it something that there’s a replay to that it is okay. I mean, I’ve never personally done it, but I’ve considered it and that’s fine, especially if you know you’re going to be doing it in the future. If someone can’t attend at that time, on that day, cool, then that’ll be happening next month, or in a few weeks or in a few months. And they can attend that one. Or if you’re going to be doing several different time options for the live segment, like you’re going to do it at noon on one day. And then at 6pm The next day, so people that work and attend after work. If you’re giving options, then again, if they can attend, no worries, it will happen again in the future. And that’s fine to just let people know, if they can’t attend live, there won’t be a replay. So make sure to attend live or wait until the next round. So that’s a little bit more of a edgy way to get people to attend. But I have seen people do it. And I have seen it work for people. Okay, and last thing we’re going to cover today how to get more people to buy the ultimate million dollar question, literally how to get more people to buy. First thing, you need a really, really good offer an offer so good, they can’t refuse. When you are hosting a special event. Again, let’s stick with the webinar theme. When you are on that webinar, what you present as your paid offer should be the absolute best offer you can bring to the table. So this includes a fair price for both you and the work you’re doing and the service you’re providing, and your client, and also value that exceeds that price so that your clients feel like they’re getting the deal of the century, while again, of course, still feeling like a fair price for you and what you’re bringing to the table. So you can do this with special bonuses, especially for those people, again, that attended live or signed up for the special event, they can get a special bonus or a special coupon code. There can be guarantees and refund policies to eliminate that feeling of risk. All of this makes up your offer package. And that offer package should make someone feel really excited, and really safe to continue on their journey and hit that purchase button. So excited as in, they’re getting a really good deal. Best offer ever. They’re so excited, and they know exactly what they’re getting, and exactly how it’s going to change their lives. If either of that isn’t conveyed, then we have a problem, there’s a disconnect, and they’re not going to purchase.
53:30
And that leads me into the second thing of course, the messaging aspect, you have to have messaging that is so on point, your launch list feels it in their bones, they are experiencing something more than just hearing you talk or reading your words, they are experiencing something it is causing an emotion it is causing a shift, it is causing something in them that makes them need to say yes, they are connected to your message so deeply. They feel it, they feel like you’ve created this offer just for them. And they have to take you up on it. You are their person to solve their problem. And the only way they feel that is if you speak directly to them. Now that doesn’t mean send them individual emails or anything like that. No, that’s where your messaging comes in, to where you’ve done the work to understand what you need to say. So that that person on the other end of the screen feels like you’re speaking directly to them just directly into their hearts. And that’s what we need to do every single time. And you do that also by making it all about them. So then we have this really great offer. We have this messaging that is speaking
55:00
into the soul of our dream clients. And then it’s just about unapologetically confidently offering it to your people openly talking about it confidently sharing, communicating, connecting, all of those things I see so many of you have this really great offer, and then your messaging is like, and then you just don’t talk about it. But like, imagine if you had this like really solid messaging to go with this really great offer, that is going to naturally bring in this confidence to talk about it and share and openly just give to the point where someone has to sign up, there is no other option, you have helped them make that decision for themselves, you have coached him into taking that step. And now here I am getting all worked up, because I just think it’s something so powerful, and something so simple, that we’re just not using to our full advantage. And that is our words. Alright, so I’m gonna stop with that. Think that’s been plenty for today. I am so happy my voice made it through the past hour. I know it’s been a little. It’s been a little sketchy here and there. But thanks for sticking it out with me. And just to wrap up. I know I’ve already said this a million times. But let me say at one time more, these metrics are general guidelines, so that you know roughly what to expect, I want you to take the emotion out of it. And just create some guidelines create some expectations based on these very general numbers, knowing that you have the power to blow them out of the water, especially with everything we talk about here. If you are actually applying what we talked about on this show into your business, you will blow them out of the water. But just keep these numbers in the back of your mind until you have enough data to create your own metrics and your own numbers. And then use those to help you make your goals and expectations from there. And one last thing I know I talked about messaging a lot here and it probably will continue and pretty much every episode. If you did not get in on the make messaging magic workshop, and you want to catch the replay. It is now available over on Shawnmynar.com/magic You can get immediate access to the replay and all of the workbooks that we did and everything. It was so much fun. It was so great. I loved every minute of it and really just saw so many golden nuggets in those two hours. That will really help you increase your metrics in your business. So Shawnmynar.com/magic If you want immediate and lifetime access to the make messaging magic workshop, alright friends, until next time, take care.
58:03
Hey friends, Shawn here and if you’re a coach or practitioner who’s looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don’t want to miss. Right now. I’m hosting a free masterclass that we’ll walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I’m now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I’m just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don’t have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you’re at in your business today. So if you’re like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people that are meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there’s a seat with your name on it inside my burnout proof your business masterclass. In just one hour, you’re going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life health, family and self care. You’ll learn exactly how my client sold out her first program even with a small audience because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You’ll learn the simplified foolproof process that
1:00:00
We’ll take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can’t wait to enroll in your program once it’s ready. Even if right now you’re starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it’s gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can’t wait to see you there.
Mar 8, 2023 | Unstuck Podcast
Does hustling have a place in an aligned, flow business? You probably know by now that I am not a fan of hustle culture, especially when it comes to creating a sustainable, feel good, business that you love. But, is there ever a time where you *should* hustle in your business? Let’s dive in to this episode and find out.
“I will never sacrifice any of my own self care or any of my own important things in my life that are more important than my business.” – Shawn Mynar
“Hustle is an energetic activity… to me that just sounds like something you’re doing with some purpose, excitement and fervor behind it.” – Shawn Mynar
“Part of a flow business is taking aligned, inspired action.” – – Shawn Mynar
“Not all hustling is bad hustling and don’t be afraid to get into a period of hustle in your business. It should be a sign that you’re in the brink of major shift, a major breakthrough.” – Shawn Mynar
“My family is more important than my business, my health is more important than my business and I hope you feel the same about your business and your health and your connections and whoever in your life that is important to you.” – Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Does hustling have a place in an aligned flow business? You probably know by now that I am not a fan of hustle culture, especially when it comes to creating a sustainable feel good business that you love. But is there ever a time where you should and might need to hustle in your business? Let’s dive into this episode and find out.
0:26
Hey, there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.
1:10
Hey, hey there, friends, and welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host on each and every episode. And as always, so, so grateful to have you here checking out the show. Today, we’re going to I’m going to make this one a little short and sweet. It’s a topic that I really didn’t know I would ever talked about on the show, except that it’s something that I’m currently kind of dealing with and thinking about and just thought it was something that I should share with all of you too. And that is on the topic of hustling and if it ever does have a place in these businesses that we’re building that are really built on flow and alignment and inspiration and aligned action. And all of those things we talked about here so much. But does this idea of hustling ever fit into that kind of business. And so that’s what we’re going to talk about today. Like I said, short episode, I’ve been outputting a lot. We just wrapped up the copy Crash Course series here on the show. And so the last four episodes prior to this, were just really content output heavy, I put a lot of time and energy into creating those episodes, and really making sure that they were as robust as I possibly could make them while still being digestible for all of you. So spend a lot of time over the past few weeks doing that, and just a lot of other stuff we’re going to talk about. And so here’s a nice, short, sweet episode, that still is something that I want to share with you and talk about with you and make sure that you’re thinking about in your business, too. First, I gotta start this episode I already shared in the intro, but I’m gonna say it again, very loudly and very clearly that I very much disagree with hustle culture. And I think we all know what that refers to. But just in case, here’s what it means to me. And I think to the general audience is working these long hours and sacrificing yourself care and time with your family, and all the other things going on in your life that are important to you,
3:26
in order to work harder, because those long hours are necessary to succeed or so you’ve been told. And if you do sacrifice all those things, and work these long hours, and really grind it out and push harder and harder and harder than all your dreams will come true, you’ll have this amazing business, you’ll be making millions of dollars, and you know, then you can go on and enjoy your life later. So toxic, right, very toxic way of thinking about things. And not true. You do not have to sacrifice everything in your life and work these long, hard hours and sacrifice your own self care and all of that stuff to have a business and life you love, which is kind of the main theme of what we do here and what I’m all about. And it’s also not true that if you do work these long hours and do all that stuff, and subscribe to hustle culture that you’ll have success so like not true on so many levels and very toxic and not what we’re about here. Now I’m also not a fan of busy work, which I talked about here on the show to working for the sake of working, being busy or appearing to be busy for the sake of being busy. without really any end goal or end in sight. nothing to show for it, nothing to come of it. It’s just kind of like you’re on this hamster wheel of doing stuff. That never really hasn’t
5:00
And it doesn’t even really have that big of a purpose doesn’t really have a goal or any end to it. Not a fan of busy work. And that’s also not what we’re talking about here. Today, we are talking about just the idea of hustling in and of itself. And if and when it has a place in your business. Let me start by telling you that the last few weeks, I’ve been hustling, I have been basically working on two things at once the make messaging magic workshop, which the day that this comes out is also the same day as the workshop. And as of now, we are already almost full, it’s still over a week away, when I’m recording this, I’m super excited for the people that have joined, it’s going to be so fun. And I’ve been prepping for that workshop and to make sure it’s as value packed as I can possibly get it. And with all that also comes, you know, reading the emails to invite everyone and putting up the sales page and putting up the thank you page and reading the thank you emails and reading the reminder emails, there’s a lot that goes into even just having and hosting a workshop. So that but then also, as I mentioned, last week, when we were talking about websites, I’m in the process of creating a new program, website copy in a week, although I don’t know what it’s actually going to be called. I don’t think that’s the official name of it forever. But I’m about to beta test my new program about website copy. And I’ve been spending, let’s say, probably at least two months working on that program and getting everything ready. And I still have some things to do to be ready for that beta launch. So I’ve been kind of juggling that, because that’s going to be happening on the back end of this workshop. And also getting ready for the workshop. A lot, a lot going on behind the scenes. And I’m one of those people that when there’s a lot going on behind the scenes, I kind of like don’t share it, because I just forget, it’s just not on my radar to show up on social media be like, here’s what I’m doing behind the scenes. So a lot of you don’t even know that that’s what I’m doing behind the scenes. But if ever I go quiet on social media, on my Instagram Stories, that’s why because there’s a lot going on. And I just forget, just like my day is gone before I even remember that Instagram exists, which is not a bad place to be if you ask me. Anyway, I’ve been hustling. Because not only do I have all of these things going on, I also set a deadline to have all these things going on. And to do all of these things. That was a little tight. And I normally actually don’t do that to myself. But with everything that I’m creating and doing right now. I am so freaking excited to get it out there and to show you guys this and to teach you this and everything that I’m doing to really apply it to your businesses. And because I have that energy and excitement to do it, I set a deadline that was a little quicker than I potentially normally would have. But it’s like I’m bursting at the seams to show you this stuff. And so with that excitement and with that energy, I set a deadline that required some hustle. And I’m currently in that space of hustling. Now, for me, hustling looks like working on the weekends, working at night, when we’re hanging on the couch watching TV or something, I have a lot of things that I can do where it’s kind of I don’t have to be entirely present a lot of back end stuff and things that I can do. While I’m kind of vaguely watching a show that I’m not super interested in and working on my computer. Also, what it doesn’t mean for me is working instead of sleeping instead of eating, instead of connecting with my family, instead of taking care of myself that I will never do. I will never sacrifice any of that stuff, any of my own self care or any of my own important things in my life that to be honest, are more important than my business. My family is more important than my business. My health is more important than my business. And I hope you feel the same about your business and your health and your connections and whoever you have in your life that’s important to you. So I’m still taking my dogs on hikes three times a week and getting in our nature time and my movement. I still make an eat dinner with my
10:00
My wife, I still meditate and journal and read before bed, I still go to bed at a normal hour, I still have time before bed where I’m not looking at my screen, all of that. But yes, I am working more. Yes, I am working longer hours, my energy around my work is definitely heightened. And if I think back to pretty much every time, and this is what kind of prompted me to talk about this on the show, every time I have had a major breakthrough in my business, or I put something out that I was really proud of, or I took a big step forward in my business, or I pivoted, or even when I first started my business, I was hustling.
10:57
And if you just look at the word hustle, it actually has a totally different meaning, and one that can absolutely have a place in your business. And quite honestly, it might even be necessary at times in order for you to do your best work to get your work out there to gain momentum to get the ball rolling, the things that we quite often need to do to move forward in our business and take the next step and get to the next level and do what we ultimately want to do. So when you just strip it down, and look at just the word hustle. I looked it up on Google, it says an energetic activity, busy movement.
11:50
That, I mean, there’s lots of definitions of hustle, it’s kind of amazing how many different variations of one word there could be. But when we’re talking specifically about what I’m what we’re talking about today, hustle is an energetic activity like hustle and bustle. To me, that just sounds like something you’re doing with some purpose, excitement and fervor behind it. That at the time is increasing your energy and awareness and dedication to it.
12:23
And like I said, I mean, if we’re being totally honest here, you’re going to need that sometimes, there are going to be seasons in your business, where that is going to be a really helpful ingredient. And let me put a big emphasis on the word season. Because no, I’m not talking about all the time, I’m not all of a sudden saying you should start working way too many hours and spending all your time staring at your computer. No, please don’t do that to yourself. We all know that that’s not healthy and what you should be doing, because it’s not the kind of business you want to build. But the reality is part of a flow business is taking aligned, inspired action. And when you’re aligned and inspired, you better believe that you’re gonna have seasons in your business where you are so excited, and so dedicated with this real purpose that you’re putting out, and that you have behind your actions. And how does that translate into heightened energetic activity, AKA a little bit of hustling.
13:29
And if we’re talking, especially when you’re kind of just starting your business, or launching a new paid offer, or pivoting and doing something different, or you know, any really big moment that leads to growth. I feel like they’re all going to require some level of hustling because it’s just heightened energetic activity. And you are excited, and you do have a purpose, and you are dedicated. And when you have the combination of those, you want to get it out into the world and you probably even want to work a little harder on it. I mean, for me, this time spent on weekends working, I’m more than fine with that. I’m happy to be doing it. It’s winter, it’s cold, I’m kind of over it. I might as well be inside working on something that I’m excited about that I’m passionate about and is really invigorating for me. Like this extra time spent working is energizing me it’s not depleting me it’s not making me feel like I have to grind it out or anything like that. And if we’re looking at hustling as being heightened energetic activity, well then that makes sense. It should leave you with in this energetic state and this high vibe place where you’re enjoying it and it’s exciting and fun and Invigor
15:00
writing to you. So all of this to say, I don’t think hustling in and of itself should be a quote unquote bad word in this entrepreneur solopreneur business world. And dare I say, it might have its place and even be necessary in your business at times. The question really to ask I think, is, What’s your intention? What’s the emotion behind it? Are you excited, aligned? Inspired? Or are you grinding, working? busying yourself? Because someone out there told you, you have to? Or you should? And if you did, then you’d be a millionaire by next week? Or are you grinding working? busying yourself, because you’re afraid that if you don’t, your business will fall apart, or it will never grow, it will never become what you want it to be?
16:02
That’s very different, right? Very different from being excited, invigorated by something you’re working on, you have this heightened energy to get it out into the world to impact more lives and take a big step in your business. So not all hustling is bad hustling. And don’t be afraid to get into a period of hustle in your business. Really, it should be a sign that you’re on the brink of a major shift, a major breakthrough, and let that invigorate you and let it lead you if you’re moving into that season, if you feel like it’s time to have this heightened energetic activity and work a little longer and work a little harder and have more purpose behind what you’re doing. That’s just a sign that something’s on. On the other end, Something’s coming. And that’s really exciting. Just always keep in mind, what’s the intention and emotion behind it, if you do find yourself in this period of hustle, or you are afraid of getting into a period of hustle because you don’t want to be a part of this hostile culture, which we’re not doing just by having these seasons in our business? What’s the intention and emotion behind it, just stay clear on that. And ride it ride with that flow, that is part of being in flow is knowing that there will be times where your energy shifts in the amount of time you work shifts and your purpose shifts, and it becomes more and that’s okay, it’s temporary. And it just might be necessary for you and your business and your growth. And actually taking that next big step.
17:47
All right, I will leave it at that I just wanted to share kind of the season that I’m in right now. And you know, thinking back on it and realizing, gosh, these seasons kind of happen on a regular basis, every time there is a shift happening. And it’s exciting. And it feels good. And so not all hustling needs to be bad. There is still the good side of hustling. All right, my friends. Until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you’re a coach or practitioner who’s looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don’t want to miss. Right now. I’m hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I’m now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I’m just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don’t have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it. Which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you’re at in your business today. So if you’re like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people that are meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there’s a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you’re going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life health.
20:00
Family and self care, you’ll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You’ll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can’t wait to enroll in your program. Once it’s ready. Even if right now you’re starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it’s gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can’t wait to see you there.
Mar 1, 2023 | Unstuck Podcast
Your website *should* be doing some of the heavy lifting in your business. Is yours? If not, there are some changes you can make to start getting more visitors onto your website and turning those visitors into warm, engaged leads. Whether you already have a business website or know that’s something you’ll need soon, these website copywriting tips will get your website up to speed and working around the clock so you don’t have to!
“You do not need a website to get the ball rolling, to start things moving in your business but pretty quickly on, you will need a website.” – Shawn Mynar
“Your website is more than just your digital business card.” – Shawn Mynar
“Your website is your home on the internet.” – Shawn Mynar
“Do make sure every page on your website has a goal and that you keep that goal in mind throughout the page.” – Shawn Mynar
“Your overall website’s goal is to be an inviting, engaging place for your dream clients so that they can take the next step in their journey.” – Shawn Mynar
Make Messaging Magic Workshop – shawnmynar.com/magic
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
The moment you decide to have your own business, you also decide to take on a bunch of new roles, whether you want to or not, bookkeeper, accountant, Administrative Manager, visionary, creative social media expert marketer and copywriter. Yep whether you realize it or not want to or not love it or not. If you want to be in business, you need to know how to write good copy. Your Business literally cannot exist without it. And yet, so many coaches, practitioners and small business owners never give their copywriting skills a second thought, and then are stumped when their businesses are struggling to take off, not building an audience and not creating a connection based community. It all comes back to copy. In this copywriting Crash Course podcast series, I cover the ins and outs of writing good copy for your small business, even if you’re not a quote unquote good writer. And today in the last episode of this series, we’re talking all about how to write a website that actually works for your business. So stay tuned.
1:09
Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.
1:53
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host here on the show, happy to have you. It is the final episode of the copy Crash Course series. So for the past, now, this will be the fourth episode. So the past three and this one, we’re all dedicated to this one very big, very important concept topic that we all need to talk about as small business owners, and something that I feel like not enough people are talking about not enough people are really taking the time and energy to learn and do correctly in their business. So I said, Hey, let’s take a few episodes and just get it all out on the table and get your wheels hopefully spinning and turning about ways that you can start incorporating this work, what we’ve been learning and kind of calling out things you’re not doing things you need to be doing, as you’re writing your copy for your business, to just start learning more and engaging more and thinking more about it and growing in that aspect of your business. So that was the goal. We’re going to round it out today talking all about websites, because they are one of the most important places to have really, really good, amazing standout copy for your business. And also one of the biggest places where I see room for growth and improvement in what I have seen in this wellness and coaching industry. So that is what we’re going to end on. I’m going to give you some really good tips today. Before we do that, a few things to mention. First of all, it’s official, the invitations for the make messaging magic workshop, that live workshop I’ve been hinting at over the past few episodes, they’ve been sent. So if you received an email from me all about that workshop, it is coming up a week from today if you’re listening to this remotely close to when it airs. So that would be Wednesday, March eighth 2023 happening alive. It is a two hour workshop. Basically everything that we’ve kind of gone over in the past four episodes, we are going to actually do together we’re going to actually get our hands dirty. This is a work shop. It’s not a course. It’s not a masterclass it’s not these things that you can just kind of half pay attention to. No, this is a workshop we are going to work on your business for two hours and then you have access to all of these resources to continue to implement that over the long haul into your business. So it also includes my messaging a magic workbook which is 50 Questions 50 prompts to guide you through the process of bringing to life
5:00
If your own message like that what we just talked about in the last episode, Episode 186, I think the one before this one we just talked about in there, it’s really figuring out what you want to say how you want to say it, what do you want to be known for? What needs to be said, in order to reach the people that you want to help? And how can you say it in a way that is unique to you, and really showcases what you do and what’s important to you. And why you’re different than everyone else who’s doing something similar to you. It is, we are in a space right now. And it’s not going to get any different anytime soon, probably only gonna get worse, where you have to take the time to figure out how to stand out if you want to get clients. And your messaging is what is going to do that. So we are going to take the time to create craft your own unique message that is distinct to you and your business together with the workbook and what we’ll do in the workshop. That’s part one. Part two is also understanding and bringing to life your brand voice. Because that’s part of this whole thing, you being uniquely you, whether that’s serious, or silly or funny, or sensitive, whatever it is, it’s figuring out what makes you you because that is what creates a lasting connection. And again, something that in the industries that we’re in today, we need to focus on and bring out in our work in order to reach the right people and to connect with the right people. So that’s part two is bringing to life, your brand voice figuring out what that is for you. And we’ll do that in the workshop. But then you also get access to a work book, The brilliant brand voice workbook, which will will guide you through the process, I want to say it’s like 20 questions that will guide you through that process. And before you know it, you have your brand voice and it’s done. Third, we take all of that those are all of the ingredients that you need. And we put it into your copywriting framework. So I’m going to share it be sharing with you in the workshop, the copywriting frameworks that you need to consider in every single thing that you write for your business, and how to know what to plug in, how to use them, when to use them, how to make sure you’re reaching your entire audience and not accidentally excluding people based on their decision making style or where they’re at in their journey. Those are all things that copywriters consider. And you can do that in your business too, quite easily. You just have to know to do that. So I’m going to show you how to do that in the workshop. And I’ll also be giving you 10 prompts for headlines and subheadings that you can use in your business that will like immediately take your copy to the next level. And I’ll be giving you those and showing you how to use them. And it’s super easy and actually really fun to once you have all of these ingredients, put it all together and see what a difference it makes in your business. So that is happening next week, invites are already sent out if you did not get an invite, head to Shawnmynar.com/magic and save your seat. So it’s make messaging magic workshop. So Shawnmynar.com/magic, the one magical word that you can remember to use head there and save your seat. It is a small group, I’m only accepting a small group because when it gets too big, then it gets overwhelming for me, maybe not for you. But for me. And I want this to be really interactive, really engaging and for every one who is there live to get their questions and to be able to share and get feedback and everything they need to feel complete. So if you do go to that website and it’s closed, that means it’s full. So I’m recording this too early in advance to know whether it’s full or not by the time this airs. So if you do go to Shawn mynar.com/magic and it’s closed then that’s why because we have reached capacity. So this workshop is for you just so you know whether to even bother or not. This workshop is for you if you’re a coach, practitioner, consultant, expert or other service based professional who has or wants their own business so you do not have to already be in business. I so wish I knew this before I started my business, you can save yourself a ton of time and headache. If you know this before you even open your doors big time if you’ve already have the message, establish your brand voice establish you know your copywriting frameworks. You are good to go. This workshop is also for you. If you’d love to
10:00
To get more playing clients without at all feeling so difficult and overwhelming to do so if you understand that part of being in business means you have to put yourself out there and market yourself and your services, but you’re not interested in slimy douchey marketing tactics and would prefer an authentic, real way of attracting clients and coaching them to take the next step with you. If you’re willing to spend a few hours of intentional time working on your business, not working in your business, big difference there. Because you know, that’s what leads to long term growth. If you’re open to receiving guidance and support from an outside source, that’s me, that cares about your business success. And if you’d love to hang out and collaborate with a small group of like minded people, if that is you, this workshop is where you need to be next Wednesday, March 8. All right, let’s dive into this and start talking about your website. Now, this is going to be incredibly important. Whether you have a website already, or not. If you know that someday in the future, you probably are going to need a website for your business, but you don’t have one yet. You need to listen to this. And if you already have a website, for your business, but maybe it’s not doing what you feel like it should be doing for your business, then you need to listen to this. And just as an aside, what I don’t think a lot of people realize, especially if you’re a service based business, like a coach or practitioner, you don’t realize how much of the heavy lifting your website can do for your business. Because it’s probably not doing that for you right now. And so you just assume that you have to do the heavy lifting yourself through social media, or you know, your podcast or something like that you feel like the heavy lifting is put onto you. When in reality, if your website is working for your business, then it is doing the heavy lifting for your business around the clock. And you all know if you’re listening to this, and if you listen to this show for a while, that I’m all about it not being so hard, and it not being so complicated to run your business. And that your business shouldn’t be working around the clock while you’re doing other things. Because that’s the whole point of having a business, if you ask me is to get some of that time back. Your website can do that. And it will do that if you actually put in the energy and the intentionality behind building a website that does that for you. And I just don’t think that most of you have done that. And if you have, you probably aren’t listening to this, and you probably don’t need to listen to this episode. Because your website is already doing a lot for your business, you are getting a ton of new visitors to your website each day, like they are finding you through Google, they’re finding you through Pinterest, or whatever it is. And those people are then rolling over into becoming warm leads. So they are cold people who do not know you. And then they are rolling over into becoming warm leads by getting on to your email list. So downloading your freebie, whatever you have to offer on your website, and, and getting interested in that, getting access to that, and then getting on your email list. So that is what your website at minimum should be doing for you. But also, you can make sales directly through your website too, and should also be considering that as well, when you’re building out your website. So if that’s not happening for you, then stick around, we need to talk and full transparency here. I know I already spent a lot of time talking about the workshop. But I do want to make sure that you know, I’m about to put out a brand new program and it’s called a web copy in a week where I give you all the copywriting tools and support and training you need to write your website in a week and we do it together as a group. It is showing you exactly what to say in each section of your website. Why to say it where to put it with over 200 Fill in the blank prompts. For every headline, every sub headline, every body copy section, you have multiple prompts to choose from, where you’re essentially just taking your message and plugging it in. It’s like a plug and play. Fill in the blank type situation again, fun to do and within a week you will have your homepage written your about page written and your services page written in a week together as a group. Now the only reason I’m telling you this
15:00
Is because right now I’m looking for beta testers of this program web copy in a week. And I will only be putting that invitation out to those people who join the make messaging magic workshop, because the work we do in that workshop is the necessary pre work to website copy in a week. So I hope that makes sense. I just want to let you know, if you need web copy help. And you want to get in on that beta group, which if you’ve been in part of my beta groups before, you know, they’re like, beyond value, like I just really make it a no brainer investment for you to get like 17 times the value. And I love my beta group members so much that i You are my pride and joy, I pour everything I have into my beta members. So if you want to be a part of that and get your website written, then just know to also get in on the make messaging magic workshop, because it’s part of it, it’s part of that process. So just wanted to be totally transparent there and let you know that that invitation is only being offered to those people. So anyway, let me before we get any further, let me make my stance on websites clear, because I’ve said this before. And I stand by this, you do not need a website to start your email list. Or even to start making money in your business, you can easily set up a landing page with your email management software, and start collecting emails in exchange for your epic freebie before your website is up. And you can also start taking clients before your website is up, especially if you already have a very warm audience that doesn’t need to learn more about you before wanting to work with you. So that’s really where website does come in, if you want to start taking clients, but you don’t already have that warm audience like those people basically waiting for you to say, hey, my doors are open to start taking clients. If you don’t have that, then you probably need a website. And if you don’t have an audience to connect with about your freebie on other platforms like you know, a podcast or social media channels, or your own personal network or community to get that email list started, then you probably yes, need a website to start building your email list as well. So I’m just want to make it clear that I stand by the fact that you do not need a website to get the ball rolling to start things moving in your business. But pretty quickly on, you will need a website for so many different reasons. And I know many new business owners really prefer to kick their business off with a website already in place, even though you know I’m here telling you it’s not necessary, you can get started without
18:01
it’s understandable that you want to have that in place to kick off your business. And that’s totally fine. As long as you’re not using the lack of a website as an excuse to stay stuck and immobile and not making your business happen. Because your ego is wanting you to stay in your comfort zone. So it’s taking this idea of a website and you know, building on some perfectionism with your website. So I’m overwhelmed with your website, wanting everything to be just so and so I ended up taking you like six months to build a website and not start your business because of that. So those are six months lost to where you could have been building up your email list, you could have been taking clients and making money while also building your website on the side. And I can almost guarantee that a few did that your website would take like a week, if you’re doing web copy in a week to get up and running instead of six months. And you know, you could put it behind you. So I just find that there’s a lot of people who really falter on the website as this massive thing that needs to be up and running and needs to be perfect in their business before they can start their business. And that’s not the case. So that’s why I wanted to have this conversation. But yes, pretty quickly on in your business, you will need and want a website. Having a website is a big and important part of being in business no matter what kind of business you have. We are all living in a very virtual world becoming more and more so every single day. Google is our best friend and finding answers with the second we do realize we have a question is something we’re used to doing. And so I think we can all agree. We actually go to a lot of websites or at least I do maybe I can’t speak for you but if I have
20:00
Question, if I’m looking something up, if I want to know something, I Google it. And then I’m taken to a website, and I’m on someone’s blog, or their homepage, and I get sucked in. And so that happens at least once a day. So if you’re like me, and you tend to go more towards the Google website, let me get my answer route, then you can understand the importance of having a website. And then it also brings up the importance of being a searchable website, which we’re going to talk about in a second. But these days, I keep saying that in all of these episodes, but it’s so true. In today’s world, it can’t be just any old website, it can’t be something you just throw together, it can’t be something you do without learning more about how to do it effectively, so that it can do the heavy lifting in your business. Your website is more than just your digital business card. I saw that somewhere the other day. And I was like, Oh my gosh, that is why people think they can just throw up a website and not think twice about it and not put the right things in the right places for the right people. So in that I think that was in a nutrition Facebook group or something. So that made sense, then that people are thinking that and using your website, as a digital business card is going to do zero things for your business. Except maybe if you’re having a conversation with someone who already knows you who’s already really warm to you, and they just want to go sign up for your services, then you can give them your website to do so that would be it. But it’s not doing anything else for your business. Your website is also not just your business, Billboard, this is what I again, I don’t, I haven’t heard it. But this is what I’m thinking that people think when they are building out their homepage, especially, it’s like, here’s all these things that I’m doing, pick which one you want to do and go for it. And so you have all your freebies, you have all your paid offers, you have your podcast, you have your blog, you have all these things, like here’s this and this and this, go for it. And that’s not what it is, it doesn’t mean that those things don’t belong on your homepage, because they do. But there’s a flow to it. There’s a reason behind what to put where. And you have to guide the right people to do the right thing based on where they’re at. So there’s a lot more psychology involved in your website and in your homepage. And this is when copywriting comes into play. copywriting is all about psychology, and using the right words at the right times for the right people based on their personal decision making style, where they’re at on their journey and taking all of that and putting it in the right spot. So you’re not excluding anybody, because anyone who feels excluded, guess what that’s going to happen, especially on your website, they’re finding that X button, they’re clicking out of it, and they’re going to the next person on the list. And you don’t want that this is someone that you already know, is a good fit for you because they have landed on your website in the first place. And all they need is the right guidance, the right encouragement or the right coaching, to get them to the right place in the next step and working with you. That is what your website does. So it’s more than just a digital business card. And it’s more than just a billboard, your website. This is how I like to think about it. We’re getting into this very big analogy. I hope you’re ready for this. Your website is your home on the internet. And so let’s say you have a friend who is bringing over some of their friends to your actual physical home. This is the analogy to your actual home. So these are people that you’ve never met before, aside from your friend, but your friend has said you have a lot in common with these people and really wants you to meet them. So they all come over to your home. What do you do when they show up? Do you stay sitting on the couch while they let themselves in? Give them a quick hello. Tell them to help themselves to the tap water and ignore them when the rest of the time? Or do you greet them at the door with a smile? Welcome them out of the doorway in into the living room or kitchen where it’s more comfortable? Do you offer to take their coats offer them a beverage and give them a choice of different beverage options based on what they’re interested in? Do you engage in conversation with them? Ask them questions and get to know them. Maybe offer them some snacks, put out a snack plate have a great time. Which one do you do? More than likely? I’m gonna say 99.99999% of you will engage in a nice welcoming environment for these people that you do not
25:00
know and have not met, but you want to make a good experience for them coming into your home. Right? The same rules apply to your website. It is your home, on the internet and even more. So it’s like your inviting nice, warm, cozy office or storefront that you want people to feel good coming into. You want them to feel welcome. You want them to feel like they’re in the right place. Like they found someone who gets them and has something in common with them, where they feel seen, heard and understood. And they have someone to connect with now. And then they are guided to take the next step on their journey. That is what your website should do. And unintentionally, this is completely unintentional. There are more websites who do with the first option to their visitors than the second. There are more websites who are like the sitting on the couch, do that meal, go figure this out for yourself, and don’t engage in any conversation type of welcome, unintentionally, because you’re not greeting them where they’re at, they don’t feel warm and invited in, they don’t know that this is the right spot for them. And when you have that feeling anywhere you go, whether it’s to someone’s home, or on the internet, you leave, you want to leave as soon as possible. And it’s really easy to do that on the internet, because you can click out and go to the next one. And never ever think about that website or that person ever again. So it really matters what kind of experience you are creating for your visitors who, when they come to your website, a lot of them are cold, at least if you’re doing it right and your website is doing the heavy lifting for your business, then a lot of those people that are visiting your website are cold, they don’t know you at all. But they have something in common something brought them to your website based on what they are currently looking for what they’re currently experiencing, what problems they’re having, what solutions they’re looking for, they landed on your website for a reason. And they need to know what that reason is and that you are welcome encouraging safe space for them to explore it. Is that happening on your website. And again, this is unintentional, but it happens. Even if you really think like I have this beautiful dark design. I’m using these really inviting and pretty and beautiful colors, I have this awesome logo. And you know, we’re not even talking about design in this episode at all. I guess I will, we will allow for a little bit and in just a second. But not even talking about that. But when we think about the words that you were putting on your website,
28:07
this feeling of not being welcome. And not a warm, engaged, inviting community to be a part of happens with random website copy, which I really think of any any copy where you haven’t done the messaging work first, for that website in particular is going to be random. And it’s also going to be just not well thought out or well planned not putting things where they need to be put based on the psychological aspects of someone coming on to your website. And that is all things that are done in copywriting frameworks. If it’s cookie cutter, if it’s ho hum, wording and copy, if it sounds like everyone else and doesn’t have that brand voice, that personality that interesting and engaging copywriting. Then it alienates your visitors, they don’t feel anything. And when they don’t feel anything, they immediately click out and go find a website, that they do feel something. And just like that a dream client is gone. And it can happen really quickly. We have a very short period of time to make an impact on someone who visits our website. And that is why it’s so important that it’s thought of a little more intentionally than maybe what you have in the past. And that is what we’re going to get into now. So let’s go through some of these do’s and don’ts for a website that works for your business. First things first, do keep SEO in mind on every page of your website and with every word of your copy. The very first thing that I have to address here is SEO because I know a lot of
30:00
You are thinking, no one even comes to my website. So why do I care? Why should I spend more time and energy on it when no one sees it. And that just means that your website hasn’t been search engine optimized. That is what SEO stands for Search Engine Optimization. Your website isn’t showing up. When people your dream clients go to Google or any other search engine, and type in something that is relevant to your work. And this is all about the words that you’re using all about your website, copy, and intentionally using that word a lot. But I’m just gonna continue using it intentionally writing your website with your key words in mind. So, SEO, and I’m not going to get into a whole lesson on SEO, we’ll do that in web copy in a week, but not here. But your SEO, your search engine optimization is based on keywords. So you have to figure out what your keywords are for each page of your website, and then use those in a very systematic way, in order for Google or any other search engine to know what you’re talking about on that page. And to be able to connect with the right person with that page, when they go to a search engine with a question or you know, something they want to look up. If you already have a website, and you wrote it without specific keywords in mind without considering SEO first, then it’s going to be worth it to go back and rewrite it based on your SEO keywords, really figuring that out first, and then weaving those in especially to the headlines, and subheads on your homepage, on your about page on your services page. And of course, blog posts, and all that stuff goes without saying podcast episodes, all of that SEO is a big piece of what you’re putting on that page. So make sure you’re considering that. And if you haven’t started your website yet. Now, you know, do that first from the beginning, make sure you have that figured out on every page of your site. The next one, do make sure every page on your website has a goal and that you keep that goal in mind throughout the page. So your overall website’s goal is to be an inviting engaging place for your dream clients so that they can take the next step in their journey. So overall goal is just to keep your people engaged, keep people on the page, keep people reading and moving throughout your website. And whether that’s to the about page or to the Services page or to your freebie or onto your blog, and then reading three or four blog posts or over to your podcast page, and then downloading some podcast episodes to just keep people engaged and moving throughout your home. That’s what we want. But each one of your website pages will also have its own unique goal that accomplishes that bigger goal. So within that bigger goal of keeping people moving and engaged, and doing what they need to do to take the next step.
33:23
Every page also supports that, for example, your services page is going to have a goal of showing them what paid offers would be best for them. So not just what paid offers you have what you feel like talking about on that services page. But what is best for that particular person, no matter who it is. And you can do that they can self select, which is great when you do it right. Whereas your about page has the goal of confirming they’re in the right place, and can trust you to be their guide. Notice I did not say your homepage. His goal is to talk about yourself. It’s not what it’s about is about showing them they’re in the right place. And they now have a trusted guide to take the next step with. That’s what we’re working on in your about page. Your homepage has the goal of connecting each person, every person who visits your site, no matter where they’re at on their journey, no matter what kind of personality they have, ushering them to the best place for them. Again, that could be a paid offer. It could be a freebie, it could be a podcast, or a blog post.
34:44
Every page has a goal. And if you don’t know those goals, and you don’t keep them in mind as you write that page, and really, again, keep that flow going. Then you’ve lost
35:00
Once again, you’ve lost that potential client, someone who we already know, because they’re already showed up on your site is a good fit. So that’s already been confirmed based on how they found you based on how they got to your website.
35:15
So we have to keep those goals in mind.
35:18
Next, don’t write your copy around your design, you have to design around your copy. So you have to write your website, copy first, and then put it into your template or whatever you’re using to design your website. Or if you hire a designer, they will be so happy if you say, Hey, here’s my copy, just design around this copy that would make every designers day.
35:52
It’s not also it’s not that good design is an important because it is it enhances your words. It’s part of the whole picture that people are working with, on your website. So it is important what what I’m seeing and why I wanted to make sure to put this in this episode, what I see is people find a design or a template they want to work with. And they put that template on their website, and then they just start filling in the blanks of that template with their cookie cutter, barely even thought about copy. And then call that a website. And first of all, your designer, any designer is not a copywriter, I mean, not any I’m sure there are some that do both, which is super cool. But I feel like most people, it’s kind of a one or the other thing it would be, I can see it being very difficult to be really good at both. More than likely, the person that has designed that template is not a copywriter. So they are using just random words to fill in where there should be text in their design. So they can see how the design looks and design around that. The thing is, when you have copy, good copy, a lot of times, it’s actually more words, than looks good in that design. And so as soon as you start putting in your copy to a design that you’ve randomly found, it looks bad, and it doesn’t look very good. And that’s actually so often what takes people more time and why they get so frustrated with trying to design their website is because they’ve found the template before they wrote their copy, and they don’t match. And so then the template looks terrible once they put it together. If you can write your copy first and in web copy in a week, I give you a wireframe, it’s called a give you kind of an outline of how it’s going to look when you plug it in to your website. So you can find a template that looks like that wireframe, so you already know it’s going to work. That is important. So write your copy first, then design. Second, always 100% of time, it will save you so much time. And it will make sure that your copy stays exactly as it should, how you want it to sound and what you want it to say.
38:26
Next step, do what follow an intentional copywriting framework on every page of your website. One of the coolest things about copywriting is that it’s not really about writing at all. It’s about understanding where someone is at meeting them there, and bringing them along with you to their next step to what they want, why they’re there in the first place. And in order to meet them where they’re at, you have to know them, you have to know where they’re at. And not everyone specifically talking about your website. Not every visitor is at the same spot. Not every visitor has the same decision making style. Not every visitor is at the same spot on their journey where some are ready to buy like they they know you they know your solution. They know what you want. They’re just looking for the buy button. Where do I how do I get to the Services page? Whereas someone coming off of Google doesn’t know anything about you, and they’re weary? Do I trust them? Do I not trust them? Does this person actually know what I want and need? Do I need to go find someone else? They’re going to take longer, they’re going to need a different resource. They’re going to take a different action than that person that’s ready to buy. And the tricky thing about websites is you have to account for every single one of those people, for all the people and really there’s like four main decision making styles that you need to account
40:00
up for. And there’s five different types or stages of awareness that you need to account for on every page. And that is what copywriting frameworks do for you, they take into account all of those different decision making styles, all of the different points where they could be at on their problem solving journey, and incorporate all of that onto one page. And doing this, especially on your website, but really all your copy. But talking specifically about website, it’s so important, because if you don’t, then you’ve excluded somebody. And we all know what it feels like to be excluded, not good. And when it comes to your website, they find the X button, because they don’t feel welcome. They don’t feel like they’re in the right place. And it’s simply because what where they’re at and what they needed wasn’t on your page. And with even just one tiny little sentence, you could have made them feel included, and let them know, they’re welcome here. And that is why copywriting is so much more than words and writing words in a specific way. It’s about that it’s creating that environment for everyone on your homepage, so they feel like they’re in the right place. And that’s super important. I think we can all agree with that. So take the time to learn those frameworks that you can use specifically for your homepage, your about page, your services page, and apply them to your website so that no one is excluded, and feels left out. Like they don’t belong, because they do if they already showed up on your website, they do. Next one do be different. We’ve already talked about this on I think every episode of the copy Crash Course series. But let me just remind you that there is a deep need for personality, packed, copy, and specificity and uniqueness, all of the good stuff that we’ve talked about. It also applies to your website, even more so potentially, than anywhere else. Because just imagine that someone puts a question into the Google box. And Google comes back with what 1000s of pages of results. There’s like millions of results for that one topic that one question that your dream client asked. And let’s just say because you’ve done the SEO research, and really created your SEO friendly website, they show you show up on the first page of the Google results. So they click on yours. What’s going to keep them from maxing out and going to the next one on your list that has the answer same answer to the same question.
42:58
It’s those standout words. And everything we’ve already talked about is going to help with that making sure they’re included making sure that you’ve taken into account all the different styles and personality traits and things like that so that everyone that goes onto your website, feels included, knows the next step to take feels welcome all that stuff. But then also, it’s because you’re different. It’s because you have standout words, you’re using words, phrases, expressions, visions, goals, dreams, desires, that are different than everyone on that list. Even if they’re doing the same exact thing as you, you’ve taken the time to figure out what is different and unique about you and your work. And you’ve infused it into your writing onto your website. Of course.
43:51
Last one, don’t make it about you. Yes, it’s your home, on the internet. But it is not about you. Even your about page isn’t really about you. It’s about them with a sprinkle of a you specifically on your about page. But the whole entirety of your website is about them. And, again, something that has been an overarching theme on this series. So just wanted to remind you, and it’s something again, that’s done totally unintentionally. When you turn the camera on to yourself and start talking about your experiences, your stories yourself, how you got where you are, what you’re doing, why you’re doing it, where you went to school, all your certifications, all that stuff, and you lose them because especially someone that is cold traffic to your website. They care about themselves. We all care about ourselves, and especially when we’re coming
45:00
When looking for an answer to our problem, and we’ve googled and we found this thing, just tell me the answer, just show me the next step, just guide me where I need to go, make me feel seen, heard and understood, make me feel like I’m part of something like someone finally gets me. And you can sprinkle in some of yourself there every once in a while, but keep it about me. That is what your visitors of your website are thinking, whether we realize it or not. That’s what we’re all doing. And that’s okay, that’s totally okay. But we have to remember that as being of service to someone else. And that is what the whole goal of your website is. So keep it about them. All right, and I think we will wrap it up there, I know that if you’ve already spent a lot of time on your website, then you’re like, I don’t want to do that. Again. Now I have all this other stuff, she just told me I have to do. And I don’t really think I did a very good job of that, I get it, I
46:03
do think that it’s worth your time and attention to redo your copy on your website. If you didn’t do some of the stuff that we just talked about. If your website isn’t working for your business, if it’s not doing any other work, then we need to change that. And your copy will do that for you. So I know it feels like a lot. I know it feels overwhelming, it is worth it to spend that time to redo your website. And if you haven’t done your website, well, then hey, you’re the lucky one on this episode, because start with the stuff that we talked about, and infuse that, make sure you’re doing it right the first time. And that’s the great thing about websites is like, once you’ve done it, and you have that momentum, and especially once you do some SEO work on your website, and Google now sees you as a trusted source of information. And people like you and all that stuff that they include in their algorithm, then you is a very hands off thing in your business that is working for you around the clock and shouldn’t be doing that. So spend the time to do it now and do it right. And it will be working for you for years to come. And you really don’t have to touch it for years to come unless you know something shift or change in your business or stops working or whatever. And then you may need to make some tweaks. But it’s largely one of those things that’s done once the right way, and then can be hands off. And like I said, Yes, I’m looking for beta testers for web copy in a week. And anyone who attends the messaging workshop will be invited to be a beta tester for that, which will be happening in March. But even if you don’t make it into the beta round, it will be open for everyone, probably in April, so only a few more months. And then it will literally take you a week, potentially even less than a week to write your entire site. And know that it’s written correctly for with everyone included using those copy frameworks. And you can just be hands off with it. And it will be working for you behind the scenes. So that will be coming up in April. I’ll let you know more as we get closer. But then also if you’re part of the messaging workshop, you will get an invite to join the beta round in March. All right, friends, well, I so hope to see you live next week during the workshop and I just can’t wait to connect with you closer and deeper and get to see how this all make some magic in your business again, Shawnmynar.com/magic To save your seat for the workshop if there are some still available, so go check that out. And until next time, take care. Hey friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kind of like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end. You can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawn Mynar
50:00
dot com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur what your type is I’ll see you over there
Feb 22, 2023 | Unstuck Podcast
The moment you decide to have your own business, you also decide to take on a bunch of new roles, whether you want to or not. Bookkeeper, accountant, administrative, manager, visionary, creative, social media expert, marketer…and copywriter. Yep, whether you realize it or not, want to or not, love it or not, if want to be in business, you need to know how to write copy. Your business literally cannot exist without it. And yet, so many coaches, practitioners, and small business owners never give their copywriting skills a second thought and then are stumped when their businesses are struggling to take off, not building an audience, and not creating a connection-based community. It ALL comes back to copy. In this Copywriting Crash Course podcast series, I cover the ins and outs of writing good copy for your small business, even if you’re not a “good writer.” Today, we’re talking about the ingredients for magnetic messaging so stay tuned!
“This is not about what you think you should say and instead it’s what your clients need to hear.” – Shawn Mynar
“A lot of us come at our business with our heads, we’re up in our head. When you’re up in your head, it’s real hard to get in the hearts and minds of your clients.” – Shawn Mynar
“Just for messaging in particular, the combination of how you speak and how they think. Doing so when you use their words but in your unique voice and tone, that is where true connection is built.” – Shawn Mynar
“It’s finding that sweet spot of sharing about yourself while also keeping it about your audience, keeping it about your dream clients. So it’s always about you as it relates to them.” – Shawn Mynar
“How do you know when your messaging is magnetic? Well, you will have engagement in your business from your audience.” – Shawn Mynar
Write Good Copy Waitlist – shawnmynar.com/copy
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
The moment you decide to have your own business, you also decide to take on a bunch of new roles, whether you want to or not bookkeeper, accountant, Administrative Manager, visionary, creative social media expert marketer and copywriter. Yep whether you realize it or not want to or not love it or not. If you want to be in business, you need to know how to write copy. Your Business literally cannot exist without it. And yet so many coaches, practitioners and small business owners never give their copywriting skills a second thought and then are stumped when their businesses are struggling to take off or not building an audience or not creating a connection based community, it all comes back to copy. So in this copywriting Crash Course podcast series, I’m covering the ins and outs of writing good copy for your small business even if you’re not a quote unquote good writer. Today, we’re going to focus on messaging and making sure that your message is magnetic to your dream clients. So stay tuned.
1:12
Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.
1:56
Hey, hey there, friends, and welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host. And I am grateful to have you here, we got a good episode in store all about Magnetic Messaging. This is also the third episode in the copy Crash Course series that I’m doing here on the show. So that means if you go back two episodes ago, that will be the first one in the series, which is 184 185 was last week. And this week is 186. And the third episode, make sure you listen to them all. I feel like we’re now kind of at the place where if you listen to this episode, you may or may not have a really good idea of what we’ve been talking about, you can still listen to this one first. But if you take it out of context, and don’t go back and listen to the first two of this series, you’re not going to get the full picture. And it may not make as much sense. So listen to this one, then go back to 184. And then 185. And you will be up to date with the copy Crash Course series. Okay, we’re gonna talk about messaging today. I’ve already mentioned this quite a few times in these past few episodes, and also have already had a few episodes of unstuck entrepreneur that we’re dedicated to messaging. It’s something we talk about a lot. And today we’re diving into it even deeper, we’re going big time here today. As I’ve said, I think this was in last episode, messaging is the ingredients of your copy. So before you can write, copy, really all you have to know your messaging, you have to get really super clear on that. If you don’t, then it makes it way harder to write copy. And that might actually be if you feel like you’re someone who deals with writer’s block a lot in your business. Like if you’re writing an email, if you’re trying to build out your website, and you can’t figure out what to put in the text section. Then the big reason behind that sense of writer’s block is just because you’re not clear on your messaging, yet you haven’t done that step. It’s like you’re missing the ingredients like I kind of talked about last week, you’re trying to throw together random ingredients to make a cake instead of knowing what’s included following the recipe to a tee, and then that cake turns out. So it makes it way harder to write any words for your business if you haven’t figured out your messaging yet, and it also is less effective. Again, things we’ve talked about in the past few episodes with your copy being boring or not having personality or edge not standing out not grabbing the attention of the people that you want to grab. That often comes back to a lack of messaging. So when we take the time to really figure this out and dial this in, and it is something that every business needs
5:00
It’s also something that every different offer that you have in your business needs, when you take the time to really figure it out, then writing copy actually becomes pretty easy. And it’s almost goes from like trying to pull out some words, pull out some writing into almost like fitting together a puzzle in a way, which is super fun, right. And it also gives you lots of ideas for content too. So again, if you’re someone who struggles to figure out what to post on social media, what to write in a blog post, what to have is your podcast topics. Not knowing your messaging, not being super duper, duper clear on that is part of their problem there. And then as soon as you take the time to get that clarity, then all of a sudden you have this like overflow of our ideas. So you could basically never run out of ideas when you know your message. So really, really important stuff. Hope you have figured that out by now. And that is why we’re going to take an entire episode of this copy Crash Course to go over this and what it really means to have good messaging and to have clear messaging. And then this is also something that is going to be a big piece of the upcoming workshop that I’m hosting for you all that is going to be where we really put the pieces together, we get all the details. And we actually formulate your messaging for your business. And you will also get access to the entire messaging workbook that I personally use in my business for every single offer that I have. And I will give that to you. And it’s about 50 questions that will completely take the guesswork out of you trying to figure out your own messaging. And then by the time you are finished with those 50 questions in that workbook, you’ll have so much more clarity and so many more ideas, and you’ll be able to take exactly what you wrote in that workbook and put it into your copy, it becomes your copy, it fills the spaces where there needs to be text, it fills the captions, it fills the text boxes, it fills the emails. And there you go. Now you are really on a roll in creating the type of content that resonates with your people. And it all starts with this messaging work, it is the most valuable tool that you’ll have in your business for the rest of your business. As soon as you learn how to do this. As I said, you’re doing it for every iteration of your business. I’ve already done the messaging workbook three different times in my business over the past 12 months for three different offers, I go back to it over and over and over again. Of course, every time it gets easier, every time more clarity comes through different words or phrases or ways I want to say things come through that I know will resonate with my audience and business grows because of that clarity. So I’m going to be giving the details of that workshop to everyone on the waitlist very, very soon. And if you’re not on the waitlist, you may or may not hear about it depending on how many people from the waitlist sign up, there’s a certain number of spots, they are limited, I want this to be a small group experience. So you have to really be on the waitlist in order to make sure you get a spot and then I’ll kind of take it from there and see if we have spots available, then I will potentially talk about it here on the show or potentially email it out to those of you who are on my email list, Shawnmynar.com/copy is where you get on that waitlist. And you will be the first to know when that workshop is going to happen. What is going to happen in the workshop, what you can expect what you’ll get out of it. All that good stuff, Shawnmynar.com/copy to get on that, and I will of course, leave that in the show notes. So you can just click into the show notes and get that link. All right, let’s dive in a little deeper into the definition of messaging. From a very basic perspective, it is what you say how you say it, and why you say it to connect with your dream client. We’re not trying to talk to everyone. We’re not trying to talk to anyone who will listen, we are specifically figuring out what to say how to say it and why to say it to the people that you want to work with to the people that need and want your help and the people most likely to connect with you. That is when we can really start building because we’ve gotten more specific
10:00
thick. And that’s the goal of messaging. So that definition sounds still pretty vague. Probably, it’s like, cool. Yeah, that does not help me at all, I’m already trying to say the right things. It’s not working, I can’t come up with stuff, here are some additional things to consider. First of all, getting out of your head, and into the hearts and minds of your dream clients. This is not about what you think you should say. And instead, it’s what your clients need to hear. That is a very different lens. And this is quite honestly, what a lot of people aren’t doing. And so this is where you really do have the opportunity to stand out and show your uniqueness and also show your authenticity and your realness because you are turning that lens from you. And to them to the hearts and minds of them. A lot of us come at our business with our heads, we’re up in our head. And when you’re up in your head, it’s real hard to get in the hearts and minds of your clients. So we got to drop it down, take it out of ourselves, I wish you could see my hands right now, because they’re all over the place. Take it out of you and put it into them, and then come at it from that angle, and it makes a world of difference. And then honing in on that a little deeper, it’s zeroing in on the way they by that I mean your dream clients, think, speak, and act, what’s important to them, what motivates them, what’s bothering them, why they have a problem, why they can’t fix their problem, what they’ve tried to fix their problem, what they expect, what they want, what their dreams are, and why they need you to get there.
12:09
So that is where we really start creating this message that no one else has gotten. No one else that they have seen and and heard about and looked at and looked into, has really gotten because they haven’t dug that deep. They haven’t gotten there. And when you do, it sets you apart. So then once you also have all of that, and you’ve really gotten clear on all of that about your dream clients, from their hearts and minds, then you also use their language, their language, their words, their phrases, as your messaging. So we have what they’re thinking, feeling, saying. And then combine that with you with your authentic voice with what makes you unique. So it’s the combination, this is just for messaging, in particular, the combination of how you speak, and how they think.
13:13
And doing so when you use their words, but in your unique voice and tone. That is where true connection is built. That is where trust is built, that is where rapport is created. And you have this bond, whether you know it or not, because they may just be in your audience and have never actually spoken to you. You have a bond with them. And that bond comes from this place of no one else fully, truly understanding them, except you, you want to be the one that comes to mind for them, of the person that really gets them. The guide, the coach, the practitioner, whatever it is the one that gets them. And when you have built that kind of relationship with your dream client, guess what the next step is to help them for them to get the help they need from you. And that is when you have a paying client. And another thing that happens as a byproduct of having a really good messaging and weaving it into everything you write all of your copy over and over again, is you get to a point where you’re defining their problems better than they even can. You’re talking about their goals and their dreams and their visions better than they can you are really actually putting words to something that they have felt that they have thought about that has been on their mind, but they’ve never been able to express or at least not to the degree that you are and when you can do that, that builds trust beyond anything else in
15:00
trust that you can help them solve it, trust that you can help them get there. Because if you can do that, if you can really create that picture for them, then you are naturally the person to go to, to make that a reality. So really, I guess that’s just another example of the importance of having good messaging and why not great messaging or safe messaging, I guess we could even say, or just even not well thought out, messaging doesn’t cut it, it will also take them it’s an very emotional process. And all of your writing should be emotional in your business, because everything that your clients are going through, has an emotional component to them. And when you can take them on an emotional journey from where they are now experiencing whatever emotion they’re experiencing, to this new emotion, maybe it’s a sense of hope, of excitement for a new journey for a new reality, a new possibility. That is an emotional journey that goes beyond just words. And when you can use your words to take people into that place to let them feel something that is so powerful, powerful beyond measure. And, again, not something we can turn away from or shy away from in our businesses any longer. All right, so now that I’ve hopefully use my messaging to sell you on messaging, let’s dive into the ingredients of good messaging, what you really need to consider and like I said, not enough time or space here to go through every single thing that you should be asking yourself and considering and diving into in your business to really establish your messaging. But this will give you a place to start. And then we’ll do the actual work in the workshop coming up. Okay, first, your problem, which I like to call the Point A and Point A is where your dream clients are now. So that could be an unresolved issue, it could be a symptom or a set of symptoms a way they’re feeling, it could be an unachieved outcome, or an unachieved goal could be an unfulfilled desire, whatever it is, there is a problem right now that your clients are experiencing, that they don’t want to experience diving into the nitty gritty details, like getting into it, again, deeper than they have ever even really put into words. That is what we want to do. And it is absolutely 100% possible, you all have the ability to do that right now. Just with a little bit of encouragement and guidance on what the right questions to ask yourself are. The next step is the solution of the next ingredients, I should say, the solution. So that is the point be right now your dream clients are all at point a point B is where they want to be, it’s with their goal achieved their dream or desire reached their symptoms improved or gone. It is what they want, it is the solution to the problem. So that is their point B. Now, most likely, the point B and this is really where we should probably get clear on this. Because if this is not happening in your business, you may need to go and reevaluate your offer and your services. But most likely that point B is what you’re going to help them get to is is the whole point of what you do with your clients, right. So keep this specific to what you do for your people. So that point B is what they can expect, after they work with you what you will help them achieve. Because then this third piece, this third ingredient is the bridge. So the bridge is how they will get from point A to point B. And this is where your process your work comes into the picture. And the key here is really using the right words, phrases, techniques, whatever it is, whatever your approach is, describing that in a way that your dream clients can really see it can really understand it can really digest what is actually going to happen, why it’s important, why it’s necessary. And this is a big, big part of messaging that often gets lost in the picture because I think a lot of it is still being afraid to talk about what you offer to talk about what you do to talk about how you can help and so we kind of glaze over it or we get really step out and we get super general with
20:00
If it or you just because you don’t know how else to talk about it, you just like lay it all out in very like analytical terms instead of figuring out what your dream clients need to hear in order to really digest it, to really grasp it. And that is different for everyone and every business. This is why you have to do this for yourself and figure out what is the best way to talk about the work that you do and why it’s important. Beyond just like, here’s what I offer, you get this many sessions or here’s the my course there’s this many modules are here’s this group program that starts in a few weeks beyond that, and yes, you there’s still room for that kind of talk to for the analytical side, and the analytical people that need to read that stuff. But we also still have to connect with that emotional side, and make that connection about the work that we do and why it’s important and needed. That is the bridge, what gets them from point A to point B, then we have demographics, certain demographics will be a part of your messaging strategy. And it totally depends on what’s important to help make that connection. And that specificity is it important to mention an age range to mention if they’re a mom, or a dad or not a mom or not a dad, their marital status. You know, if you’re coaching, divorced, single moms, then that demographic is important to talk about in your message and incorporate in so much of what you do. So the actual demographics of your dream client are important. And it’s not all you don’t have to just create a demographic just to create a demographic, if it’s not necessary, don’t include it, if it is necessary, include it and be loud about that specific demographic that you are working with. Okay, moving on to the fifth ingredient of your messaging. I call these connection points. So these are real life things that bring you into your dream clients world, and creates this visual of how you and your work would fit into their world. So it really is kind of bringing you to them. So for example, let’s say your dream client is a busy mom whose mornings are super hectic, trying to get the kids out the door always forgets the lunchboxes and has regularly shown up at school drop off without having brushed her hair. So these are kind of like real life funny, very relatable things that happen to busy moms with hectic mornings trying to get their kids to school on time, putting yourself in that place. And you can do this, you should be doing this in your messaging and everything that you’re creating for your business is putting these real life examples, these real things that happen to all of us into what you’re saying to, again, to build that connection, but also just show your realness show that you’re a human. And that, you know, you can relate to what they’ve been through what they’re going through what it’s like being in their life. And again, like I said, it really puts you into their world. And when you can get that kind of clear visual, again, you have built that trust that connection, that authority and loyalty to which obviously all of the above are needed necessary and great for your business success. The last ingredient of your messaging number six, your about you sort of call this section about you. Yes, there is a spot in your messaging to talk about yourself to a degree. I did talk in the last session about how a lot of coaches are accidentally unknowingly talking about themselves a little more than your dream clients want to hear. And not doing it on purpose. I know that you’re not like self centered people by any means. But there is this sweet spot of sharing your story. What you’ve been through where you are now what got you there, what you learned along the way mistakes you’ve made. Those kinds of scenarios are great for that additional real talk for you showing your humaneness for establishing authority and expertise in what you do and how you got here and everything that you can help someone with that really
25:00
He does help your message a lot. It’s just again, finding that sweet spot of sharing about yourself, while also keeping it about your audience, keeping it about your dream client. So it’s always about you, as it relates to them, about you and bring it back to them quickly, as I mentioned in the last episode. So there is this spot, though, where you can and should get super clear on what part of your story what pieces of your story, do you want to include in your messaging? What mistakes, what defining moments, what journey you went on what things you tried, that didn’t work, things you tried that did work, why you now do what you do, what you’re passionate about what your values are, those things matter. And sharing bits and pieces of this kind of about you stuff, helps your dream clients see themselves in you. And when you have created again, that type of connection. It’s this snowball effect, including everything else we’ve already talked about, where they’re not going anywhere else, when they decide to take the next step, they are going with you and your work, because you have gotten to the point where you’re now talking about their problems better than they can talk about their problems and talking about their dreams better than they can talk about their dreams and put into words things they’ve never been able to express. And you are officially in their hearts and minds. And that is when you have Magnetic Messaging. And how do you know when your messaging is magnetic? Well, you will have engagement in your business from your audience. So whether that’s on social media, getting likes and comments, and shares, and sales, and all those things that people talk about all the time on social media, things like that in terms of engagement, but also, if people reply to your emails that you send out and say things like, oh, my gosh, I needed to hear this today. Or it’s like you were in my head reading my mind. Thank you so much for this, if you get responses to your emails, then that is a sign that you’re messaging for that email, at least, was onpoint really did what you wanted it to do. If you get people sending you DMS or messages or emails or just getting in touch with you, and inquiring about working with you. That’s a sign that your messaging is on point, I actually had this. This week, she’s probably listening. But someone messaged me a direct message on Instagram and said, Hey, I’m your dream client. So that was a really good indicator for me that my messaging is on point. Not only that, she messaged me, but that she knew already that she was my dream client. So that was pretty cool. So yeah, we’re looking for engagement. And that’s a sign that your messaging is working. Another sign is growth. Of course, that’s what we’re looking for, as business owners, to have our businesses grow, to have our audiences grow, to have the number of people we’ve helped grow, the number of clients grow, our income grow, all the things grow, right. So seeing growth in your business is a sign that you are getting that messaging down, which is great, great news. So keep it up. And just as a side note, before I get into this last sign, when you do start seeing this and you do start feeling confident in your messaging, a reminder that it doesn’t end there, you will continue to refine. And like I’ve mentioned, I’ve revisited my workbook three times in the past year. It’s something that you do for every offer. It’s something that continues to grow and improve. As you grow as you expand as new things come to surface as you want to start talking about different things or just even as you get to know your dream clients better. Things change and evolve and your message will always evolve too. So just know that this is an ongoing process. Okay, and the last sign that your messaging is magnetic is connection if you are establishing real good solid business connections with your people so even if maybe they’re not necessarily turning into paying clients yet, you are still having conversations and building authentic connections with people who are your dream clients. Now it’s not the same as creating friendships with just people you happen to meet on Instagram or whatever it trust me. I’ve done a lot of that I will continue to do it. I love it. So my my best friends are Instagram friends, so nothing wrong with that but this is
30:00
different because we’re talking about your business and your messaging for your business. So this is creating connections with future clients, that will down the road, be ready to work with you and do want what you have to offer and are really establishing. They’re just people that need more time to make a decision. That’s basically what it is. And they are still connecting with you regularly. So that’s a sign that your messaging is on point. And then one last thing I want to talk about today is how to get your messaging. Because this really isn’t, again, bringing it back to the beginning. It’s not about what you think you should say, or what’s coming from your head. It’s coming from your dream clients and the hearts and minds of your dream clients. So then how do you figure out your messaging, if it’s not something you’re thinking up, and it comes down to research is actually a very analytical almost, I want to say, process of getting there of establishing this and getting really clear on it. So in the workshop, I’m going to talk about all the different research that you can and should be doing to get your messaging and I will give you instructions on how to do all of that. I can’t go over all of it today. But there’s two different sides. There’s internal research, and there’s external research. From an internal perspective, this is really coming from what you already know to be true about your dream clients, usually from past clients, what past clients have said, The words that they’ve used, where they’ve been, where they’ve gotten to testimonials you’ve gotten from your past clients, this also the internal research can also come from your own experience. So this is where it gets a little tricky, because it’s like you’re not using, you’re not thinking up your messaging. But at the same time, you’re using your own experience to get into the hearts and binds of your dream clients of them. So a lot of you the work that you’re doing today with people is because of a past experience that you have or had in your own life. And then now you want to help people with something that you’ve been through. So you can take that past experience and put that into the frame of your dream clients to really piece out your messaging from your experience as well. So those are two places to start is think about your past clients. Even if you haven’t had any clients yet, maybe you’ve had some practice clients, if through whatever coaching program you’ve been through, or even just have started doing some of the work that you want to do with clients on friends, family members, someone that you know, that has been through the experience that you want to take people through, start thinking about, and doing some research on words that they use what they say you can even interview them, if they’re open to that, and and get some really solid research going that then you can organize out into your message. So that’s a really great place to start. And if you have had a lot of clients a lot of experience, then probably a lot of your message is actually going to come from those experiences. So it’s just a matter of putting on your researcher hat. And going through those client experiences, those testimonials, emails that you’ve sent back and forth, things that you remember from your sessions. Even if you recorded them if you have them on recording, you can go back and listen to them. Those kinds of things to Healy get their words, their phrases, and using those incorporating those in your message. Okay, I think I’ve given you enough to consider when it comes to your Magnetic Messaging. So we’ll stop there for this episode. Just remember that I know right? Now, this might feel a little bit like out there, like, how the heck am I gonna do this? How do I organize all this? What What how do I know if I have messaging like what concrete thing can I have in front of me that says, This is my message. And that is why I created the workbook that you’re gonna get in the workshop, that workbook will just become your guide. It will essentially be your reference manual for everything. So how I have it laid out is once you do that, once you complete the workbook and again, I have 50 questions that will guide you through the entire process. Once you’ve completed those 50 questions. That is your message. That is where you have really gotten clear on everything. Then
35:00
then you take that message, everything you just spent that time doing. And you literally plop it into your copy, I cannot think of a better word to say, besides plop, you’re gonna plop it into your copy. And then you have really good copy. Because not only do you have your messaging all figured out super clear, but then you also have the foundations of good copy to then combine the two. And you don’t have to worry about it. You know, it’s good, because you did the right work. So that is the whole point and goal of this workshop. And what we’ll do together live. So again, details coming out superduper soon, Shawnmynar.com/copy to get on that list. All right, my friends. While we have at least one more episode in the copy it crash course series coming out next week, maybe two, but at least one more. So be on the lookout for that. And until next time, take care. Hey, friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is, I’ll see you over there
Feb 15, 2023 | Unstuck Podcast
The moment you decide to have your own business, you also decide to take on a bunch of new roles, whether you want to or not. Bookkeeper, accountant, administrative, manager, visionary, creative, social media expert, marketer…and copywriter. Yep, whether you realize it or not, want to or not, love it or not, if want to be in business, you need to know how to write copy. Your business literally cannot exist without it. And yet, so many coaches, practitioners, and small business owners never give their copywriting skills a second thought and then are stumped when their businesses are struggling to take off, not building an audience, and not creating a connection-based community. It ALL comes back to copy. In this Copywriting Crash Course podcast series, I’m covering the ins and outs of writing good copy for your small business, even if you’re not a “good writer,”. Today, we’re talking about some of the most common mistakes you’re making in your copy, and simple fixes you can start making today, so stay tuned.
“Your messaging drives your specificity… Specificity breeds clarity and you need clarity to drive that person to take the next step.” – Shawn Mynar
“If you have boring vanilla copy, you get lost in the sea. You don’t make any waves and you won’t get the kind of attention and interest and engagement that you deserve.” – Shawn Mynar
“Personality-packed copy wins every singe time. Every time.” – Shawn Mynar
“Nothing that you write in your business is about you including your ‘About me’ page in your website… it is about your dream client.” – Shawn Mynar
“No amount of amazing, great, wonderful copy is going to keep your momentum if you decide to ghost your business… so you need to be consistent.” – Shawn Mynar
Write Good Copy Waitlist – shawnmynar.com/copy
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
The moment you decide to have your own business, you also decide to take on a bunch of new roles, whether you want to or not, bookkeeper, accountant, Administrative Manager, visionary, creative social media expert marketer and copywriter. Yep whether you realize it or not want to or not love it or not. If you want to be in business, you need to know how to write copy. Your Business literally cannot exist without it. And yet so many coaches, practitioners and other small business owners never give their copywriting skills a second thought, and then they’re stumped when their business is struggling to take off. When they’re not building an engaged audience. When they’re not creating a connection based community, it all comes back to copy. In this copywriting Crash Course podcast series, I’m covering the ins and outs of writing good copy for your small business, even if you’re not technically a quote unquote good writer. In this episode, we’re talking about some of the most common mistakes you might be currently making in your copy and simple fixes you can start making today, so stay tuned.
1:10
Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.
1:54
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here grateful for your support. As always, it really truly does mean so very much to me. All right, we are heading into the second episode of the copywriting Crash Course series that I’m doing here on the show. So if you haven’t listened to last week’s episode, no big deal. You don’t need it for this episode, necessarily. But do make sure you go back and check it out after you’re done with this one because it will start coming together and making sense if you get the full experience. Today, we’re talking about mistakes. And these are not just like things I’m pulling out of the air or things I’m just assuming are happening or things other people are saying are happening. These are legitimate things that I am seeing in the space that we are here are all in in this coaching wellness service provider type space, I know it because I see it, I look at your websites, I look at your social media posts, I am part of your newsletters, I am in the space. And this is what I am seeing. And I want to share this with you not to make you feel bad about your copy because you don’t know any different. And when you were writing the copy you were doing the best that you could do. But to give you some ideas of where you can enhance some things, change some things up, do some simple tweaks to improve your copy. And of course along the way, learn. And this is part of the entire process of being an entrepreneur of being a small business owner doing this thing is that you just keep learning and growing. And as you learn and grow which is like this daily experience, then you do better and you keep improving and you keep evolving. And then is this ever growing ever changing cyclical process of business? That’s what we’re going to do today. I do want to let you know an update. The copy for coaches workshop that I promised you in the last episode is coming up there is a waitlist at Shawnmynar.com/copy CLP why that is where you will get the details of this workshop. It’s a live workshop, you me some of your friends, we’re all going to get together. And it is a work shop. It’s not a webinar. It’s not a masterclass it’s not something you can just kind of have playing in the background and sort of listen to when you want to. It is a workshop and it is designed to greatly greatly improve and enhance your copywriting skills, your messaging and your brand voice so that you are clearly communicating to the right people and creating a connection with those people through your work.
5:00
And when you do that, you start selling more things. It’s that simple, right? So we got to start there, we got to go back to the basics and really actually learn the basics, probably for the first time, intentionally learning the basics, so that you can grow and evolve and enhance this part of your business, which will grow the rest of your business 100%. So if you want to stay in the know and get the updates on that and get first dibs at a spot to the workshop, it will be capped at the number of attendees. As always, I want this to be an intimate group, I want it to be a workshop where we’re going back and forth, we’re doing we’re sharing, we’re asking questions, we’re doing all this stuff. So it will be intimate. And this is your chance to get in on that before anyone else knows about it. So Shawn mynar.com/copy will be your place for that. Let’s get into some of these mistakes. Now, as I’m talking about these, I really want you to come at this with a very open mind and a very clean slate. And being willing to look at your work and look what you have out there. From this objective place to where you can see from an outsider’s perspective, if some of this might be going on. I feel like when we have created content for our business, we’re rightfully so very protective of it, very proud of it. And you should be pleased. Absolutely, that does not change or go away here. But again, we can always improve, I just rewrote, like 80% of the copy in my entire business. I’ve just done it spent the past few months doing that. And it’s way better. And I’m really proud of it. But it’s not that like, what it was before wasn’t good, or I wasn’t proud of it. Or now I’m like embarrassed of it or anything. It’s just I’m evolving. And I My business is evolving. And it will forever be doing that. And the same thing goes for you and your business. So please take what I’m saying with this, like objective sense of like, can I see how this is playing out in my business? And my copy instead of being like, oh, no, I’m not doing that. Like, I don’t need to worry about that. I’m not doing that. Because, again, I’m not making this stuff up. This is what I am seeing. And to be totally honest, seeing the amount of this kind of stuff that we’re going to talk about today was a big driving reason why I started really diving into copywriting and doing the courses and doing the work to get certified so that I could help you guys with this stuff. Because I’m seeing it I’m it’s like everywhere. It’s it’s rampant. And I really want to change that for you. Because it really does make a huge difference in your business. All right, number one, your copy isn’t specific enough. And I’ve talked about this many times here and various episodes of the show. But it needs to be said again, because
8:09
the what really happens, I think is there’s a couple things. First of all, we’re worried that if we get too specific, then we end up excluding people that we ultimately would want to help or would work with. But when you stay too general, then you exclude everybody. Because no one actually understands and gets what you do and who you work with and how it can help them. And so that idea of not wanting to exclude people, by being too specific, is actually doing the exact opposite of what you’re trying to do what you’re trying to not have happen, I guess. So that’s the first thing. And then I think the second thing is that you just have not spent nearly enough time, energy and effort to really dive into your messaging. Your messaging drives your specificity, and we talked about this last week, but I will remind you, it’s like think of your messaging as the ingredients of a recipe. So let’s say I want to bake a cake. I can throw some flour in some butter some I don’t know what else is in cake, I don’t really eat cake. But I can throw some ingredients in at random and hope it works. And that’s what you’re doing if you haven’t taken the proper care for your messaging. Or I can know the exact right amounts of every single ingredient. I can know how much flour how much sugar how much butter, I can know that this works in with in the altitude. This doesn’t work in altitude. I can make all these adjustments I can add chocolate chips, I can add berries as these options
10:00
Since, but I know exactly what I need in order to make the perfect cake. And that is what happens when you have really dialed in your messaging. And guess what? Okay, so let’s just think about this, how much more confident are you in the results of your cake, and how it’s going to taste and how it’s going to look how good it’s going to be how much you’re going to enjoy it, you know, that cake is going to be awesome, because you follow the ingredients, you followed the recipe. If you’re just winging it, and you’re throwing some stuff in and you have no idea if it’s the right stuff, and you’re just gonna put it in and hope for the best. Your competence level is like 5050 At the very best and might even be less than that, your cake could actually turn out. But more than likely, your cake is not going to be very good, you might pull it out of the oven, and it is flat. It’s hard, it’s too sweet. It’s too salty, it just doesn’t taste good. It didn’t work, right. So think about that confidence level of having that exact recipe, those exact ingredients versus just winging it and hoping for the best, big difference in competence. And I think we can all agree, we’d love a little bit more competence when it comes to our businesses overall. But even just talking about our offers, whether those offers are free or paid, we’d all just love a little more competence. And that messaging will get you there. So we got a little messaging tangent, let’s bring it back to your copy not being specific enough. So when it’s not specific, it’s not clear pacifist, it breeds clarity, and you need clarity, to get that person to take the next step, whatever that next step is, again, we’re not always talking about a paid offer here, it could just as easily be checking out your website or going to your blog post or signing up for your freebie or Yeah, purchasing a big coaching package from you, all of the above. We need to think about that in every single thing. We are trying to communicate with our people. So when it’s not clear, it’s automatically a no. Okay, when it is not clear, it’s automatically a no, and your lack of specificity makes it not clear, when the reader can’t see themselves in your copy. It’s not specific enough, if they don’t know for sure with 100% certainty that you are talking to them than it’s not specific enough.
12:50
And this also brings into the conversation, the topic of emotions, because a lack of specificity also means lack of emotion, and copy in your business is incredibly emotional, it should bring up the good emotions and the emotions or trying to avoid the frustration, the anger, the overwhelm the confusion, whatever it is that your client is currently going through on an emotional level, your copy the words that you are using in your business should bring that up. And not like we want them to feel even more frustrated than before they started reading something from us. Not that but just more. So a reminder of where they are, what they’re experiencing. And that there’s a way out, there is another path. And then on the same token, even in the same set of copying the same social media posts or whatever you’re doing, you’re also bringing up the emotion that is possible for them. The excitement, the hope, the happiness, the joy, the peace, whatever it is that they are in search of. Like I think we all would love to make people a little bit happier, a little bit more peaceful, give them hope, make them excited. That’s why we’re coaches. And if we have the ability to do that by working with them, then we want to make sure they know that we want to really let them truly experience what it will be like when they are done working with us. When that problem is solved, that symptom is gone, whatever it is that you do. So really the fix here is to talk directly and I say talk because this is something we’re gonna get into later in this series. But writing copy is very much like talking to your bestie that’s how we want to approach it. And so when I say
15:00
Write people like, I have to write something. But if I just say, talk or chat or whatever, then it has this different kind of mindset around it. And it makes more sense to those who are scared of writing or don’t like writing whatever the case may be. So again, talk directly to the needs, wants, problems, symptoms, goals, desires, struggles, and fears of your dream client, speak to it all really paint the picture of, here’s where you are. And it doesn’t have to be this way. There is hope. There is another way way, here’s where you could be, here’s how you can get there. And this is how your life could look, this is how things will change. It’s that point A to point B narrative. And again, it doesn’t have to be like poking the bear poking this problem they have, it’s not that it is done with compassion, and understanding and care. And also, there’s another way there’s a solution, you don’t have to be stuck here. Let me guide you towards your next step to where you want to be. It really can be done with a very compassionate, caring
16:25
lens. And that’s what we’re going for in our copy. All right, number two, your copy is boring. Sorry, I love you all. So very much, your copy is boring.
16:39
It’s very vanilla. And in today’s world, it very much needs to be like double chocolate fudge with peanut butter swirls, and cookie chunks kind of energy. That’s what we’re looking for. With your copy. Right now. It’s vanilla. And that doesn’t cut it. You just there is this. And I think we can all agree, fire hose of content out there. Right now we are all in the middle of a firehose of constant content coming our way. There are masses of coaches out there, which is great, there are still plenty of clients for you to work with. Everyone needs a coach, this world would be a better place if everyone had someone they could talk to, and someone to guide them to what they want. So don’t let that scare you that there are tons of coaches out there. But there are and that’s the reality. And with that means that if you have a boring vanilla copy, you get lost in the sea, you don’t make any waves, and you won’t get the kind of attention and interest and engagement that you deserve. You deserve the engagement for the work that you are doing and the content that you are putting out. But it’s going to keep coming up with nothing and you’re gonna get more and more frustrated by all this content you’re creating, and it’s not doing anything, or reaching anybody or all this stuff, we can complain about the algorithm all day long, that’s fine. But you know what, if you have double chocolate fudge with peanut butter, swirl and cookie chunks copy, then you’re gonna get noticed. And that’s what we want. That’s what happens when you put some spice in your copy. And what it really takes is just caring, just spending a little bit more time with the words you’re using time and intentionality go a long way. Everything we’re going to talk about in this series will help what we’ll be doing in the workshop is going to change everything for you. So don’t worry, we’ll get there for sure. But one thing that I think is really important to know about boring copy is that the reason that it’s boring is usually because there’s no personality to it. And I know you all have great personalities, but you’re not putting that into the words that you are using for your business. And it might be because you feel like it’s a business. I’m a coach, I need to showcase my authority, and my knowledge and my skill and be professional and be polished and be perfect. So I need to make sure I’m saying the right things, which if I were to put my personality into it, then that would go out the window because I actually like to make jokes and I swear all the time. And I’m actually not really that serious at all. I’m always kind of being goofy, or whatever the case may be for your personality. And I think that it may seem like if you put your personality into your copy that it’s going to downplay the professionalism, but what is really doing is making it so you sound like everyone else.
20:00
And when you sound like everyone else, you’re not getting anywhere, because everyone sounds like that. So there’s nothing interesting or different or exciting about you, there’s nothing that makes people say, oh, yeah, that’s the person that does this thing, or always says this or always makes me laugh. When I read their social posts or their emails, you lose that thing that makes you unique. And you do have that thing. We all have it. And that uniqueness, that personality is what keeps people reading. And that’s really the ultimate goal. We want people to read our emails to read our social media posts to check out our websites, to look at our freebie and download it. We want people to stay engaged, we want people to read to communicate to connect with us. And that doesn’t happen if you sound like everyone else. It happens when you show up as you personality packed copy wins every single time, every time. And so like I said, one of the best things that you can do is write like you talk, like casually talk not like you’re on stage, it’s giving some presentation. But right like you casually would have this conversation with a friend, write that out. And if you don’t know if you’re doing that or not read your work out loud. So write it out. Let’s say you’re writing an email to your list, and you’re done. And you’re about to send it before you do read it out loud. And see if it sounds like what you would say out loud to a friend or to a client you feel really comfortable with. That’s how you know that you are writing personality, packed copy, versus boring vanilla copy, that is one really great way. And then another thing is to make sure that you are and this kind of happens naturally when you do this, when you are writing, like you’re talking to your best friend. But you use words that you say, and you use a cadence like you would speak. In my real life as I speak. I don’t always speak in complete sentences. I speak in fragments sometimes, especially to like bring home a point. So I do that in my copy. I say um, and so a lot like an elongated um, or so is how I speak IRL. So I put that in my copy. If I do some things like a little aside, like I would say just kind of under my breath or just a little quieter, I put it in either parentheses or in italics, like a little aside. And you pick that up when you’re reading it too. And it becomes a conversation. And that is a whole different ballgame for your business. And that is what makes you unique. That’s what gets people excited when your name pops up in their inbox, or as they’re scrolling social media and keeps them reading keeps them engaged and eventually gets them to take the next step with you. Okay, number three, you’re making your copy about you. This is something that I think a lot of people are like, No, I’m not or I’m, I was told I was supposed to share my story. Yes. And also, it’s not really about you. Nothing that you write in your business is about you, including your about me page on your website. Crazy, right? It says about me, but it’s not about you. It is about your dream client. And even your about page on your website is who you are and what you do as it relates to your dream client. Yes, you can share personal stories, you can share mistakes, you’ve made journeys, you’ve been on lessons, you’ve learned all that stuff. But only if your dream client will be able to see themselves in that story. And that you make sure you bring it back to your dream client directly, quickly. So this is where having a longer story and really playing it out. And yes, it totally relates to your dream client and a you it’s something that you went through that is similar to what they’re going through. So they can see themselves in your story and all that stuff. Yes. But if it’s too long, and you’re not bringing it back to them quickly, they’ll lose interest, even if it relates to them because we all as human beings are selfish or self centered. We care about us as we should. And yes, we like to hear about other stories and things like that, but when
25:00
We’re in the thick of a problem. And we need to find a solution than we need it to be about us. And that’s totally okay and understandable. But consider that as someone who is talking to another human wanting to help them, keep them at the center of it all, even on your about page. And I’ll probably get some pushback here. Because first of all, you’re told to share stories and anecdotes and lessons and mistakes. And yes, I do that too. You guys see me do it all the time. I do it here on the show, too. But I do it in my emails and social media all over the place. So yes, like I said, you can and should do that it is really important to create that sense of relatability. And like your show your humaneness, that it’s also really important to establish that connection, and also your authority, like you’ve been through it, or you’ve helped other people through it or something like that. So authority input is important in those stories as well. But again, it’s gotta come back to the reader, quickly, quickly. So use those anecdotes as a way to establish an even deeper relationship to that person, and then clearly state, what it has to do with them. Why that story matters to them why that mistake matters to them, why they should care. Keep it about them, it makes a huge difference. And as a quick tip, this is actually something I saw in an email I received a couple of weeks ago from someone in this general space, general coaching, online business space. And in that email, it was actually a sales email. So an enrollment email for a coaching program. I counted and there were 27 I and me, written and 12. You and your so if you want to know if you’re talking too much about yourself, count your eyes and me’s and use and yours. And you and yours should always be way more than the eye and me. I hope that makes sense. It’s kind of hard to say this out loud. So keep tabs on the count of the times you’re using. I and me versus you and your and make sure you and yours always way more. Okay, I’m going to try to get through the next too quickly because my voice is threatening to go. I did a hike this morning. That was extremely, extremely cold. I think it’s the coldest hike I’ve been on. So far this winter. And that cold dry air that is Colorado and breathing it in heavily. Always makes me want to lose my voice. So I should not have scheduled to do this after that. But here we are. Number four, your copy is pushy. Most of us have a fear of being pushy and salesy and annoying and all that stuff that we have around selling quote unquote selling. But the funny thing is that because you haven’t learned how to write good copy, what you do right comes across as pushy, or salesy. And this is obviously not intentional. But what it really comes down to is that you simply haven’t learned how else to try to, quote unquote, convince someone because I do not like using that word. And that’s not what we’re doing with ethical copywriting. But you don’t know how else to convince someone to do something. That’s the only thing that you know, that’s the only resource you have. Because that’s how a lot of the rest of the world works. And a lot of other things we do in life work. If we’re trying to get your kid to put the laundry in the hamper, then you might be a little pushy when you’re trying to do that. So that’s just our kind of our natural way. And so when it comes time to promote a paid offer or promote a freebie, you’re saying things like, Hey, you should totally buy this thing or download it or listen to it. You’ll love it. I promise. Trust me, it’s so great. Here’s what you’re you’ll get it’s, it’s really it’s awesome. You should you should totally get it. I know you’re not actually saying that. But this is my example just off the top of my head. And I know that you do more than that, but it comes with the same kind of sentiment. But if you were to really take the time and intention to connect with your people on a deeper level, by being specific, by drawing out a motion by painting a picture for them and infusing it all with your personality, everything we’ve talked about today, and then all you’re doing is putting enough
30:00
front of them an offer to take them to the next best step for them. That’s all you’re doing. And it doesn’t feel pushy or sleazy or salesy or annoying or any of those things, and it comes across way better for your people than what you’re doing now. Because as much as you don’t want to be those things, when you don’t know what else to say, and you haven’t put the time and intention into your messaging, and learning, like the general rules of copywriting, and writing, good, intentional, compassionate copy, then that’s what you get, even though you don’t want it to be that and you’re really trying hard not to be that by way of not knowing another thing to do or say, that’s what happens. So just remember to always lead with the transformation, you are in the business of providing a transformation of some sort, everyone’s is different. So getting clear on that transformation, like crystal crystal, crystal clear on that transformation. And speaking to that, over and over and leading with that, because that is where your dream clients experience transformation as well. And that is the whole goal here. So really continue to lead with that. And then there is no need to say, here’s this thing, you should download it, you’ll totally love it, I trust me, I promise, it’ll be so great. And again, not that you’re doing that. But in a roundabout way, I see a lot of that. All right, last one, you are not writing enough copy. So there’s a few different meanings to this, we’re going to go over them both. First of all, you need to write, copy, powerful, good copy regularly in your business, because no amount of amazing, great, wonderful copy is going to keep your momentum if you decide to ghost your business. So what I’m really saying here is you need to be consistent, you can’t lack consistency, and have good copy and expect that good copy to carry you. So they go hand in hand. Keep in mind and continue to remind yourself of this that the vast, vast, vast majority of people need to hear from you multiple times before they’re going to take the next step before they’re going to take action. Even if that action is standing up for a freebie, they need to hear it over and over again. And even if your copy is incredible, and amazing, and connective and emotional and all these things that we’re talking about in this series, it still needs to happen on repeat in order for that person to take action. Very rarely does it happen on the very first time and especially not if it’s a paid offer. And of course, once you are more confident in your copywriting, which is what we’re doing here, it’s going to be so much easier to write for your business to continue connecting with them and to do so regularly. And the more copy you write, the better you get. It really is one of those things where if you just keep doing it, especially once you know the basics, once you have the process down and you know what you’re really after, it’s just gets better and better and better, the more you do it. So then the second meaning of this you’re not writing enough copy is that you’re not writing enough copy on each piece of content. So your emails are too short, your sales pages are too short, there’s almost nothing on your freebie landing pages, your websites are barren. And I think this comes from a few different places. First of all, not knowing what to say or how to say it or, you know, really even knowing if it’s worth your time to write more on your website or on your sales pages or whatever. And they’re also having this belief that people aren’t going to read it anyway. They don’t want to take the time to read long sales pages or long emails, or anything like that. So why bother? I need to keep it short and sweet. So I think there’s a combination of that going on for a lot of you. And so of course, the big question here then is well, how long do they need to be then, John, tell me tell me the exact amount of characters I need to fight on my sales page on my landing page in my emails, and I’ll do it. Well, obviously, you know this is coming. It depends. It depends. But really the answer is this as long as it takes to coach the reader into taking the action you want them to take. So if it’s an email, and you want them to go listen to your podcast episode, then you’re going
35:00
To write the number of words that it takes to really showcase the transformation that will happen when they listen to that episode. Yes, you are even going down as deep as figuring out the before and after have them before listening to the episode, and after listening to the episode. So that means what they’re going to learn how they’re going to be able to implement it into their lives, what’s going to change because of that, why it’s so valuable.
35:33
It’s the transformation. And so that could be by way of a story, it could be by way of just setting the stage of where they’re at. Now, without this information, it could be setting the stage, after they have this information and how they can get there is by way of your podcast episode, there’s a lot of things you can do. But your email needs to be as long as it needs to be to convey that message, to share that to provide that experience, and then get them on the way to their next step. That’s it, there is no hard and fast rule. Same thing goes with a sales page, the same thing is goes with your website, which on your website, it’s very much about continuing to take more actions on your website. So going to the about page, going to the Services page, getting on your email list by way of a free resource, listening to your podcast finding you on social media, there’s a lot of things, a lot of actions you want people to take from your website, but you have to have the messaging and the copy there to take them on that journey, they’re not going to do it themselves. So that requires more words than you are probably using right now. And the thing is, when that’s what you’re doing, what’s happening is you’re keeping your dream clients in limbo. They’re not making a decision one way or the other. When you have enough copy, when you have enough words, when you’ve really created that message and that space for them to take the next step, well, then they have to make a decision. Yes, I want to go listen to this podcast episode, or No, I don’t. If it’s just this little blurb about what you’re talking about and your episode, then it’s up, I’m just not going to think about this at all, I’m not going to make a decision one way or other, I’m going on to the next thing in my inbox, the next thing in my life. But if you provide enough information, by way of your message, then you get them to a place where they can make the best decision for themselves. And that’s what we really want to do here. What we don’t want is to just keep them in this limbo, because then you’re not getting anywhere with anyone, even if it is a no, that’s way better than limbo. And then just to briefly touch on the assumption that a lot of people have out there, that people won’t read it, they don’t want to read long things don’t have time to read long things. So why bother? Because I know that’s how a lot of people feel. That couldn’t be further from the truth. There are actually a lot of people out there that need that many words, to get to the point where they can make a decision. And we’re going to talk about the four different types of decision makers in the workshop, and how to write for all four. But a lot of those people are people that read every word, even no matter how long it is, they will read every word and they need to read every word before they feel comfortable making a decision one way or the other. So long form sales pages, speak to those people. If the sales page is too short, you’ve lost them. They are exiting out, they don’t have enough information to make a decision one way or the other. And yes, there are absolutely those people too, who just kind of skim through, read the headlines, read the subheads and can make a decision from there. Those people exist as well. But they are used to skimming, they are okay with that. And so now you’ve appealed to both people, you have thought about those people and cared for both of them by way of one sales page, because you’ve made it long enough for the people who need to read every single word to make a decision. And you still have made the space for those people who just skim and again, these are things we’re going to get into in a lot more detail in the workshop. But when you rather not exclude one big chunk of the population in these types of decision makers, that’s important. So you need to use the right amount of words to clearly communicate and connect and create an emotional experience. Create a journey for your peace
40:00
For your readers, so they can make an educated decision one way or the other, instead of just acting out and never thinking about it again, that is how long your copy needs to be. So that could be 10 words, that could be 10,000 words, there is no hard and fast rule. I will go over some guidelines though in the workshop that you can use, but no hard and fast rule. Okay with that, I am going to end here before I completely lose my voice. And we’ll be back next week with another episode of the copy Crash Course series. And don’t forget Shawnmynar.com/copy to get on the waitlist. For the workshop. I don’t have an exact date set. But I will tell you, it’s going to be in the beginning of March 2023. So only a few weeks from now if you’re listening to this close to when air so it’s not like it’s like, forever in the future. It’s coming up quick. I just have to solidify some a few things and I’ll have that date set and then as soon as I do, I will send an email to everyone on the waitlist, you get first dibs if you want to be there if you want to save your seat before I offer it to someone else. Okay, so with that head over there, get on the list and I will see you in the next episode for another copy Crash Course. Until next time, take care. Hey friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there
Feb 8, 2023 | Unstuck Podcast
The moment you decide to have your own business, you also decide to take on a bunch of new roles, whether you want to or not. Bookkeeper, accountant, administrative, manager, visionary, creative, social media expert, marketer…and copywriter. Yep, whether you realize it or not, want to or not, love it or not, if want to be in business, you need to know how to write copy. Your business literally cannot exist without it. And yet, so many coaches, practitioners, and small business owners never give their copywriting skills a second thought and then are stumped when their businesses are struggling to take off, not building an audience, and not creating a connection-based community. It ALL comes back to copy. In this Copywriting Crash Course podcast series, I’m covering the ins and outs of writing good copy for your small business, even if you’re not a “good writer,” so stay tuned.
“Once you learn the skills, then it just become second nature… Learn the process, learn the psychology, learn the strategy and learn everything that’s involved in copywriting.” – Shawn Mynar
“Take the time to learn something that is so incredibly important and really pivotal for you to have a successful business.” – Shawn Mynar
“Copy is your sales person… Your words are that powerful in your business.” – Shawn Mynar
“Using the right words in your business by way of your copy is the thing that generates revenue for your business.” – Shawn Mynar
“Just by your words you are going to show your dream clients what’s possible… You have the power to show them all of that and get them excited about that just by way of your words.” – Shawn Mynar
Write Good Copy Waitlist – shawnmynar.com/copy
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
The moment you decide to have your own business, you also decide to take on a whole bunch of new roles, whether you want to or not, bookkeeper, accountant, Administrative Manager, visionary, creative, social media expert marketer and copywriter. Yep, whether you realize it or not want to or not love it or not. If you want to be in business, you need to know how to write, copy, your business literally cannot exist without it. And yet so many coaches, practitioners and small business owners never give their copywriting skills a second thought. And then they’re stumped when their businesses are struggling to take off or they’re not building an audience, or they’re not creating a connection based community. And it all comes back to copy. So in this copywriting Crash Course podcast series, I’m covering the ins and outs of writing good copy for your small business, even if you’re not a quote unquote good writer, so stay tuned.
1:11
Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.
1:55
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host here on the show in every episode, it’s me and you. So happy to have you here and grateful for your support of this show. We’re getting into the good stuff, I have been waiting a couple months now to record these episodes and to do this podcast series, all around copywriting, and having good copy in your business because we all need it. There is no other way. There’s no way around, having good copy and the difference that it makes in your business and for your business growth. So we’re gonna do a whole podcast series, I don’t know how many episodes is going to be yet I would say at least four, all around writing good copy for your small business. Even if you don’t consider yourself a good writer, or you don’t feel like you’re good at marketing or you don’t feel comfortable selling, or all these weird stories that we have in our heads around that side of our businesses, we’re going to cut through that and find out what it actually takes to really, really upgrade your copywriting skills. So that is the plan for this series. Be sure to check them all out from this episode for at least the next four to really get the full picture of what you can do in your business. Today. This episode, we’re going to start with the basics and just really dive into a good solid understanding of what copy and copy writing even is because what I have come to find out is that not a lot of you even really know or understand what those words are and how they fit into the big picture of your business. So let’s start there first, a very basic definition of copy and copywriting. So, copy is the written content that aims to increase brand awareness and ultimately prompt a person or group to take a particular action. So that is the definition of copy may say it again, written content that aims to increase brand awareness and ultimately prompt a person or group to take a particular action. That is copy and you will find that obviously copywriting is a very similar definition. copywriting is the process of writing words intended to prompt a specific action by the reader. So copywriting is the process of writing copy. And this is where I just make the overarching disclaimer that I am not talking about copyright
5:00
NCOPY r i g h t, not that little circle with the C in it, that protects your content. That is not what I’m talking about here. That’s a totally different version of essentially the same word. But we are not talking about that here. So now that we know these definitions, then we know that copy is written content, that is essentially guiding someone to take an action. So there are three main actions that we’re going to talk about here. Those actions are to become a lead. So that would be for instance, someone happens upon your website, and they become a lead by signing up for your newsletter getting your freebie, that kind of thing, they are now in your orbit, instead of just being a passerby, on your website, just someone that comes on clicks, reads a couple words and leaves, and then never thinks about you again. So the goal really with website copy, then I mean, there’s a lot of goals. And we’ll get into more of this in detail when we talk specifically about websites. But one of the goals of a website copy is to turn a cold visitor into a lead. And that would be someone who is now on your email list or listening to your podcast or following you on social media. So they’ve taken another action,
6:31
there’s also to become a buyer. So obviously, this is when maybe someone on your email list or someone that listens to your podcast, or watches your YouTube channel or something like that then takes the action to pay you for your products or services. So they become a buyer, and what prompts them, what encourages them, what guides them through that process are your words, what you’re saying in your email, or what you’re writing in your social media caption, or what you have on your website, or on your sales page or your landing page. It’s the words that guide them to do that. And then there’s one more type of action to take that I don’t think most people specifically spotlight but I do want to, because I think it’s really important. And that is the opportunity to take an action to become a repeat buyer. So what are you doing? What are you saying? What are you writing to the people that have purchased something from you once to get them to purchase something else, or purchase again from you or take the next step with you and go from, you know, a DIY product to a one on one coaching package. So the opportunity to guide someone to become a repeat buyer. So those are the three main actions that we’re talking about when we discuss the main contributions that your copywriting will do for you, which as you can see is basically everything in your business to get new fresh eyes on you to get those eyes to become leads. And to get those leads then to become buyers. That is business in a nutshell, right? So really important. And from there, we can also then see where you’re currently writing copy in your business, whether you’ve ever thought about it that way or not. Whether you realize it or not, whether you like it or not, you are writing copy in your business, on your website, on every page of your website, it should be very intentional, well thought out strategic copy, which I hardly ever see at least in this space that I tend to fall into which is wellness coaches and practitioners and experts. That kind of thing. I’m not seeing that intentional, well thought out strategic copy on your website, but it shouldn’t be there. It should definitely be a big piece of your business and where you’re putting your copy and your thought into that. Your emails, all the emails that you send. Now, even if you are writing an email that’s not specifically saying hey, sign up for this program, hey, sign up to work one on one with me, even if that email is not specifically intended for that purpose. With that conversion in mind. It still is part of the overarching process, you are still in that role of warming them up to make that move to take the next step. So it still is copywriting Okay,
10:00
So all your emails, your social media captions, again, even if you’re not saying, hey, sign up for this freebie, which just good copy would never just outright say that, just as a little side note there. But even if the goal is not to explicitly talk about your freebie and get that person from, you know Lurker into lead,
10:24
you are still in the process of warming them up to eventually take the next step. So you’re still writing copy all of your landing pages, your thank you pages, your sales pages, obviously, your webinars, your video and audio scripts, even your blog posts. So pretty much all of the writing that you’re doing for your business, which I know for me, I’d never expected to write as much as I do, as a business owner did not really consider that when I was getting into this role. And now writing I mean, I do also love it. And it is something that I want to do more of, not only in my business, but for other businesses as well. Hint, hint, but it’s a lot. There’s a lot of writing involved. And it should all be intentional, well thought out strategic copywriting. And to be totally, completely honest with you. I don’t think there’s very many of you listening right now, I’m sure there are some, but I don’t think there’s very many of you that can competently raise your hand and say, Yes, I have really thought about my copywriting I have really upgraded my writing skills. And I can honestly truly say that everything I write is intentional, strategic, and well thought out, because that’s not really where our head goes, usually. And I think also, there’s a lot of this misnomer that that’s all going to take a lot of time and energy and effort and you don’t have it. So you’re just going to throw something up in the captions, and not ever think about it again. And that’s false, too. It’s more so once you learn the skills, then it just becomes second nature. But we haven’t even learned the skills yet. And we’re it’s like we’re trying to ride a bike when we haven’t even learned how to walk. And so we need to kind of take it back a notch. Learn what we’re supposed to be confusing in there, learn the process, learn the psychology, learn the strategy, learn everything that’s involved in copywriting, which is much more than just salesy words, it’s not actually salesy words at all, which we’ll find out in a little bit.
12:37
But really taking that time to learn something that is so incredibly important, and really pivotal for you to have a successful business. It’s like a non negotiable, and yet so many people have glazed over it. Not anymore, not here, because we’re committed to doing the right things for our businesses and the success of our businesses around here. All right, now we’re gonna go over some other definitions of copy some things that I want you to consider to basically get you on board with making this a priority in your business. First copy is your salesperson. And how nice is that, and how powerful is that your words are and will be that powerful in your business. And what’s really nice about this is if you don’t love, kind of like selling on the fly, and if you feel kind of uncomfortable with that, and that doesn’t really like vibe with you, Hey, let your copy do the heavy lifting. That is what it is, therefore, that is what it will do. And if it’s good copy, it will do it really, really well. So you really don’t have to do or say anything, you can sit back and let the writing that you did do the work for you. So using the right words, in your business, by way of your copy, of course, is the thing that generates revenue for your business, the right words, in your business, generate revenue. You can’t say that about a fancy website design or a logo or these social media templates that have your brand colors on them. You can’t say that about those things. It’s the words that do it. It’s the words on that website. It’s the words in that social media post that guide that person to take the next step and become a paying client. All right, next copy is your message in the way that your dream client needs to hear it. Ooh,
15:00
This is so good. This is so good. This is all we need to say we can just forget it all this is it, just do this and your golden copy is your message in the way your dream clients need to hear it. Just by your words, you are going to show your dream clients, what’s possible, you’re going to get them excited about the possibility of something different for themselves a life with a resolution to their problem, or their goals achieved, or their dreams realized. You have the power to show them all of that and get them excited about that. Just by way of your words. Like that is cool, cool stuff, is it not. And this also goes to show something important that is going to get into my next point here quite nicely, which is that copywriting is not about using words to sell. It’s using words to coach and I had such a lightbulb moment as I was going through my copywriting certification when we talked about this, because this is huge for people like us who naturally fall into the role of coach or helper or healer or guide, someone like that where you know, you want to help others. And so a lot of times we shy away from this selling aspect of what we do. And it obviously hinders our ability to help the people we want to help. But when you can see that the words that you are using in your copy are really just there to support and guide and coach people into making the best decision for themselves. That takes on a whole new meaning because you’re already a coach more than likely or see yourself in that way to some degree. So now if you just take those same skills that you do with your clients, and infuse them into your copywriting, to help someone make the best decisions for themselves, which is what you’re already doing, as a coach with your clients, then what changes, what would change if that is how you took on the role of copywriting in your business. So let’s always remember, that copy is a coaching tool. That’s all it is a coaching tool, as a coach, it is your job to be a guide, and to guide your clients on a path towards what they want. And that’s exactly what you’re doing through your copy. You’re coaching them to take the next best step for them towards something better for themselves. Is that not so cool? And don’t you want to infuse that in all of the writing that you are doing for your business? I mean, wow, I don’t know. Maybe it’s just me, I think that is a really cool thing. And something that takes it to a whole new level with a whole new purpose. In least my business and hopefully for you too.
18:25
All right, a few things. That copy is not first, I think we may have gotten this already, but let me just remind you, good copy and the word good is in front of there for a reason. Good copy is not salesy, sleazy pushy marketing tactics. That’s not what we’re doing here.
18:51
Good copy is actually incredibly empathetic, kind, caring, and feel good, you know, and it infuses your personality. So it could be funny. It could be silly, it could be sensitive or spiritual, like there’s so much that can be infused into your copy. And none of it is salesy, or sleazy or pushy or any thing like that. What it’s really about is meeting people where they’re at meeting those dream clients of yours, and letting them know that you see and hear them. And when your clients read words from you that do that, the last thing they are going to think or feel is that you’re being annoying, pushy, sleazy used car salesman, that is the very last thing. There is nothing they want more than to feel seen, heard and understood. And when you can do that, you have a client for life, a paying client for life and that is the goal of your copy. And it also it
20:00
makes it fun to read, you know, it provides a motion, it’s engaging people want to open your emails, people want to read your social media captions, people want to check out your blogs. Because you have infused that not only the ICU, I feel you part, but your personality as well. That’s what makes things fun to read. I think we can all agree with that. And again, not something I’m seeing very many of you out there do, at least not intentionally. And can we try to do a little bit more of that and make it a little more fun to write for our business?
20:39
Next thing, copy is not perfect, beautiful, a plus writing? Can we get a hallelujah, take everything you learned in high school about writing and basically throw it out the window, because you don’t need it. In copywriting. I mean, at least not as strictly like Yes, still put commas where they need to go. Still put periods at the end of sentences, those kinds of things, yes, but in terms of having like, a specific number of sentences per paragraph, and not having run on sentences, but then also not making your sentences too short, that can go out the window. Because the real goal, the main thing, when it comes to your writing, is that it is engaging, that it keeps people reading. And in today’s world with the amount of content we all have in our faces all the time, it is more important than ever, to have an engaging copy. And also to allow for skimming. And if someone is skimming, reading quickly, just reading kind of the bullets or just kind of what catches their eye, that they can still get the point and still potentially be interested without having to read every word. So you will notice as you start kind of paying more attention to other people’s copywriting skills. And also, it’s really cool just to notice how you read, what do you focus on? What do you notice, do you skim as well are you still able to get to the point of something if you are just skimming and what makes that possible. And what you’ll probably notice is if there’s a lot of space, then that makes it more readable. So not these big, long paragraphs, no one’s going to read an entire paragraph. So chunk it up, space it up, it’s fine, you can put one sentence as an entire paragraph for an entire line that is totally fine. in complete sentences, really short, punchy sentences, that is the kind of stuff that really grabs attention. So we don’t need to have this like beautiful, lovely, amazing A plus really like high level writing to have good copy. And in fact, I will tell you not to have high level writing in your copy. And we’ll talk about that in an upcoming episode. But this also means that you don’t have to be an excellent eight plus writer to write good copy of the best copy is really simple and straightforward, and easy to read and flows well and most importantly, connects with where your people are at. And that doesn’t require an expansive vocabulary or this amazing writing skills that you have. In order to get to that connection point. I really feel like if you could today turn in a fifth grade paper, then you can write copy, and you can write good copy. So if that has ever been something you’ve thought of like I’m not a good writer, so therefore I can’t write good copy or, you know, everything I do right for my business is going to suck. Get that out of your head right now we are going to change that. That is my goal here. Last thing, actually second to last thing, copy is not optional. If you want a business, I think I have made that clear. But just wanted to kind of put the cap on that copy is not optional. If you want a business, you have a choice, you can learn how to do it, or you can pay for it. So you can do it yourself and learn how to do it well so that you have a successful business. Or you can pay someone else to write your copy for you. They’re both valid options, but you do have to pick one of them. You have to choose one of those two. We can’t stay where we are now with having done neither
25:00
At least not intentionally. If you want to intentionally learn how to write good copy in your business, then I have a waitlist for you that I want you to go to right now and sign up for this waitlist. Because I’m hosting a workshop at the end of the month ish. I mean, I haven’t set a date yet. But I’m working on it. Now, at the end of February 2023. I’m hosting a workshop and I want you to be there. So you can learn how to write good copy. So head to Shawnmynar.com/copy and get yourself on the waitlist. And you’ll be the first to know when the workshop date has been set, and how to get registered for that. So Shawnmynar.com/copy, again, you have to make a decision, do you want to learn how to write good copy, or do you want to pay for someone else to write it for you, I will tell you, that’s a an option. And that’s an option that I’m going to be offering people as well. But it does come with a significantly higher price tag, obviously done for you versus do it yourself is always going to have a higher price tag, just to be totally transparent with you there. If you are more in the do it yourself stage in your business, then you want to sign up on this waitlist, Shawnmynar.com/copy, C O P y. And then the last thing I want to go over with you really quick, this is a quick distinction. But I want to make sure I make it right away. And that is the difference between messaging and copy. I’ve talked about messaging a lot over the years on this podcast. And it is another essential thing you have for your business. And they are very much intertwined, because your copy is the vehicle by which you will deliver your message, which means you can know your message really well. But it doesn’t really mean anything if you don’t know how to communicate it if you’re not using that vehicle properly, to communicate it. And you can also try to drive that vehicle try to write copy, and it’s not going to go anywhere, you’re going to be totally stalled out if you haven’t figured out your messaging. So all this to say you very much need to know both need to have both going on in your business, they are very much intertwined. And they really depend on each other. So the first step, of course, is to determine and master your messaging. Once you have that, then you move on to copy, as I will teach it, we will do both, we will make sure that you have messaging magic going on in your business. And then you will infuse that messaging into your really great copy. So that is the plan. But I wanted to make sure that you know the difference and you know how they interact and how important they are to each other messaging and copy. All right, that will wrap up this first episode in the copywriting Crash Course series that we’re doing, I want to give you a little bit of homework, it’s very easy, don’t worry. But over this series, we’re going to do a little copy audit on your own copy on what you are currently creating in your business. If you have written any words at all in your business, then use that to drive this copy audit. So I would say a good place to start is your website. For example, social media, captions are another great way the emails that you’re sending out, I want you to just go in and read them and just get a sense of how you would write them just don’t have to overthink it, just read some things that you’ve written for your business that are currently being used in your business. And see how you feel about them, how you’re experiencing them how you think your clients or your potential clients would experience them. And give yourself a rating one to 10 That’s all we’re gonna do right now I just want to see where you’re starting out, I want you to see where you’re starting out. Because things can change really quickly and really easily. And you can actually really love what you have written for your business. And that’s really what we want to do. We want you to be like really confident in what you have going out into the world. And obviously, we want it to also work for your business and part of that is having that confidence in what you’re putting out. So just give yourself an overall rating. I would love it if you would share it with me. You can send me a direct message over on Instagram at Shawn Mynar and just give me an overall score of how you’re
30:00
Doing let me know anything that you’re thinking around your copy. And if what you love about it, what you don’t love about it, what you think needs work, what you think is going well, I would just love to get that from you. And I want you to do that for yourself too, because we have to get a starting point. Alright, and that will wrap it up again, make sure you go get on the waitlist so that we can really take this to the next level and teach you how to write good copy over at Shawnmynar.com/copy. And until next time, take care. Hey friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type a quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there
Feb 1, 2023 | Unstuck Podcast
Business burnout, it’s real, even when you’re following your passion, doing what you love, and helping other people. Or, maybe it’s ESPECIALLY because of those things. Either way, it happens to even the best, most organized, most “on top of their game” small business owners. Whether you’ve flirted with business burnout firsthand or just heard about it through the business grapevine, one thing is for sure…nothing good can come of it, especially not for that business that’s currently burning you out. Today, I’m sharing the 5 most common causes of business burnout, especially for coaches and other service-based businesses and how you can avoid them.
“If you want to be a coach of any kind and you want to have a business, then you have to be willing put on a different hat and that is the hat of the entrepreneur.” – Shawn Mynar
“Overwhelm equals inaction.” – Shawn Mynar
“Make sure that the most important thing going on in your business is actually going on and that is to have a paid offer that is attractive to right people who are your dream clients.” – Shawn Mynar
“Only when you make money, do you have a business. If you’re not making money, you have a hobby.” – Shawn Mynar
“To have a business, you have to be willing to put in some investments before you’re even making money.” – Shawn Mynar
Burnout-Proof Your Business Masterclass – shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Business burnout, it’s real, even when you’re following your passion, doing what you love and helping other people. Or maybe it’s especially because of those things. Either way, it happens to even the best, most organized most on top of their game small business owners. Whether you flirted with business burnout firsthand or just heard about it throughout the business grapevine. One thing is for sure, nothing good can come of it, especially for that business that’s currently burning you out. Today, I’m going to share with you the five most common causes of business burnout, especially for coaches and other service based business owners, and how you can avoid them. So stay tuned.
0:45
Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.
1:29
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host. And I am so happy to have you here checking out the show, and this particular episode all about business burnout. Because it’s real, it happens. And you know, it may have already happened to you. It may not. But either way, we got to figure out a way around that because as soon as you’re in this place of burnout, you’re kind of stuck, right? Because the energy of burnout does not equate to the energy of aligned inspired action and growth and building and excitement and all those things that we need to have this really amazing business that we want. So that’s why I chose to have an entire episode, specifically around burnout. I have only one quick thing I want you guys to know before we dive in. And that is that starting next week next episode, which if you listen to these episodes as they come out, that means in February of 2023, I will be starting a whole series around copywriting and messaging. As you know if you’ve been hanging out with me for a while I’ve been diving into copywriting certification actually, and having so much fun with it, enjoying every moment learning so, so much. And now of course wanting to share that with you because it is like the thing that you need to know that will make honestly, I think the biggest difference in your business. So we’re gonna start talking about that over the next few episodes starting next week, next episode, Episode 184. So wanted to make sure you knew that ahead of time. So you can if you’re not already, make sure you’re subscribed to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast, so you get notifications when those episodes come available. All right, let’s dive into these five big reasons for business burnout. Not all the reasons. Of course, I’m sure there are hundreds of reasons that you could be burned out in your business. But these are the five most common that I see in my clients and with the people I have connected with, who are coaches, practitioners, experts, consultants, and service based business owners. Number one, you are not putting on your entrepreneur hat. I have talked about this before here on the show. And it’s still something I see all over the place. You are a coach, you’re a helper, you are a giver. You are that person that knows they want to be of service to more humans. And that is amazing. We need you. We all I really believe the whole world would be better off if we all had a coach of some sort in our lives. So that is necessary and great and amazing and you’re doing awesome work. But a coach is not a marketer, and often not a natural entrepreneur. A coach isn’t a strategist. A coach isn’t a business person a coach
5:00
isn’t, you know, a sales guru per se. But if you want to be a coach of any kind, and you want to have a business, then you have to be willing to put on a different hat. And that is the hat of the entrepreneur. Because your skills as a coach or a practitioner, or the expert,
5:27
are not the same skills necessary to build a business, they are entirely different sets of skills. And yes, there is some crossover and will actually talk about that as we talk about copywriting because that’s really where your skills as a coach can come in handy in the entrepreneur world. So we’ll talk about that coming up in the next couple of episodes. But overall, you showing up in your business, as a coach is causing burnout, which you may or may not have even realized, because you’re trying to use the skills you do have that do often come naturally to you, as a coach to build something that doesn’t require those skills. And then it’s not working. And then we get into some of the other reasons for burnout too. And it’s like, fitting a square peg in a round hole, common phrase that you hear and it just doesn’t work, it just can’t happen. Because it’s not the right fit. So then, obviously, the way to avoid this or to get out of this cause of business burnout, is to be okay with putting on that hat of the entrepreneur, being an entrepreneur or a business owner, with a coaching business with a nutrition business. You know, we’ve talked about this a few episodes ago, of just simply changing that identity for yourself. And so just even thinking about that, hey, I’m a coach versus, hey, I’m a business owner with a coaching business. You can see how that vibe that energy shifts. And when that energy shifts, then the way that you think the way that you act, the way you hold yourself shifts to. And those shifts mean that you can now see opportunities, you can see strategies, you can see these breakthrough moments with a totally new lens. And that lens will be what catapults your business forward. And they are things that you simply cannot see or feel experience, understand as a coach or with that coaching lens on. So you are a coach when you’re with your clients. And, you know, looking through their paperwork, creating their protocol, all that stuff, everything you’re doing with your clients. And then you are stepping into the role of business owner at the other times in order to market yourself in order to create your processes and systems and work behind the scenes. That all requires the entrepreneur hat. And if you are not making that switch, hello burnout, because you’re trying to put that square peg in a round hole over and over and over again. And you’re coming up against that resistance because it doesn’t work and it won’t work. So even just you being here listening to this podcast already shows your commitment to learning how to put on that entrepreneur hat to learning what that means and looks like for you and your business. So you’re already doing it. But is there anything else? Anything more that you can do? Do you feel like you have the skills built up that you need to feel confident in having that entrepreneur hat on? And if you don’t, then where are you lacking? What else do you think you need to learn and then go learn it? There are a bazillion resources available to you to learn these skills. They are all learnable for all people. I learned all of it. I did not start my business knowing anything about business or remotely being an entrepreneur. I had no clue. But I learned I have read hundreds, hundreds of business books. I have been listening to business podcasts for years like yours since podcasts became a thing. I’ve been listening to business podcast. There are tons of free resources that you can use and yes you should also be paying to learn as well and that’s something we’re gonna get into soon here in another reason. So you have the power you have the ability you can learn what it takes to
10:00
We’ll step into that role. It’s not something that’s like innate and you do and don’t have it. And if you don’t, then you’re just screwed. No, you all have the capability, the resources free or paid to make that possible for you. And to know how much easier this all feels, when you do have those skills when you are taking the time to learn that instead of trying to maneuver your way through a business world as a coach that feels really hard and sticky. And hello, burnout, right? So kudos to you for being here listening to this podcast, which is part of the bazillions of things that you can do to build up your skills as an entrepreneur with a coaching type business or service based business. Okay? All right, moving on to number two, you’re overwhelmed with all the business advice and strategies. So going back to what I just said, where there’s a bazillion are resources that you can use to learn about business and step into the role of entrepreneur. That means there’s also the real possibility of overwhelm, when you realize that there are bazillions of things that you can learn and ways that you can grow and resources that you can dive into. And then you start doing that. And there’s so much information, like noise coming in from all angles. And even if you’re just following a few business, people on social media, you can be consumed with the different advice and all the different things that you should be doing. And all the places you should be showing up and all that stuff and quickly leads to overwhelm. And we all know that overwhelm equals inaction. Like the second you start feeling that sense of like, oh, my gosh, there’s so much what do I do, I’m doing everything wrong, I don’t know where to start. I don’t know what to believe. It’s complete shutdown, to especially that aligned action that we want to be taking, and really looking internally and understanding through your own self, what action works best for you and what you should follow, and what you can just kind of block out as noise. So let me simplify this for you. First of all, yes, you do need to learn and build the tools required to have a business to officially be an entrepreneur and step into that role for yourself. So find the people that you connect with, that you resonate with, I would say keep it under five people that are business coaches, or strategist or marketers or whatever it is. Keep it under like five people and just focus on that. But they should be people that you connect with that you trusted, that have businesses that you desire, and learn from them. I think the noise really comes in when we start trying to learn all the things and we get we dive in and we’re like, Yes, this is so great. This is so exciting. Oh, here’s someone to follow, here’s someone to follow. Here’s a podcast, what’s new, here’s a book to read. And then you start compounding. And those people’s advice are different, or they clash, or they just don’t make sense when working with one versus the other. And that’s when it starts getting too confusing, too overwhelming, and you feel stuck again. So dial it back, find those people that you want to follow that you admire, and start there, start with their content with their books, with their podcasts, with their social media, with their website, whatever it is that they have, start there and keep it simple and basic. And then once you feel like you’ve gotten that foundational advice going and you feel like that coaching that they’ve provided you has really sunk in in and you’ve taken on that role, then you can expand and start looking at different areas and different experts that you want to follow and learn from. But keep it small to start have this little like bubble of coaches that you want to really lean into, and then let it grow once you feel complete there. The other thing I want to say is when you are learning all these things, and following all these people and really trying to get your business set up, and you start feeling that sense of overwhelm, it’s usually because that to do list has gotten really long. It’s like, I gotta do this. I gotta be here. I gotta set that up. I gotta get this going on behind the scenes that you know, you start feeling like there’s a lot to do. And yes, it could be because you’re following a few too many people and taking a few days.
15:00
Too many pieces of advice all at once. But I also think that at that point, if it starts feeling like that, you need to take a step back and make sure that the most important thing going on in your business is actually going on. And that is to have a paid offer that is attractive to the right people who are your dream clients. Like, if you don’t have a way of making money in your business, then none of this actually really matters yet, you’ve got to get clear and confident in your irresistible offer. That irresistible offer could be a one on one coaching package, it could be your signature program, it could be an e book, it could be it doesn’t matter what it is, it just matters that you have that thing that is going to make you money, because only when you make money, do you have a business, if you’re not making money, you have a hobby, you have a hobby where you, you know, post social media posts and write blog posts, you don’t have a business. So first dial in your offer. Because until you have that, then all this other noise and advice and tips that you are hearing doesn’t matter. It’s not going to work, because you don’t have a way of getting paid. So figure out what that paid offer is get it set up in your business, get clear on it, get competent know all of the ins and outs. And then you can start applying what you’re learning from these other avenues to that. So just having a really solid, attractive paid offer for your audience automatically calms down that burnout. Because sometimes you’re just burnt out because you’re doing a lot of things and not making any money. And sometimes you’re just not making any money because you don’t have a paid offer. So figure that out, get that set up, get that bill, if it’s your program, build it, and then create this atmosphere around it the business environment around it all focus on that one paid activity, because then hey, when you start making money, it can really work to squelch that feeling of burnout, especially if that is arising because you’re doing a lot of work for free right now. Okay, that’s number two. Moving on to number three, you’re still trying to DIY your business. Yep, told you this was coming.
17:43
It is just something I mean, I did it to totally understand. I spent the first three years of my business di wiring, trying to DIY my business success and growth. And hey, you know, we all know I think we all know the story of how that went for me. Not great. And then honestly, the moment I took a leap invested in a business coach for the first time ever, it sparked this massive shift that changed everything forever. And it wasn’t like we even really did anything revolutionary or crazy when I had this business coach, but it just your whole energy around your business changes when you invest in it in that way. So
18:32
yes, I understand. If you are someone who is still kind of, you know, listening to the podcast, downloading all the free resources, reading all the advice given on Instagram posts, I get it. But at some point, you are going to need to take it to the next level and invest in your business and stop trying to DIY. Something that is like your livelihood. You have a business you want a business, you want to be able to quit your job, you want to be able to make real money in your business, then that is not something that you can DIY you know this is not like going to Goodwill and finding this amazing vintage dresser and sprucing it up. That is DIY, please go DIY that that’s amazing. This is not that this is your business. This is your livelihood. This is your future. And there are so many people who want to help you make that future a reality for you. And again, it just comes down to finding that person or those few people that you resonate with that you admire that have a business that you would love to have and working with them and whatever capacity they have available for you and I feel like almost all business coaches at this point
20:00
have payment plans and have things you know, lower priced options and things that you can do to get help and support one step at a time, you know, but just based on whatever you can do right now, so you don’t have to, like, take out a loan to work with someone. These days, there’s lots of different options. But I do think it is time that we start looking at the money that you spend on your business as a true investment in your future, not a cost, that you will never get back. Spending money for your business is an investment. And, you know, I’m not just talking about coaching, either really anything like just, I want you to think about this. Think about any other business, think about the coffee shop on the corner or your favorite restaurant, think about even your accountant, and what they have to invest in to even just start their business, we’re talking 1000s and 1000s of dollars. And you as a coach, especially if you’re working from home, you’re doing virtual, it is minimal. But it’s not nothing. It is minimal, but it’s not nothing. And there’s so many people that won’t even invest in like software to host their coaching, because they don’t want to pay $150 a month. But like how else are you going to run a business like to have a business, you have to be willing to put in some investments before you’re even making money? Because How else will you make money. Just remember that and don’t be afraid to spend that money. And again, I’m not talking about you going into massive debt or anything like that, please don’t do that. Don’t put yourself in like financial insecurity because of this. But be prepared to spend a little money to make the money that you want to make plus 1020 100 times more than that. And again, this is really the only business model that I can think of where the investments initially are as low as they are, think, again, think about that restaurant that you love to go to think about all that stuff they had to buy before they could even open their doors. I mean, that is insane to me. And we don’t have to do that. But we do have to get some coaching, we do have to have some software, we have to have some things set up in order to have a profitable business, it will take an investment, a little bit of an investment. So please see it as that and don’t see it as this like major cost this major expense that you’re never going to get in return, you will get it back. If you invest in the right people, the right things, the right setup, it will be worth it a million times over. So please don’t try to DIY something that you shouldn’t be DIY saying, I understand if you are there right now, I haven’t been there too. And I want to save you from the frustration headaches, the overwhelm spirals and the burnout that causes you don’t know what you don’t know. And you’ve got to learn it from someone that does know. So please see that as the investment that it is, get yourself some help. Number four, you are non committal, Oh, I see this one a lot. And this is like energy vampire. so badly that will be the death of you, and will definitely be the business burnout Central. And that is like trying all these things to get your business going. And it really does kind of go back to what we’ve already talked about. And like, all that advice that you’re getting from all these millions of people you’re following that have different conflicting advice. And so you’re like, Okay, I’ll try what she said, Okay, now I’m gonna try what they said. And now I’m gonna go over here and do this thing that I heard. And you’re all over the place, because you are focusing on like, the big picture instead of finding those few people that you just want to really work in depth with. And so you take in all of this information, and start trying to apply it. So you’ll get really into blogging for a little bit until you realize, literally, no one is reading your blogs. So then you say, Okay, nevermind, I’m just going to focus on social media, because that’s what this person says to do. I’m going to post five times a week and I’m gonna make four of those reels and one of those reels is going to go viral, and then my whole world is going to change according to this person. And so, then you get really into social media posts a little bit and then realize, you literally get sad
25:00
and likes. And then you go and you’re like, okay, yes, I’m gonna create a freebie, I definitely want to grow my email list, I don’t want to have to worry about social media anymore. So I’m gonna use this to grow my email list. And I can just forget Instagram entirely. So you create this freebie, you add it to your website. And then nothing happens, you forget all about it. And you move on to the next piece of advice and see what is going to work next, what will be the thing that finally kicks this off? Here’s the deal, nothing is going to happen as fast as you probably want it. We talked a few episodes ago about patience being your ultimate friend here.
25:42
But I feel like this non committal thing really happens because of that, and still looking for that thing that will work. And that thing that will take off that and the thing that will be your thing, whether that’s podcasting, or blogging, or social media reels, whatever it is finding that thing. And
26:06
the only thing about that thing is that it’s going to happen over time. So this non committal thing is really just
26:16
absolutely zapping your energy and your momentum, because your like task was switching, you’re jumping from thing to thing, instead of just staying consistent with one thing or two things for the long term. That consistency and showing up in that way, is a lot more friendly to your energy, and your whole thought process and everything and of course, your your momentum, than just jumping around from thing to thing, trying to find something that works, nothing is going to work with that mentality with this non committal mentality, it’s just gonna burn you out from all the things. Instead, I think, as a way to burn out proof yourself and your business, you’ve got a more so focus on your own flow, like what works best for you, and make that your thing and stick with it over and over and over again, find a way to get in your zone, get in your flow, and stay there. Even if you get zero likes, even if no one reads your blog post right now. That doesn’t mean that that’s how it’s going to be forever. And you should just jump ship, stick with it for the long haul. Because the more you jump around, it’s like you’re starting over every single time, you know, you post on social media for a few weeks. And then it doesn’t happen, like you get the seven likes, and you’re frustrated. So you give up and ghost your social media audit audience for a month, then you’re back starting over again. And trying to build up that know like and trust from the very beginning again, because now these people haven’t seen your face or, or anything from using your name pop up for over a month. And you know, they don’t know if you actually really care about them or care about what you’re talking about. If you can ghost that quickly and easily. That’s what it looks like on there. And now on your end, it’s just you wanting to really find that thing. And you are committed and you do want it so bad, but almost so badly that you’re shooting yourself in the foot. Because you’re jumping around trying to find the thing that works, when really the thing that works is the thing you’ll stick to the thing that you can commit to that you like to do that you want to show up for. So figure out what that is, find the few things that make you feel the most in flow, and stay there for the long haul. And again, going back to the very beginning. first figure out that paid offer that you really feel competent in, that you’re excited about that’s in alignment with the people you want to help and then build your flow around that and have it all stemmed from that and come back to that one thing because that’s how you get the right people in your audience and you create that whole environment around your paid offer. And again, once you do that, and you’re willing to stick with it, that’s when things really start to happen. So get clear, get committed and stick with it for the long haul. And I promise you that will feel a lot less burnout double, then this jumping all over the place kind of thing. And the last reason reason number five for business burnout, you’re not following your intuition, your purpose, your dharma. This is like a gigantic one that I apparently decided to save for last, but it also really speaks for itself.
30:00
Solve.
30:01
You’ve got to follow what your real true purpose is for being on this planet. And your passion is. And it is entirely possible that you’re working on a business that isn’t what you’re truly passionate about are what you’re actually here to do during your time. On Earth. It’s entirely possible. And if you feel like everything else is going the way that it should be, or you’re doing what you want to do and need to do in every other aspect, but it still feels energy draining than it is because you’re not actually in alignment. And when you’re not in alignment, hey, you could be doing all the right things. And it will just be so draining and cause so much burnout, that you can’t keep going, that it feels like this uphill battle. Even though on the outside, everything is going great, and looks like a perfect business. And I actually had an experience with this. I think I’ve talked about this on the show before. But I’ll quickly share it again, when I was nearing the end of my nutrition career, my career as a nutrition coach, specifically around Kido.
31:23
Those last probably 20 episodes of recording that podcast. The it absolutely drained me it was the only thing that I could do that day, I would have to immediately go take a nap after I recorded those podcast episodes. Because it was just no longer in alignment with what I wanted to do what I was passionate about. And what I felt like my purpose was like I realized a few months before I really started feeling that I had realized that that wasn’t my purpose here on this earth was not to tell people what they should and shouldn’t eat, that just didn’t feel good for me anymore. And so then recording those episodes, was really challenging. It was so energetically draining for me, because I was going against my alignment going against my purpose and passion at that time. And on the outside, you had no idea. The business was booming. Tons of people listening to those podcasts episodes. Just everything, no clue that that would be going on. But internally for me, I was out of alignment. And I was so burnt out and I was barely working like I was not, I was working probably under 10 hours a week at that point. And yet so burnt out, felt like I was working 100 hours a week. And that’s when I knew I gotta make a switch. This is not worth it to feel this way. This is not why I wanted a business, this is not going how I wanted it to go, I gotta make a change. That may be where you are, or where you have been in the past. And you can try all the things you can learn how to do all the things and all the strategies, and it will not matter. You have to find what is truly in alignment with you, and what you’re really here to do. And you actually may be feeling this now if you are someone that still has a job and kind of are building your business on the side, you may be feeling that in your job. And you know, yes, I feel burnt out when I go to work, and then I start working on my business and I come alive. That could totally be the case. And then you know that that is what you should be doing. And then it’s obviously getting to the point where your business can be your main gig to where you can really fully be in alignment and shout out to all of the people who are working full time and building their business as a side hustle right now, major kudos to you. And it will get to the point where yes, you can quit that job. But you may be feeling that way in your business to even if you know you’re not working a ton of hours and your business right now or you’ve really stalled out. It could be because it’s not in alignment with what you truly want to do. Maybe it’s something that you happen to into at some point in your life or you had a personal experience and then decided you wanted to coach people on that. But then now you’re realizing hey, I actually don’t really want to do that. Like I don’t want to keep reliving that in myself, which I also experienced when I was coaching people with autoimmune disease. It just kept bringing up my own experience with autoimmune disease every time and it was something I just kind of wanted to let go and myself. And so I had to stop coaching people on that in order for me to let that go as well.
35:00
While that might be the case, and that is all okay, the only thing is you’ve got to come to terms with that, you’ve got to realize that and get in touch with what you really do want to be doing, which will come from your inner being your intuition, your inner knowing, that is what you might need to explore. If you feel like your business might be out of alignment, get in touch with yourself, really, you know, again, love journaling. So I would say See if you can kind of journal on some things to really pull out your desires, what you love to talk about what you love to teach what experiences you’ve had with yourself, or your friends or your family, where you just really felt like you were in the flow, when you were coaching yourself on something or coaching others on something, and see if anything different comes up than what you are currently thinking your business will be about. So just be open to that and be open to that happening. Perhaps in the future. Like I said, when I was first starting to talk about keto, I loved it, it was awesome. It had helped so much in my life, I was still following that diet, because I was still healing my body. And it really just all flowed and then it just didn’t. And then it just stopped flowing. And I realized that wasn’t actually what I wanted to spend my life doing. So it’s okay, if it changes. But keep that in mind. Like in the back of your head. If things start feeling like an uphill battle, if you start feeling burnt out, even just thinking about your business or sitting down to work on your business, no matter how many hours you’re actually doing that. Consider that as a possibility that you’re just not in your dharma anymore, which is your reason for being on this planet, your purpose here? And what is that? Can you get in touch with yourself through meditation, journaling, or just even what you’re feeling in that moment to figure out what that might be if it has changed? Or if it’s not what you’re working on? It will definitely be Who’ve you to get out now, you know, it’s not going to get any better. If you’re already feeling like it’s not quite right.
37:24
That’s okay. But you’ve got to kind of come to terms with that and make the changes you need to make to really build the business that you want that’s in alignment with you. And that’s when things flow. If you’re not finding that flow, it might simply be because you’ve got to change direction a little bit. And that’s okay.
37:44
All right. So that will wrap it up with the five reasons behind business burnout. I hope this gives you something to consider if you are or have ever flirted with that burnout of like, I just I don’t want to do this, this feels so energetically draining, I don’t know what I’m doing, I’m overwhelmed. I just feel really stuck. And I can’t move forward. Because I’m burnt out, I don’t have the energy, I don’t have the focus. All of that can be remedied. And you really can and should find the business flow. And that’s what we’re all about here on this show. All right, I guess that will wrap it up for this episode. And until next time, take care.
38:31
Hey, friends, Shawn here. And if you’re a coach or practitioner who’s looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don’t want to miss. Right now. I’m hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I’m now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I’m just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don’t have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it. I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you’re at in your business today. So if you’re like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people they’re meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there’s a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass.
40:00
US. In just one hour, you’re gonna learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life health, family and self care. You’ll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You’ll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can’t wait to enroll in your program once it’s ready. Even if right now you’re starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it’s gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can’t wait to see you there.
Jan 25, 2023 | Unstuck Podcast
Having an online business is not an “if you build it, they will come” situation. To get paying clients, they first need to know you exist, and second of all, they need to know, like, and trust you enough to take the next step and decide to work with you. This only happens by intentionally setting yourself and your business up for it to happen. There are specific tools and strategies you need to consider in your business for effortless client attraction and today, I’m going to share what those are, the pros and cons of each, and how to make them work for you, so stay tuned.
“Please get really real on yourself and get clear on if you’re spending enough high quality time in the attract and build pillars.”
“Social media is a great way for your audience to get to know you, like you and trust you better but it is not the only way.”
“Partner up with others to increase your audience size…the audience is going to get so much value out of having you doing it with a partner.”
“Make sure you are giving the answer to something that you know that your dream client is searching for.”
“In any tool, the end goal is to get people deeper in to your work, where you have a little bit more control and power.”
Holistic Business Starter – https://shawnmynar.com/business
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Having an online business is not an if you build it, they will come kind of situation. To get paying clients, they first need to know you exist, of course. And second of all they need to know like and trust you enough to take the next step and decide to work with you. This only happens by intentionally setting yourself and your business up for it to happen. There are specific tools and strategies you need to consider in your business for effortless client attraction. And today I’m going to share what those are the pros and cons of each and how to make them work for you. So stay tuned.
0:44
Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I am obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.
1:28
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you join in this episode and checking out the show. Today we’re gonna do things a little bit different. I have pulled a masterclass or recorded masterclass that I did for the holistic business starter course, all around attracting your dream clients and the tools that you need to attract those clients the content you need to create where you need to be creating it all that good stuff, the things we need to talk about here. If you want an online business, and you want to attract clients, which I think we all do, that’s kind of the point. So we’re gonna dive into those tools, specifically talking about blogging, and podcasting, YouTube being having live workshops, live master classes, and what you can do and how you can use those to attract new people to your work and continue to grow your audience so that then your business grows as well. Now you will notice because this is a snippet of a course that I have, that I referenced other areas of the course things you will be learning things you’ve already done and learned. But that doesn’t take away from what we’re talking about in this masterclass. So it’s something I still really wanted to share with you. And obviously, if you hear those things, and you’re like, Yeah, I want to learn that or I wish I knew that, then I do have the program available for you. And you can head to my website and check it out. But still really great information. And I still think you’re gonna take a lot from this. It’s a conversation that I love to have, and have never really done it in this way on the show. So I thought why not share it with everyone. So it’s a long one. Let’s not take any more time here. Let’s get right into it.
3:17
Okay, we are here for the Attract masterclass, I hope you spent a little bit of time getting really clear on who your dream client is. So who you help and how you specifically help them. If you are still wishy washy on that. That’s okay. Let’s keep going. And I think as we keep going, you also start sparking some more ideas within yourself. So we’ll get going, we’ll go into the Attract module. Here we are back at the flow and growth framework. And this is the second step once we define your dream client is now to attract your dream client. So now that we know who we help, now we got to let them know and we got to get them into our world so that we can provide a ton of great value, and they will be excited to work with us. Of course, you probably know this by now. But let me remind you that anytime we are doing any sort of practical business practice or strategy, in our business and with our business, we got to start from within. So we’ve got to start here and talk about how you actually build an audience. It comes from in here.
4:36
You lead with your intention. So we spent a lot of time thinking about our intentions and really figuring out how we want to show up in our business and what’s important to you and and what will be important to your audience to your dream client. And if you continue to keep those front and center which you should, then you will have no problem getting the right person
5:00
to agree with that to come into your world, because they see that and because they notice your intention, and they’re drawn into your intentions and the energy that you put out, because you’re leading with those intentions. So please don’t lose sight of what you’re actually doing, and why you’re actually doing it. And what’s important to you, in this process of trying to get people to be part of your community. The next thing is to acknowledge those thoughts that try to hold you back. And again, that’s why we started where we started in on stock entrepreneur, in this program is because now you have those tools to forever, because it’s going to happen forever. Be able to build awareness and see those thoughts and action, that ego voice that’s trying to have this fear based chatter, keeping you safe, keeping you in your comfort zone, building a business is not comfortable all the time, it’s not going to be it’s going to take you getting out of that comfort zone. So we have to always be willing and ready to acknowledge the thoughts that are trying to hold you back, trying to keep you playing small and in your comfort zone. Choose to be the person you’ve decided you’ll be be the qualities that you’ve decided you’ll be you all have the power to do. So there is nothing that needs to happen before you exude who you really want to be, you can do it now. So one moment, at a time, as you are building and growing your business, choose to be that person in each moment, it will be a conscious choice for a while because like I said, building a business can be uncomfortable, it can feel scary, it can feel hard, it can feel overwhelming. But when you come back to being the person that you want to be living with your intentions in mind, and moving from that place is a whole lot more simple. But yeah, we got to be conscious of that choice for a while.
7:07
And then thinking about an and you know, you’ve chosen to be the person that you’ve wanted to be now showing up that way, showing up showing up showing up showing up? How many times can I possibly say it, you can’t have a business, if you don’t show up for it. It’s going to be messy, it’s going to be imperfect, it’s going to be embarrassing, I still have things that I like, just Oh, I’m just cringe thinking about the things that I put out. Even like a year ago, even three years ago, let alone eight and a half years ago, when I started my business, it’s going to be messy. But you’ve got to keep showing up not only for yourself and for your dreams, but for the people that want and need your help. Just show up.
7:53
And last or second to last two is your tool. That’s what we’re going to figure out today. What tool do you want to use to connect with those people, you’ve got to have a tool, you’ve got to have a way a connection point a receiving point for people to come into your world. It’s not just gonna magically show up. So what is that tool you’re going to use. And then once you’ve figured out that tool, and you’re now centered and aligned with your purpose and intentions, you’re going to be the qualities that you’ve decided you’ll be show up that way, spread the word, let them know that you have a tool, let them know that you’re out there and you’re spreading them your message. Effortless client attraction is an energy thing, you
8:38
You are the attraction point for your business, not your Instagram posts, not your podcast episodes, not your perfect website, you there is not no matter how many people want to tell you that there is there is not a special formula for getting followers for getting listeners for building an audience, other than your energy, because it’s completely 100% unique to you.
9:04
And this is where we can use everything that we’ve just done all the work we’ve just done on ourselves and it put it into action. And do those things that we committed to do and be the person that you committed to be and show up in the way that you committed to show up. And when you do that you will attract the right people into your work.
9:26
And we can see this if you really look you could go on to Instagram right now and see this where there are people who have like almost no following you and we even have an Instagram account our social media account, and their business is absolutely crushing it. And there are people who have millions of followers and they’re struggling.
9:46
What is what is the case there? What’s going on there? If it is a matter of getting more people into in the door and getting more followers and getting more subscribers and all these things. Why is that happening?
9:57
Because it’s an enter
10:00
G thing, people are picking up what you are putting down energetically. So please consider that as we move forward.
10:11
And you can consider that by thinking about what your thoughts are getting clear on what those thoughts are, that are in your head, as you do go to build a tool for your business, which we’re going to talk about in a second. Where you go to share on social media, email, your email list, whatever you go to do, however, you’re going to show up for them. What is going on in your head? So what are you putting out into the world, knowing that’s what you’ll get back, we can feel it. We, as an audience can feel what you are putting out. I’m afraid I’ll be judged. If I start talking about my business all the time. I’m not interesting enough to get followers, listeners, subscribers, I’m not cool enough to have a podcast, YouTube channel or a blog, I’m not ready to start putting out content. What if I don’t get any likes? What if no one reads my blog that listens to my podcasts watches my videos, I’m not good on video, Did I sound dumb in that episode, I don’t have time to put out free content, I need to get paid. Just a sprinkling of all the possible things that could be going on right now keeping you stuck, keeping you from showing up authentically keeping you from putting stuff out there keeping you from building a solid tool for your business, and keeping people from wanting to come into your world to learn from you to grow with you and to pay you to help them.
11:35
And just as I was listening, you can see it doesn’t take a rocket scientist to see that energy that comes with those thoughts, which you may not even be aware that you’re thinking until now. Because now we’re going to build that awareness. It, it’s a very low vibe, right? It’s like definitely not something that’s very attractive to your audience. There’s a fear of judgment there. There’s a fear of failure, not feeling ready and not feeling worthy, this lack of confidence, and your audience is going to pick up on that. Not very appealing.
12:09
So your audience is not going to grow. No matter what you do. No matter how many different places you are, no matter how many times you post on social media, your audience is not going to grow. If this is what’s going on behind the scenes in here. Please consider that. If you let go of that ego, push it to the side, it’s still going to be there, push it to the side, choose a different thought which we now know how to do. And lead with your heart, lead with your passion, lead with your purpose, have authenticity, feel that sense of confidence, let your personality shine through
12:45
and be inspiring, then we are attractive. Can you see the difference there. So please know if you’re ever struggling to grow your audience and you feel like you’re doing everything right, come back to what’s really going on in here. And lead with a different level of energy. It starts with what’s going on in your head and what’s going on in your heart.
13:11
A really good exercise to do here. And so if you want I would pause this video and spend a little bit of time here write down I would say, five to 10 qualities that you admire in others. Because you have that inside of you too. You can and will be that for someone else. And how cool is it to think that you could be someone that that someone else would admire that your clients, your followers your listeners would admire would find inspiring would find encouraging or motivating or helpful. Like how cool is that? You are that person for someone else? As soon as you show up in that way, and you have a habit inside of you already. So we don’t need to wait for anything to happen before you become this motivating, confident person.
14:09
So who do you admire? Who do you follow that you just like every time something comes up? You’re like, ah, like that was so cool. I love what she or he has to share. And why do you love following them? What is it about them? So for a lot of people, it’s confidence. It’s authenticity. It’s being real, it’s being vulnerable. It’s just like sharing their lives competently, but showing up and having so much to offer and feeling really personable. That’s the case for a lot of people. When I ask my clients and other people in the group this question, that’s what comes up. And so see what comes up for you. I want you to really think about this. Go into your social media and scroll and find those people that really resonate with you and see if that helps you get those qualities but come up with a list and then see what you can do to show up in that way too because you are
15:00
are that person to? Okay?
15:04
Questions to Ask yourself? Again, you can pause this video if you want to do that. Or you can wait until the end and just ponder these. But how can I show up as a leader in my space? How can I connect authentically with my audience and best support them? How can I use my content to showcase my passion and purpose? How would I show up? If I already had 100,000? Or insert any number here? 1000 10,000 a million, it doesn’t matter. But something that feels like a reach for you? How would you show up if you already had that? Already had those people listening to your podcast, reading your blog, subscribing to your YouTube channel, following you on social media?
15:49
Answer these questions Do not bypass this exercise, it’s important it is what it will separate you from the people that are doing all the right things, and not seeing growth and they feel like Instagram is impossible. And the algorithm is against me and all these weird things that we have. And the people that grow effortlessly.
16:12
Take the time to do this. Alright, let’s get into talking about your tool, because part of that was choosing your tool. The primary ways to attract your audience using a tool will be these are the things we’re going to go over today, your voice, you and video or your written word.
16:32
So this is where we start talking about all of the amazing, exceptional, highly valuable free content that you are going to deliver to your audience that will make purchasing your paid content, the only next logical step, it will get your people to the place where they say, This is who I want to work with, I know they can help me, I know I need this. I know I want this. I know this is right for me. And we have to do that by delivering consistent, free content, really good, highly valuable information content, tools, tips, advice, education, all that good stuff. So when you’re going when we’re going through this process of talking about all the possible tools, I want you to consider these things, what feels good to you. Of course, we’ve always got to start here because we want this to be something that you do consistently for the long haul. That’s what it’s going to take. So what will intrigue you and inspire you and encourage you for the long haul? What mode of connection feels comfortable and exciting. So if you’re terrified doing video, maybe that’s not the right thing to do for the long haul. Although I would question that and be like, Are you sure? Are you just saying that because you have this thing about being on camera and looking at your face? If that is the thing, and it’s an ego voice? I challenge you to try video.
18:05
But if you try it and it’s really just this like inner thing, like it just doesn’t sit well with you, hey, maybe YouTube isn’t the right place for you. And that’s all that means. The second thing, remember the goals. So the goals of having a tool like they are it is a non negotiable. I will say for you being an unstuck entrepreneur, that you have a tool because it builds know like trust. We’re going to talk about that more in the build rapport.
18:33
masterclass. Next, so it builds know, like trust. Like I said, it gets people from that point where they’re like, Who is this person to like, I need to work with this person. It builds your email list. So there is an ulterior motive here, which yes, providing all this valuable, free, awesome, highly encouraging content. But also to get them to a place where you have a little bit more control over the connection that you make over the relationship that you build, which will be your email list. Again, we’re talking about that in the next masterclass a lot more, and then position you as an authority. So again, letting that person know that you have their answer that you can be their guide their support system, and really help them get to their through their transformation.
19:20
So what tool will best showcase your ability to do those three things. So think about that, and which all of them will do and just varying degrees. So just again, what feels good to you and what makes you feel like you can best do that. And then the last thing is you have to be able to be consistent. You have to have the commitment and have you have to have the confidence for it. So again, going back to that what feels good for you. Can you do these three things, can you be consistent? Can you have that commitment, and can you have that confidence with it? Because that’s what it will take to have a successful tool
20:00
regularly creating free content. This is something that some entrepreneurs push back on. And I will never understand why. But just in case you are having those kinds of thoughts, and you’re not really understanding why we would deliver free content all the time, let’s talk about it, shall we? So when you put out free content on the regular, it makes it easy to find your dream client and build an engaged audience. It showcases your expertise, energy and personality authentically, it invites your dream client to further engage with your work and create an amazing first impression and lasting collect connection. Do I need to say more? Like, let’s really think about all those things, and how else would we do those things in such a really highly impactful way than to put out free content, to let people into our world to showcase our expertise and authority to let people know what we do and how we do it and kind of the package that we come in, to allow our energy to go out into the world to attract our audience that way. It just there is no other way to attract the right people into your work. And to let them know what you do, how you help them what your energy is like that they’re a good fit for you. We’ve got to put out some free content, my friends. So you are going to spend the majority of your time in your business working in this attract pillar doing this regular free content, you will spend a another big chunk of your time in the build pillar, which we’re going to talk about in the next masterclass between those two, you’re going to spend probably about 80% of your time. That is very, very important. And if ever, you are wondering why your business is not going the way that you want, please get really real with yourself and get clear on if you’re spending enough high quality time in the attract and build pillars. get real with yourself because I can almost guarantee you’re not.
22:17
So we are constantly in this attracting, building, attracting building attracting building phase and as you are it will become effortlessly for effortless for people to get into your world. So with that comes creating free content. Now let’s figure out which tool you want to use to deliver that free, valuable, amazing, wonderful, beautiful content to your amazing, beautiful, wonderful dream clients. The first one that we will talk about is in the voice category, I’m only going to go over four, there are a few more, but I think these are the four most common. So probably 95 to 97% of you are going to choose one of the four I’m going to talk about. And if you’re the two to 3%, then we can chat further. So just let me know if you want to know some other ideas. But
23:12
pick one of these. Start here. So the goals of every blog post, showcase your authority on not only the subject of the blog, but on your overall theme of your entire website of what you do.
23:28
To keep people engaged on your website. This is super important.
23:33
You don’t want people to just happen upon this blog post, read it and then leave and never think of you again never not even know what your name is and what you actually even do. What we want is the whole goal of that blog posts to get people on your website. And to keep them there. And to get them engaged in other areas of your website. Maybe have them read another blog post, or maybe have them go to your about me page or maybe have them go to some free freebie that you have to offer. And then they get on your email list. Or even go to your paid offers and see if they you have any coaching or anything. We want people to stay on your website for more than just that blog post. So that’s really the ultimate goal of having a blog is to get people engaged with other areas of your work not to just have them read the blog and leave.
24:26
And then the other thing is to get visitors onto your email list. So like I said they might have a
24:34
they might see a place where there’s a freebie offer that they really want because you’re going to have amazing freebies, like high value should I should probably pay for this type freebies. And they will not be able to resist putting their name and a highly coveted email address into that space to get the freebie and then when they do they get get on your email list. So even if they don’t remember your name
25:00
They never go back to your website. Now you are still in control of building a really awesome connection with them and providing some really good communication with them because they are now on your email list. And so now we can really build rapport and really nurture that connection even deeper. So those are really the goals of having a blog. It’s not just to write and get people on your website, and then they leave tips for success, definitely use Pinterest to support your blog traffic. This is, if you’re not familiar with Pinterest, it is actually a search engine. And we can put in pins that will direct people right to our blog post right to our website, where they can engage with us further. So definitely consider using Pinterest, please use the resources I provided in the course portal to familiarize yourself with Pinterest, if you’re not already, create a business Pinterest account, spend some time and just know that you are going to be spending some time doing you know, creating pins and getting onto Pinterest every time you write a blog post. Also consider SEO, SEO is going to be important back in the day before there were millions and billions and billions of blog posts. They SEO really worked super well. And while it has changed and shifted a little bit because of the saturation, it’s not impossible. But you do need to spend some time doing some research on the search engine optimization, which is what SEO stands for, and how you can really show up in a search for what your whole blog is about. And what it can really do is also guide you into what your blog post should be about, or at least what the title should say, if you’re doing the right research. And again, I have some free resources for you on how to do your own SEO research in the course portal. So please make sure you go there and really do do its due diligence for both SEO and Pinterest that otherwise you’re going to write a blog post and no one’s going to read it. So we really do have to pay attention to these things, and then showcase your personality. So again, with a practitioner speak, we are professionals, we are experts, but we’ve got to really connect with the right person. And the connection point is by way of your personality and showcasing that and getting into the heart of the reader by using the words that they would use and by showcasing who you really are. So please consider that and make that a priority.
27:40
Keep it readable not only in how your writing but also in how it’s laid out. So these days, because we read so much on our computer screens and even more so on our phones, it really helps to break things up with the appropriate amount of headers and keep your, your paragraphs short and sweet. So remember to really focus on the readability or else you will not get people to stay interested in what you have to offer, even if it’s an amazing blog post. And there’s tons of information. If they can’t read it. If it’s not keeping their attention, they’ll leave. Most people are going to skim, keep that in mind to and then highlight other posts and freebies. I’ll show you how I do this on my website. But remember, the goal is to keep visitors there. So once they’re done reading one blog post, can you post can you link them to another Can you point them to something else on your website, a freebie, another post something like that. So I’ll show you how this all works. So this was just I want to show you first how Pinterest works. This was a blog post that I created. And this was like three days after I posted this on Pinterest. If you’ve never been on Pinterest, Pinterest, this is how a pin will look to anybody who’s searching. It’s just kind of like a graphic and then the title of the blog post and then it links directly to your website. So they can click on this and it will go directly to that specific post. So within a matter of a few days, this had gotten almost 11,000 impressions, which means 11,000 people had seen it, but six people saved it which I thought which which was really great and even better. 31 people have clicked on that link and this is cold traffic. They don’t know me. I don’t know them people that had just searched something where this came up,
29:38
clicked on to get to my website and had read the post. And so this is the power of Pinterest when used correctly. So it is very beneficial for you if you want to have a blog as your tool to get to know the ins and outs of Pinterest and use it to your advantage. And then because
30:00
So this was at the end of that blog post. And this is how I set up every single blog post on my website. At the end of that blog post, I had three different options they could do ready for more, you can listen to the podcast episode, that’s essentially the same thing as the blog post. But obviously, in my voice versus my writing, you can take the vibe quiz, which is a freebie that gets them on my email list. Or you can do the autopilot challenge, which, again, is another freebie that also gets them on my email list. So they could either start listening to podcasts and become a subscriber to the podcast, or they could get on my email list or both. Or at minimum, you can see down here, I have three other potential blog posts that they would be interested in reading, because they were interested in that blog post. So at minimum, I can get them into more of my work. And of course, these have other opportunities to listen to podcast episodes, get on freebies, that kind of thing. So as you can see, I’m doing everything I’m setting myself up so that those 31 people in those three days that came to my website, they don’t know me don’t know anything about me, not only are they reading the blog I created, but there there’s a good chance they’re taking other action here too, and getting into my world. And that is really cool. So you can see the power and how much more there is to blogging than just writing a blog. And hoping Google does something for you. There’s a lot more to it a lot more strategy. But it can be very, very, very effective.
31:36
Quickly going through the blogging, pros and cons.
31:40
Every tool that we’re going to talk about today, for the most part has a long shelf life. So you write a blog, some of my most popular blogs today, on my website, that I get lots of traffic from coming to my website, I wrote in like 2017 2016, a long, long time ago, but they were so specific. And they’re still you know, give showing up on a Google search high up there. So people are still finding them that are very cold traffic, which is really cool. And that will be the case for your blogs too. low barrier to entry and startup costs pretty much you just need a website that has a blog capability, which I think almost all of them do now. So that’s really cool. And then you can just start writing, start creating blogs, and having a business. Pinterest account doesn’t cost anything doing search engine optimization research doesn’t cost anything, very low cost of entry, little time commitment can be done on your schedule. At first, it’s probably going to take some time to do the research to figure out the Pinterest thing to write it all to get it all formatted all that stuff. But the more you do it, the easier it’ll go. And then you know, few weeks, few months down the road, you’re doing a whole blog post in an hour or two, and it’s gonna last forever, it’s gonna be on your website forever. And you can have those hours or to be like at night or on the weekend or on vacation or whatever. Please don’t, please don’t work on vacation. But you know what I mean while traveling. And so it can be done on your schedule, it gets traffic to your website where they can dive into more of your work. So what better I mean, like all of our stuff, hopefully is on our website, our paid offers are on our website, our freebies are on our website. So getting someone to go directly to your website, it’s a really great way for them to gauge in other areas of your work. And it can be a potential income stream, if you want to use something like AdSense or something where there’s little ads that pop up on your blog,
33:36
up to you if that’s something that you really want to do to turn off for some people, of course, but if you’re getting enough traffic to your blog, it may be worth it or something to consider.
33:46
Cons extremely saturated market what is in these days. So I don’t think that’s something that should deter you by any means. But it will require you to do more digging to make sure you are writing on the right topics, you’re getting some search engine stuff going. So please do the research there. And you must have good SEO to get traffic to your website. It’s just you got to do it. So make that a priority for yourself. If you’re going to do a blog,
34:13
I would say this is kind of I think the biggest con for me is that you will not have as strong of a connection with your audience simply because these days, there’s so much video, there’s so much audio, so many podcasts, we’re so used to connecting with people in that way that then when we just have words, it’s not impossible, but it just takes a little longer to really get the vibe of that person, the personality and really let them into our worlds whereas you know, people listen to podcasts when they’re like giving their baby a bath or on a hike or working out or cooking dinner or something like that. And we have that like they’re literally putting us in their earbuds throughout their lives which is really cool. And we’ll talk about that when we talk about pod
35:00
casting. So that’s the kind of the one big difference I see is it would potentially take a little longer to build that relationship. Getting people on your email list will help with that. But could take a little longer not something, again, to deter you. You need to be comfortable with websites and technology and if not get comfortable with it. Because otherwise, it’s going to take you forever, and you won’t have good functionality, there won’t be a good user experience for those people that aren’t coming to your website, all that kind of stuff that we need to consider. And it can be a little harder to promote paid offers, because as we’ll talk about as a pro in YouTube, and with a podcast is you just can you have the platform, you have the ability to talk about your paid offers, when you do have a launch, there’s something going on, there’s something exciting for them to consider that’s paid, you have the ability to talk about it, it’s a little harder to do that on a on a blog, not impossible, but may take a little bit more strategically on your part, to promote your paid offers. And to get people in the door to that. And if you want to start a blog, I have a quickstart guide for you that you could find in your course portal. Let’s move on to podcasting.
36:15
I think probably a lot of you know, I’m a huge fan of podcasting. I’ve had three podcasts, who knows how many millions of downloads these days, which I’m so grateful for. It’s just so cool to think about. And I love it. It’s been like seven years now, as of the time of this recording. So I am very partial to podcasting. But I’m not going to try to sway you in this way at all, because I know it’s not for everybody. But I will tell you what you can do with it. The goals of your podcast, and specifically every podcast episode are going to be again, showcase your authority on the subject, not just of the episode topic, but of the overall subject of your entire podcast overall goal of your entire podcast, get people to keep listening and subscribe. So again, we don’t want them to just listen to one episode and then never come back. Not even remember your name, not even keep getting the reminders about your podcast, we want them to keep listening, we want them to find us for one podcast episode, and then scroll back and see all the other ones we’ve done and listen from the beginning or pick out specific ones they want to listen to, and really build that relationship with us and with our podcast. And, of course, get them to subscribe so that they automatically get those new reminders when new episodes come out, which is really, really important.
37:42
And of course, get listeners on your email list again. So this is any tool, any tool is the end result, the end goal is to get people deeper into your work, where you have a little bit more control a little bit more power. And I use control and I feels like a like a almost a bad word to use. And I don’t mean it that way. But it’s something that we have to consider to have more of the dynamic the upper hand and the relationship a little bit, which is what email list will do. Because even if someone subscribes to your podcast, I mean, they can subscribe and delete, delete, delete or just like stop decide to stop listening to podcasts and never look at the podcast app again. And then you lost that relationship. Whereas if they’re on your email list, then you still can reach out to them. They’ll get I don’t think anybody is going to stop reading their emails anytime soon. I think we’re safe there. So you have a little bit more power there.
38:39
Tips for Success encourage listeners to share episodes, this is going to be the biggest way at least I have found to grow your listenership is to get the people that are already listening. The people that are you’ve already connected with encrypting that relationship with to share it with other people that they think would be a good fit because they’re automatically going to share it with your dream clients because you know, they’re not going to share if it’s something for menopausal women, a whole podcast about menopause, they’re not going to share it with like their husband, they’re going to share it with people that are going through menopause. So they’re automatically creating that connection for you. They’re really doing your marketing for you. Sorry about hair, it’s tickling me. And so really use that to your advantage and, and make call it out. Make that request during your episodes at the end of your episodes, even in your your show notes, to share it with others who you they think would be a good fit. It’s such a good way to get people, new people in the door and you kind of using your listeners to help you do that. Consider SEO. Podcast platforms are search engines. So people go into podcast platforms and search like menopause and they will get
40:00
I episodes and podcasts and hosts that talk about menopause. So, think about that not only when you’re titling your episodes, but also when you’re titling your entire podcast. What’s the title of your podcast? And will it be catchy to that particular dream client? Well, they immediately light up when they see the name of that podcast. The name is extremely searchable. And so overwhelmed. We want so badly to be catchy and clever and cute with the title of our podcast. But in reality, we need it to be searchable over anything else. So when I had a podcast called the Keto for women show, it exploded, because people were literally entering in to the search box, keto for women, and they still do to this day. So it was very easy to keep that listenership building because I had created something that was so searchable. So please keep that mind over being catchy, clever and cute.
41:06
Investing good quality audio these days, there are so many people with amazingly highly produced podcasts that we want to be in that category we want, we don’t want people to not listen and to go somewhere else, simply because their audio sucks. And that will happen. You can control that you can invest in some good quality audio, it’s a small investment with a high return. So please make sure to do so I’ve linked several different mics that I’ve used over the years that I have found to be really good quality at different price points. So find what works for you. But make sure you get some good quality audio.
41:47
Keep it authentic and conversational. Again, lots of podcasts out there, people want to and I was actually just talking to my partner about this today, like some of the podcasts that we absolutely love. We’ve been listening for so long that it feels like they’re friends, when something happens to them good or bad. Like we feel that in our bodies as if there are firms telling us and can you do the same while also providing amazing good educational content. But can you do so in a way that feels really authentic, feels really friendly, and really keeps that that connection and net communication going. Have great guests and be a guest on other shows. That’s how you will build an audience also, don’t just have anybody that comes to you that wants to be on a podcast and promote themselves really makes sure you have a good strong connection with that person, because that’s going to lend itself to a good conversation. And your listeners will recognize that. So do your research. Don’t just say yes to everybody and, and make it a little bit of a barrier to entry to have guests on your show and get really great guests that you know will provide a ton of valuable content for your audience. And then yes, being a guest on other shows is also really beneficial to promote your own show, not in this weird sleazy way, like I’m just going to use your show to promote my show. But people will get to know you, and what you provide and the value that you have and what you talk about. And we’ll want to learn more from you over on your show. And then lastly, stay consistent for the long haul. Like all of the tools we’re going to talk about. This is a long game. In general building your big business is a long game. So please know that it is one of these things that has a snowball effect and will grow. But it’s slow growth. Most of the time. Yes, there are outliers that have this amazing success right away. But for most people, it’s a slow build, you are
43:48
reminding your listeners to tell their friends if they know someone else, that it would be a good fit for the show. And then that person tells five of their co workers and then those five co workers tell three of their family members, and it builds. But it’s a slow build. And so please be consistent. Give it honestly at least a year before you make any decisions on if it’s successful or not. If it’s something you want to keep doing or not give it at least a year. And don’t forget to share that you have a podcast everywhere all the time. Okay.
44:25
Quickly pros and cons, very little startup costs and barrier to entry. Again, get that mic, make sure you have a computer and a way to record yourself. And you’ll need probably a pay a little bit a nominal field all there are some free ones. But I do encourage you to pay a little bit of money for a good quality platform that will share it over all of the other platforms. So you’ll need you’ll need to use something like Libsyn or pod bean or something like that, to host it for you. Very little barrier to entry and cost of entry. It’s a great way to build a loyal following and Bill
45:00
know like and trust. That’s what Kal T stands for know, like and trust. We’re going to talk about that more in the next masterclass. But it is a great way to really build it like I was just talking about feeling like you’re building such a strong connection with these people that you don’t actually even know they’re out there listening, you don’t know them, but they feel like they know you, they feel like your friends. And they would definitely want to work with you in this paid capacity to. So it’s just an excellent way to do that. You have control over your content, so you can decide what you want to talk about it in each episode, how you want to talk about it, how long you want it to be, what tips you want to give, you have complete control, which is so so fun, you can talk about anything. Although I would recommend you keep it in the realm of your overall dream client and what they would want to hear about, of course,
45:56
worldwide access, anybody can listen to your podcast, which means your business can easily go worldwide, which is super cool. It’s a potential income stream may not be at the beginning, but you can have have sponsors have ad spots in your podcast episodes. And this would be something where it does require a specific level. So a specific amount of listeners and subscribers for each episode before you can really pitch this. So just know that and keep that in mind, I honestly don’t think it’s really something that you should consider for at least the first three to six months just to get your bearings, get the ball rolling, see what comes up, see what your numbers are, see how it’s growing. Because those are going to be things that people, the brands that you want to work with will need to know in order to know what to pay you. So please keep that in mind that it will be potential after the fact. But also from the get go, if you think of it this way, is that you again have control over your content, you again can self promote. So in a roundabout way, it is an income producer, because it is the way for people to know about your pay offers in many cases.
47:14
So again, record anytime, anywhere, my mic has been all over the world with me, I’ve recorded episodes of podcasts all over the world. So that’s a really cool thing. It’s very travel tool, which is nice. And you can do have the ability to self promote, you can talk about your paid offers your launches, what you’ve got going on, and have people get interested in those right from your podcast. It is a saturated market as a con, I don’t think this, again, is something to stop you but just know that it’s saturated. So again, we have to have really good audio, it really makes sure that we’re doing something that’s unique, that makes us stand out. And that gives us a little bit of an edge, your energy, just you being you is automatically going to do that. But even more. So if you really showcase your personality, really be authentic, really share your story, get some good guests on that kind of thing. It can be time consuming, especially at the beginning, if you are doing everything if you’re recording, if you’re editing, if you’re putting it up on the platform, all that stuff, it can feel like a lot, trust me, it gets a lot easier as you go in a matter of weeks, you will shave hours and hours off of your time to to produce a podcast. So at the start, it’s going to be a little time consuming, it does get a lot better. But you do want to make sure that you spend the time it’s just highly, highly valuable time to make sure you’re putting out good content won’t generate generate revenue right away. Like I said, Unless from the start, you can talk about your paid offerings, absolutely. So that kind of again, in a roundabout way will be producing income. But it will take some time to get those numbers and to get your audience built up enough to where you are at a place to have sponsors. And you do need to promote regularly to gain an audience. It’s not one of those things, where you just have a podcast, you never talk about it, you put it out into the world, on to Apple and onto Spotify and all these places and you just assume people are going to find you and you’re going to have this amazing influx of listeners.
49:20
exceptions, of course to that, but the rule is you are going to have to do the work to promote the podcast to get a regular audience. Okay, so we want to share it on our social media. We want to share it in our newsletters. We want to share it to our friends and family do word of mouth we want to have our friends share it also to anyone that they think would be good for it. Talk about it, talk about it, talk about it, talk about it a lot. Okay, it’s like your main thing. If you would like to start a podcast I have a quickstart guide for you in the course portal. Okay, moving on to tool number three which is video
50:00
And via video, I will get more specific and say YouTube. YouTube is, as I think many of us are aware of. But just in case you don’t know, it’s the main video platform where tons of people just have this really great community built based on what they put out in their video
50:22
is a search engine, we’re going to talk about that in a second. So something to consider, really, and it also is a Google subsidiary. So it is a huge place where we can get a ton of exposure to a cold audience, which is something that we really need to consider the goals of your videos should be to showcase your authority, again, get people to keep watching and subscribe. Same thing with the podcast. We don’t want people to just watch this half of this one video and leave and not know our names or anything about us or anything about what we do. But get people engaged, get people to subscribe, so they get notifications when there’s a new episode that we put out, and get them to keep watching the rest of our our channel, what else we have out there. And always to get listeners onto your email list so that you have the upper hand in the relationship, and content can continue to build rapport with them. So get listeners onto your email list by way of the description right in the description of every video, you have the ability to write to, in there a clickable link, so they can just click and get the freebie.
51:31
We’ll talk about freebies next. Don’t worry, tips for success stick with it. Same thing as the rest of them stick with it, it can take a while but it will be worth it, there is a solid chance that you record a video and put it out this week. For instance, for example, and three people watch it, it’s like your mom, your best friend and your sister, watch it.
51:53
And then nothing happens. And then a year, or six months or three months down the road, it blows up, you just don’t know. And that’s kind of the fun thing, in a way about YouTube is things that you’ve done in years ago, gain traction and get you clients and get you new followers, and these new things coming to you. And really, it’s the same thing with podcasting. And the same thing as blogging, what you are doing now and the work you’re putting in now for any of these tools will live on for the long haul. And you will get followers on your Instagram or subscribers to your email list. Or people on your website people wanting to be a part of your paid offers that found you from something you created years ago. And that is really cool. So the staying power is huge. And the same thing goes for YouTube. So please don’t give up soon. Too soon. Just because things haven’t taken off. It takes time snowball effect.
52:50
YouTube is a search engine, what is your dream clients searching for? Make sure that the videos that you create are things that people want to hear about. Otherwise, no one’s gonna watch it because no one cares. So you can do some research, even within Google to see or YouTube to see what people are searching for. And can you create a video around that? Do a little bit of research before you just go off and decide to create a video about this specific thing. It’s kind of like very similar to what we would do with a blog. And doing that research first, stay relaxed and relaxed and engaging on camera, which at the beginning, may seem impossible if you’re not used to being on camera, but it will get so much better with practice. Just keep trying keep showing up, keep practicing. And you will see that you start getting your video legs and it becomes actually really fun. And you can stay relaxed and engaged while on camera. Because that is what people connect with. Again, they can feel your energy through the screen. And we want that energy to be the one that is relaxed, that is confident that is the expert and that is what will keep them attracted to you. Good lighting is key. So do a little bit of research on what would be good lighting for you be in front of some natural light if you can. So find that good window on your your house and just put your whole YouTube setup there and really focus on keeping that lighting top of mind. If you’re too dark people are going to find someone else, we really need to be visually attracted to your work to
54:20
share the goal of the video right away because otherwise people are going to click out if they don’t know what they’re gonna get out of that video. So if it’s a 10 minute video, and they have to wait till minute eight before they get anything out of it, it’s not going to happen. So share what they’re going to learn and how it’s going to be helpful to them at the very beginning so that they do have the patience to wait until minute eight before you actually get there. So give them a little bit of a guide at the beginning. And then lastly, direct viewers to your freebie link. You’ve got to do it every single time. Get them on your email list. Share the freebie in your description. Get them to click that link when they’re done with the video. Okay,
55:00
pros and cons strong connection with your audience is very video is so big in the business space, probably for the long haul. And so
55:10
because everyone’s used to seeing video, we are used to having that sort of built in connection with your audience. So please think about that and know how beneficial that is to your business and how important it is your business has a long shelf life, just like the rest of them. We’ve already talked about that highly searchable. Again, YouTube is a search engine, use that to your advantage, and make sure that you are
55:36
giving the answer to something that you know your dream client is searching for.
55:41
Worldwide access so your business can quickly become worldwide, which is so cool. You can have clients in all different areas of the world, which I just think is the coolest potential income stream once you hit I believe it’s 1000 subscribers on YouTube, you can have some sort of paid advertisements going on, before your video in your video, that kind of thing and make a little bit of income side income on that simple, inexpensive startup. Again, you don’t need, you need good lighting. So you may need to invest in that if you can’t find a good window, you do not need a professional camera to get started. Most likely, all of our phones these days provide good enough video to get started with that. So it’s inexpensive, you can start making videos today. And then as you go, you can add on. And you can self promote one of those things we talked about in podcasting. Again, you have the ability to food, decide whatever the content is. So you can spend the last few minutes talking about your paid offers talking about how you can help those people talking about a launch you have coming up, getting them excited for it, which is really cool. The cons, it does take time to build attraction snowball effect, you’re in it for the long haul, please don’t give up.
56:55
You may need to invest in gear as you grow. So as this does become something you really love to do and you are seeing some traction, you will will want to invest in gear as you grow. So maybe you do have a better lighting setup, maybe you do get a professional camera, or maybe you do hire an editor to help you. Maybe you do have some B roll or something you’re editing in to make it a little bit more engaging, have a video, these will be things that you add as you grow. And it can be time consuming. Same thing with podcasting at the beginning, you’re not gonna have any idea what you’re doing, you’re gonna mess up a bunch of times, you’re not going to know how to edit it, it’s gonna feel like it’s taking forever. And that’s okay, that’s to be expected and is still time well spent. So please know that and it will get so much easier as you continue on. And again, you do need to feel comfortable on camera, it may not feel like you are you may be just totally Pooh poohing this because you do not want to be on camera, but you’ve never tried. So at least try. And if it still doesn’t feel right, and you just can’t get down on camera camera, that’s totally fine. But then it’s coming from here and not from here. Whereas here is telling you, you’re not going on camera, you don’t look good on camera, you don’t want people judging you in that way, all these ego stories, okay. And if you want to start YouTube, I have a quick step for you in the course portal. The last one we’re going to talk about quickly today are live events. And I really wanted to keep this in here because live events are super popular these days. And they are really great tools for you to use to build your email list quickly and to build also a connection with people very quickly too. So this may be something you want to consider adding in your business as your tool. So when I say live events, they can be in person, if you do want more of an in person, local business, if you don’t want to go full worldwide online, then this would be a great place to start by doing in person events in your area. Or they can be virtual, but either way they’re going to be live, you can do recorded workshops as well. I just think for this purpose for your tool, I’d like to keep it live because I think it does bring in a bigger hype, bigger audience and not higher quality audience. So can be virtual can be in person. Both are live. So goals of the event is to showcase your authority on the subject. Always build immediate connection and rapport. This is something that is harder to get on any other tool. If this is just so easy to do is to build that immediate connection because they are live with you. They can see your face, they might be in the same room with you. If not, it feels like you’re in the same room. Because at this point, we’re all so used to using zoom and doing virtual conferences and meetings and things that we get it and so now we have that ability to create this immediate connection. Get attendees on your email list. Always
1:00:00
100% If it is a virtual event, they have to sign up for your email list in order to get the information for the event. So every single person automatically goes on your list. And that’s how they get the link to join your event. The tips for success partner up with others to increase your audience size, so you can partner up with someone else that’s kind of in the same field would have a similar audience, there definitely would be some crossover to where your dream clients are in their audience and their dream clients or in your audience. So it’s a good mix of the two. And it will increase both of your audience sizes, it will get new people on your list and we’ll get you in front of new people and then in front of new people. So you can kind of share that experience, which is a really cool thing to do. And obviously, the the audience is going to get so much value out of having the partner, you doing it with a partner.
1:00:57
So something to consider and just have a friend or co worker, someone, you can do it, as a group, collect emails of attendees and offer a special gift for attending a live Absolutely, again, like I said, if it’s virtual, they have to provide their email in order to get the information for the event. If it’s in person, then you’re going to want some way to collect their email either like a table at the front or passing around something while they’re there, their seats to where they can put in their email address something so make sure you are figuring out some way to collect their email address. And then the people that are they’re alive, I think it’s really cool just to provide a special gift that can be something it’s kind of one of those things where it will excite them to give their email address because they know they’re getting a gift in return. So especially for those live events. in person events, it will give them a little some a little push to provide their email address where they can get the special gift that will come via email after get creative with your topic, we do have so many live events out there these days, we can attend one every hour of every day, probably if we wanted to. So get creative with your topics so that your people want to come and they want to be there live. And they’re excited for what you’re going to share. So you have complete control over what you provide and what you do. And that topic. So use it get creative and have fun with it. It’s a really fun time to be able to be in a group live with people that are your dream clients. So use that to your advantage and just have fun and be connecting with them. For sure. repurposing content is key. So it’s can seem overwhelming when you’re like and for it. Just so you know, let me make this clear, right now we want to choose one of these, you do not have to do all of these. And I would actually encourage you to only pick one right now down the road. Yes, you can build on it, you can have more tools as you become more efficient with them. But right now, just pick one, and then we’ll move on. But it can still seem overwhelming. If you’re feeling like every week, I have to do a podcast and then I have to share on Instagram. And then I have to write something in my email newsletter and oh my gosh, I just have so much to do, I’m not doing anything else. But creating content, I feel like all the time.
1:03:21
Repurpose. One piece of content is going to keep working for you over and over again. So if you have a podcast or YouTube or you do a workshop, it can all go into a blog post doesn’t have to but it could all any of that content could become a blog post, and then that blog post you would write about it in your newsletter, maybe give us snippet of that blog post, and then click have them click over to read the rest of the blog post. Or if you don’t, if you want to bypass the blog altogether, you can still in your newsletter right about the podcast episode you just recorded and put out right about the video you just created right about the workshop you just did. And have them watch the video, listen to the podcast, that kind of thing. So you’re writing about the content you’re creating elsewhere in your newsletter.
1:04:13
And you’re writing about the content you created elsewhere and your blog posts to potentially as you can see, that was an example I gave you i i wrote a blog post based on a podcast episode I recorded. And then that is also social media you’re one of at least one of the posts that you share on social media is about your podcast episode is about the video you created is about the workshop you’re doing or you did is about the blog post you wrote. So then you are using that also and it can be multiple, you can pull out several different quotes or something or ideas or topics from the podcasts or from the blog posts or whatever and share those as, as posts on your social media. So we have to repurpose content strategically or else you will go create
1:05:00
Easy. Yes, it’s true.
1:05:02
All right, I want to give you just a few content ideas to wrap up here. Because I think probably one of the biggest barriers that I see to people putting out content is not knowing or not feeling like they wouldn’t have anything to say feeling like they would run out of ideas. And it’s just not the case. I can promise you that. But to help you along, I’ll give you four questions to ask yourself, anytime you feel like you’re getting stuck with what to say, what’s a mistake your dream client is making your dream client is making a lot of mistakes on their path to try to get to their solution. You calling out that mistake, lets them know, Hey, I’m making mistake, hey, they understand me, they get that I’m making a mistake, hey, they actually also know my solution. So really important to point those out. So identify the mistakes, the struggles of problems of beliefs, and how can you shift them out of it, just give them one or two or three quick things, quick tips that they can do to start shifting out of that. But think about that list mistakes, struggles, problems, beliefs, right? There is like a year’s worth of content. They’re doing a lot of those things. And we are going to spend a lot more time on this in the invite pillar. So in in the invite masterclass. So this is coming and what we do in there, it’s really going to help you get the content that you need. But this is a starting point for you right now. What changes can your dream client make in their day? So go through a typical day of your dream client, and the routines that they’re doing? And what simple swaps could they make to get them in the right direction? To have them start feeling better? Those kinds of things? What’s your story? People love your story. They want to hear your story over and over again. So what have you been through? What are you going through that your dream client can resonate with? And would really impact their lives? And what did you learn from that experience? What are you learning? What are you trying? What are you doing? People want to hear that? And then what inspires your dream client? How can you encourage or motivate, motivate them just simple things that, you know, they just need to hear that they need to hear right now. Because you know what they’re going through, and you’ve been through it, or you’ve had clients go through it, you understand them. And here’s what you can do to motivate or encourage them. So with content ideas, I do recommend you make a big list, it will help with your competence, that you can actually do that tool. So if you have a year’s worth of possible content, you could put on a blog, put on a YouTube channel, put on a podcast, then you know, you’re covered. And you feel super confident with that. You may never even use some of those ideas, but it will get that boost that you need to get going with it. So please take the time to create a list for your tool, and then move into actually doing that too on putting that content out there. A quick note about social media, we’re gonna talk about it more in the next masterclass. But a lot of you are assuming that social media is a tool, and you can choose that overdoing any of these other ones I just talked about. And that is not the case, you need to build a business that can and will thrive without social media. Now social media can be a great business marketing tool, in addition to the other things that you are doing, in addition to your podcasts, in addition to your YouTube channel, in addition to your blog, in addition to your workshops,
1:08:42
but social media alone is not an option, my friends, not here, not what we’re doing here. It’s not the type of business that we are building, we are building a sustainable, impactful business that we have the power in something to remember when you are on social media, and creating content for social media, which is important. And I’m not telling you not to do that. We’re going to talk about this more. I still love Instagram, I still spend time creating for Instagram. But I also have a business that if Instagram were gone tomorrow, I’d be fine. Because I intentionally set it up that way. So anything and everything you post on social media instantly becomes not yours, you instantly lose all control over it. You have no control over who sees it. How many people sees it, see it, who engages with it? What kind of people see it. The algorithm controls that. And there’s nothing wrong with having an algorithm there’s so I see so many entrepreneurs like hating on the algorithm. But that’s all coming from a place of lack. And we don’t need to worry about that. The algorithm is what it is. And social media is a free marketing tool. So
1:10:00
We don’t have any right or any need to complain about it or to worry about it. But
1:10:07
I just I don’t want you being who you are and with the passion and purpose that you have to let that get lost in the shuffle of the algorithm. Okay? You your business, and its success has nothing to do with the algorithm. So, use your message, share your message, be passionate, be purposeful, have your values and vision at the forefront, we’ll meet with your intentions and do that elsewhere.
1:10:42
And then bring it back to social media to also enhance that experience for others. So using this beautiful, very delicious looking Sunday,
1:10:57
your podcast, your YouTube channel, your blog, your workshops, your email list, even our the ice cream, the sprinkles, the nuts, and in the whipped cream.
1:11:14
And that would already be this amazing, amazing Sunday, that would be so delightful. But then we’ll just add the cherry on top which is Instagram, Facebook, tik, Tok, Twitter, whatever social media platform you prefer.
1:11:32
Okay, so we’re not going to rely on social media to build our business. We need to think about it because this I mean, we don’t know any better this could happen where one day we wake up and Instagram is gone. Tick tock is gone. Twitter is no longer a thing. And then what? So we have to build our business outside of that. And then that cherry on top let’s use it while it’s here. Let’s have fun with it. While it’s here. Let’s build a community while it’s here. And get them into our other work get them over to our podcasts, get them on our email list get them watching our YouTube videos.
1:12:11
So social media is a great way for your audience to get to know you like you and trust you better but it is not the only way Okay, so we will definitely talk about social media more coming up definitely build a social media platform definitely spend quality time there absolutely with boundaries, all the boundaries in place. But don’t feel like you have to have a certain number of followers don’t feel like you have to show up a certain amount of times don’t feel like you have to spend a certain amount of hours there to have a successful and profitable business because that is not okay case. Okay, so that will do it for this attract masterclass. Please spend some time really considering where you want to show up for your business for yourself for your clients, and work out that tool. Get started brainstorming get started with the planning process, get started getting it together. And next masterclass. We’re going to talk about building rapport with your dream clients, which means email, it’s all about the email. Don’t get me pushback. It’s for good reason. I promise I will share that in the next masterclass. We’ll see you there.
1:13:24
Hey, friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kinda like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there
Jan 18, 2023 | Unstuck Podcast
One of the absolute coolest things about having your own service-based business is that you can make money ON DEMAND. Now I know this sounds a little gimmicky, but it’s true! You definitely can if you need or want to make money quickly in your business. And there are so many different ways to make it happen. Today, I will share with you 3 ways you can get a quick cash injection in your business and the steps to make them happen so stay tuned.
“You have to let people know consistently and specifically and repetitively, over and over and over because that is what people need to make a decision.” – Shawn Mynar
“You need to start working on building an engaged audience that is interested in the work you’re doing.” – Shawn Mynar
“Make a limited time special offer around your client work and then promote the heck out of it. Make it exciting, make it a big deal, treat it like you would a launch.” – Shawn Mynar
“Put it in the calendar, make it happen, don’t talk yourself out of it, don’t use the excuse that you don’t know how… Just commit to it and make money in your business.” – Shawn Mynar
Launch List Accelerator – https://shawnmynar.com/list
Signature Program Bundle – https://shawnmynar.com/thebundle
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
One of the absolute coolest things about having your own service based business is that you can make money on demand. Now I know this sounds a little gimmicky, but stick with me because it is true. And it is great. If you need or want to make money quickly in your business, you definitely can. And there are so many different ways that you can make it happen. Now today I’m going to share with you three of those ways that you can get this quick cash injection again, I know sounds gimmicky, but stick with me here, and the steps to make those things happen. So stay tuned.
0:42
Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home and my sweat pants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.
1:26
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host on each and every episode of the show. And as always, so grateful to have you checking in on this episode. And hanging out with me today. We have got a big topic to chat about. We’re talking money, we’re talking making money, we’re talking being in business, getting clients, all the good stuff, all of those things that are kind of necessary to have a business. But before we dive in, I thought I would give a little bit of an update on what’s been going on. With me and my business. I think I have mentioned this on the podcast before if not, I definitely have over on my Instagram stories. But back in November, late November, I started a training program around copywriting and have been I spent all of December every working day in the afternoons going through this program and learning everything and applying and practicing and all this stuff, a lot of writing, you could say. And for those that don’t know, I’ll back it up a little further. I’m not talking about copywriting, like the little c in the circle, like legal terms, not that kind of copywriting. Although that’s important too. I’m talking about writing, copy, conversion copy more specifically for your business. So the words that you use in your business to get people to know like and trust you and to take you know these cold people who have no idea who you are, what you do, and if they’re the right person for you into becoming paying clients. And it’s all about the words you’re like yet it’s nice to have a pretty website and pretty Instagram feed and all these things and the design is the icing on the cake for sure. But the like flour and sugar and butter and eggs that go into making that cake that is your business. That is your copy that is the words that you are using. And I’ve always been super interested in it. I’ve obviously spent 10 years as a business owner learning my own copy and how to best use the words that are right for my business and my clients. I’ve written a ton of copy on my own for my business. And I’ve always been super interested in going back even further. I wanted to be a writer when I grew up when I was a little girl wrote stories wrote books always thought that I would be some sort of author or writer and now here I am, it’s kind of interesting going into you know, a health and wellness business and then now a business coaching business that really one of my main roles in my business is writer and has been for 10 years now. So I finally got the bug kind of got the itch to really learn more and explore the depths of it and for yes, my own business and making sure that what I’m doing is top notch but also to help you with what you are doing in your business and the words and writing that you are using. Because you know I got to be totally honest with you guys here and I say this with all the love in the world. Most of what I see in the coaching space in the wellness space. It’s not great. It’s very cookie cutter
5:00
It’s very kind of ho hum kind of boring kind of safe if I’m being totally honest. And that doesn’t really attract anybody. What we need is compelling, engaging copy that is you and uniquely you, coming from you and your lens, and speaking to the right people, to your people, to those people out there that you know, need your help. But they’re not finding you, because nothing you’re doing is really all that compelling. I keep coming back to that word, but I think it’s true. So I’m going down a rabbit hole here, as you can tell, I’m obviously a little passionate about this and have only become more. So as I’m really learning the ins and outs. And now we’re at almost two months that I’ve been in this program and going through everything, I’ve completely changed all of my copy in my business, a lot of it is just kind of refining, I guess I would say, I think we always have room to do that. And it’s kind of fun to do that, I think. And so I’ve been doing that in my business and also been working on ways that I can support you doing that in your business. And so much of it is just learning like, you’re just trying to do something that you don’t know how to do. And, you know, hiring a copywriter can be pretty pricey. We’re talking 1000, multiple 1000s of dollars to hire someone to do it for you. And if you’re not doing that, then you’re doing it on your own, and you’re likely doing it without a whole lot of insight or education on what to do. And it’s like the most important thing in your business, if you’re not doing the things to get people to notice you and saying the right things and saying things in a way that are very connective and trusting and also very likeable. Because you’re being you in your tone and your voice in your brand, then you’re missing a lot of opportunity to reach the right people and make money. You know, we’re in business to make money, which is what we’re going to talk about today. So that went on a little bit of a tangent, but I did want to let you know what I’ve been doing behind the scenes the last couple of months. And I will have my first workshop for you will be a live workshops, specifically around this topic of copy and messaging. I know I talk about messaging a lot on the show. And I have well before I knew I was going to get into copywriting, I will have that coming up probably late February, early March 2023. We’re not going to hold myself to any specific dates, because there’s just I don’t want to give myself any unnecessary pressure. And I want to make sure that it is really, really good and educational for you. But it will be coming. And that is what I’m working on right now. All right, so let’s talk money, shall we? And more so more specifically, making money quickly in your business. Now I know I just had an episode, our last episode, we talked about the need for patience as a business owner. And yes, it does take time and patience to build things up potentially to where you want it to be. So that maybe you can quit your other job or you can retire your spouse or whatever your big dreams and goals are for your business. It does take time. And it does require patience most often share their overnight success stories. are they true or not? Nobody knows. But for the most part, yes, it does take time. But that does not mean that you can’t start making money today in your business with what you have at your fingertips with whatever’s going on in your business right now. And really, when you start working on this stuff, and you do start making money, it has a snowball effect, you continue to make more and more and more money, you continue to try new things. You continue to attract new audience members all because you got the ball rolling. So this is also a momentum building activity and something you should take seriously. Now, I’m going to share with you just three of many opportunities and many ideas that you can use to make money quickly in your business. If you remember back a few episodes ago, Episode 174. I went through 10 passive income ideas for your business. Those are more of these types of opportunities. I’m basically choosing three of those and diving in more detail on how to make that happen in your business. But you can also go back and listen to that episode if none of these appeal to you. But I wanted to keep it at three because I want you to know
10:00
You wanted these, I don’t want it to be overwhelming. And you just listen. And then you’re like, oh, there’s so many opportunities, great, cool. And then tomorrow you forget them all, focus on one of these three and decide which one that’s going to be and roll with it. So keeping it simple, so that you can make that decision easier. One more thing, before we get into these three, obviously, to sell something, you need someone to sell it to, right. So this is something that I actually think people hold off on, trying to make money in their business, because they don’t think they have enough people to sell to. And if you don’t think you have enough people, then you fear failure, you feel like you’ll try to make money, and it will be crickets, and no one will take you up on it, you won’t make any money and it will just totally blow up in your face. And like that means something about you, which it absolutely doesn’t, it just honestly probably means you need to work on your copy a little more. But we’ll talk about that. We’ll save that for another episode coming up. But the thing is, you all have an audience that is big enough, right now to make a sale. Even if you don’t have a social media following or you’re not on social media, even if you don’t have an email list, or you started it and have since ghosted it, and don’t have that many engaged people on it, you still have an audience because you still know people, you still know people in your community, you potentially even if you don’t know them, you live in a community where you can do some networking, do some outreach, put up some flyers, maybe you have a personal Facebook page or something, maybe you’re in a mom’s group, or a book club, or a tennis League, maybe you go to the gym, or you take yoga classes, you have a network, you have people who need and want your help in there somewhere. So you can like I said, put up flyers, tell your friends, talk about it in your yoga class, talk about it to your mom group, just start sharing and let people know. And when you have these big events, like what we’re going to talk about today, when you have an actual event than it is kind of this exciting thing for you to talk about. It’s not like, oh, yeah, well, I take clients. So you know, anytime you’re ready, just let me know. And we can chat about it. Because that person is not going to do that there’s a million other things in their lives they need to do first before they contact you. But if it’s this event, and it’s like, yes, it’s at this time, this is the day, make sure you go here and register or send me an email, and I’ll register for you, then it gives you this conversation starter, this conversation topic. And there’s a limited time. And so that’s why you’re talking about it there. So it does make it easier to build in that networking aspect. And yes, of course, if you have even one person that is on your email list or one follower on your Instagram, then also they are your audience and you are talking to them and you’re sharing these events that we’re going to talk about with them. So they are not going to work if you set up this whole event, and then nobody knows about them, that you’re not going to make money that way. It is not a build it they will come kind of thing. You have to let people know, consistently and specifically and repetitively over and over and over. Because that is what people need to make a decision, believe it or not. If you do not have a network right now, if you don’t have an audience, then I would encourage you to get inside launch list accelerator or signature program bundle which launches accelerator is inside the bundle. So you get to for one and change that we need to change that you need to start working on building an engaged audience that is interested in the work you are doing and that is what we will do for you inside those programs. Alright, let’s do it. Number one host a paid workshop. This is one of my favorites. This is something that anyone can do if you have something a skill, a service that people are interested in that would help someone else that would help solve a problem or would help someone learn something. You can host a paid workshop and especially you know, one of the good things to come out of the pandemic is that everyone is used to it
15:00
I’m totally fine with things being virtual now. So you can host it virtually now, if you want to do it locally, that is really fun and cool too. Either way works and will probably also depend on again, where your network is, if it’s more local, and they can get together in one space, cool. Or if you have more of a nationwide worldwide kind of audience, or you just prefer to do things virtually, then that would be an option for you. This is going to probably be at a lower price point, I would say under $100. And when it’s something that is in that price range, and this is really why we’d like to keep it this way. That means obviously, it’s more accessible to more people. And so you will get a decent turnout. And we’ll make some cash, which is amazing. So this kind of event gives people a chance to work with you at this lower price point, which is always amazing. But it also helps them see what it’s like working with you what your teaching style is, what your personality is, if you guys vibe, if they are a good candidate for the rest of your offers, or whatever else you do with people. And when they can start off at this lower price point and get all of that information, then they are much more likely to make that bigger investment in the future to take the next step with you. So you could even have a higher price point item even like, you know, if you do one on one coaching or something, you could have that on the back end of this paid workshop. And you know, apply what they paid if they do take the next step. So that’s an option too. But you don’t need that second step. If that’s not something you have in your business, right now, you can just start with this paid workshop. And in this workshop, you are going to be teaching and or coaching a group of people around one very specific topic that will most likely be like a 60 to 120 minute max workshop. And you also can split them up into multiple workshops, too, you could do like a three workshop series, where they’re 45 to 60 minutes each and break it up that way if that works better for you. But let’s stick with simplicity. And say we’re just going to do one paid 60 minute workshop on one specific topic. And important thing is to give them a quick win. So you want it to be something that they can learn and implement in this one workshop that will make improvements to their lives that will resolve an issue they have will they’ll get some knowledge that they didn’t have before that will get them to their goals, something that will make it a win and not just you talking at them for an hour and then not really getting anything out of it. Except hearing you talk, right, we don’t want that. And it also will be cool and nice and probably expected to have a workbook included, and maybe even some follow up homework. So again, it is active, they are working in this workshop, which is the whole point and getting something out of it getting that quick win.
18:36
So here’s what you are going to do to make this happen. This is your step by step checklist right here. So you may want to write this down. First of all, you are going to decide on a topic for your workshop. Then you are going to decide on a date for your workshop and put it in your calendar. Now I want you to choose a very specific date a very specific time and actually put it on your calendar right now before you do anything else. Because that is going to be your guidepost that will keep you working towards your goal. So put it in the calendar, I would say a realistic timeframe would be two to four weeks out probably is a doable thing for this workshop. And you can start talking about it promoting it and accepting payment for it seven to 10 days before the event. So that means potentially you might be making money next week. If you get started on this and you have give yourself a two and a half week timeframe. How cool is that? So doable. Now, you picked your topic. You put it in your calendar, you set the date and put in your calendar. The next thing this is optional, but I
20:00
Do want you to put it on your to do list. And depending on how much time you have, this is a thing that you could scrape, but it is going to give your customers a better user experience. And that is a landing page. A landing page is a web page that you use for your clients to land on to put in their contact information. And typically is done in exchange for something else like your freebie. So anytime you’ve created a page to showcase your freebie and put a little form that says, name, email address, submit, in order to get that freebie and for them to get put on your email list, that’s a landing page. Or if you’ve ever done that in someone else’s business and put your name and email address in a form, that was their landing page. Now, in the case of your paid workshop, it is going to actually be a landing page that then moves on to a checkout page. But I don’t want to call it a sales page, because it’s not going to be a sales page. Really, it’s not going to have all of the traditional elements of a sales page, it will be shorter, sweeter and more simplified. And if you’ve never built a landing page, or at least not a very high converting one, then that is something I show you how to do in launch list accelerators, and all of the elements that you need to include to actually get people to want to take the next step. So once you have that landing page, it is then going to go someone’s like, yes, I want to be a part of this workshop, this sounds awesome, they will then click a button and go to your checkout page. You will need some way to collect money this can be through you know if you do use Kajabi that’s obviously also included or something like Sam cart, or kartra. I think ConvertKit even does these kinds of things where you can pay now pay pal, you may even be able to set up something through that. So you need a way for them to pay you obviously. And they will then go to a place where they can put in their credit card information and hit yes purchase. I’m ready. Let’s do this. That is your checkout page. And if you need help doing that I have a tech tutorial available for you inside signature program bundle. And then once someone confirms their purchase, you will want to send them to a thank you page. a thank you page is simply just like a hey, you’re in, it kind of confirms the purchase and it gets them excited about their purchase. Because the last thing we want to do is have someone click that purchase but button and then get buyer’s remorse. And your thank you page will keep that from happening. It will get them excited, it will confirm that they’ve made the commitment and what they’re going to learn and what to expect and how cool it’s going to be. So we want to take the time to actually build a nice, engaging, welcoming, thank you page. Again, if you need help with that you know where to find it by now. And then you will start inviting people to attend, like I said, about seven to 10 days out. And in that 710 10 days where you are telling people where you’re talking about on social media, you’re creating social media posts and
23:28
social media stories, whatever else you want to do in that regard, you’re sending out invites to your email list multiple invites multiple Instagram posts, again, repetitive and consistent wins in this regard. And while all of that is going on, you will then be planning out what you’re going to talk about and teach and coach in the workshop, you’re going to be getting your slides ready, especially if it is virtual, then you will want slides to kind of run through and teach everything will also keep you on track, which is really nice. You’re going to get the workbook ready, and all that. So like I said, depending on how comfortable you feel with the tech side of things, if you’ve done landing pages before, if you’ve done checkout pages and thank you pages, then that can all be done in a matter of days. And you know, if you have a canvas slide template all ready to go and just need to change some things, then that’s really simple. Like I said, you could have this done in a couple of weeks. And you could be hosting this paid workshop a couple of weeks from now. And then at most I would say give yourself four weeks and if you have never done a landing page checkout page, thank you page and super comfortable with the tech side of things of all of that then you may want to give yourself more time. If you’re also doing this while you have another full time job which I know is a lot of you then you may want to give yourself three to four weeks in
25:00
and commit to, you know, maybe two evenings a week you’re working on this and maybe half of a weekend day, you’re working on that. And that could also be done in a few weeks. So it can be done. Okay, so put it on your schedule and get to it. Next is hosting a special one on one client sign up event. So this is obviously specifically for those people that do one on one client work. And even if that’s not something that you want to do for the long term, or you don’t want to fill your calendar all the time with one on one clients, if you just host a special event to get one on one clients to sign up, then it doesn’t mean that that’s what you have to do forever. And always and your calendar will always be full or anything. So it is honestly just a way that if you have the capacity and the desire to see clients one on one, then it’s a way to make good money quickly. And honestly, this is how I recommend you always do client signups, always treat it like a special event, always treat it like a launch. What I typically see that I don’t think works as well is like a gentle light, casual mentioning of the one on one client work that you do occasionally. And it doesn’t provide the excitement, the enthusiasm and that you know what we all need as buyers a little bit of this build up and encouragement to actually make a decision. So when you have something that is a special event, even as a one on one client signup thing, then you’re kind of allowing people you’re coaching people into making a decision for themselves. If you just randomly say, Yeah, I take one on one clients, just let me know, whenever you’re ready, they just won’t make the decision, it’ll be a lot harder, they will stay stuck in indecision. And it’s not them ever choosing not to work with you either. It’s just not choosing at all. So if we do this sort of special event around your work with clients, then you are coaching them into making a decision, is this the right time for me or not. And that’s what we really want here. So even with one on one session packages, you still want to make it an attractive offer. So let’s think of a way that you can make this a really exciting opportunity for them. So maybe they get some sort of special bonus or a coupon code that expires or an extra session or, you know, access to a course you have in addition to one on one client work, make a limited time special offer around your client work, and then promote the heck out of it, make it exciting, make it a big deal, treat it like you would a launch. If you’re launching anything. Now for this, you actually will be able to get away without having much set up. That’s if you already do have everything set up on the back end to take one on one client. So if you already have done that you’ve already had clients, then you can start doing this tomorrow. But if your back end isn’t quite set up yet, for one on ones, then you will need to do that first. So first thing, iron out the details of your session packages. Or if it’s just one off sessions, that’s fine to just decide. You’ll if it’s a package, you’ll want to know how many sessions how much communication they get in between sessions, how will they communicate with you, obviously, the investment, what you’ll do together, what they can expect that kind of thing. So getting the details of the work you’re going to do with your clients. If you want to use some sort of client management software, then you’ll want to get that set up, whether that be practice better, or intake queue or Kajabi. They all have coaching platforms that will organize your client system and all the paperwork and everything like that. So makes it really easy. You will also need a way for them to pay you as we talked about earlier. That can be a checkout page. If you do use some sort of software that allows for that you can invoice them, whatever you decide is best. If you are using a client management software, then they likely have some sort of payment system in there included. If not, you can look at bookkeeping software’s most of them have invoicing capabilities or even something like PayPal or you can create an invoice template in Kajabi and just send it via email, whatever is best for you and where you’re at right now. You will also probably want to set up a way to do scheduling without having to do that
30:00
going forth emails, you don’t have to, you can get by right now with just doing emails if you want, and you just want to run with it and get it out there. I also really love Calendly, you can, I believe, get maybe one type of event scheduling for free. And then after that, it’s a really affordable way to have a calendar set up that people can just put their time in that they prefer. So look into that, if that’s something you’re interested in. And then you will most likely also want a way for people to set up a short consultation with you to make sure they’re a good fit. So quite often, especially in the health and wellness space. And especially if you offer packages that are probably at a higher price point to work with you, then people want to make sure that they’re a good fit. First, they want to talk to you before they make that commitment, and that investment. So having 1520 30 minute free consultations will be a good way to get that done. And people kind of expect that at this point. So make sure you have a way again to schedule that if that is through Calendly or something like that, where it’s free, they can get on your calendar. And I would just suggest that you only have specific days, and specific chunks of time that you do these sessions, because otherwise they’ll take over your whole life. So you don’t want that. So keep it short amount of time that they can select to do a free consultation with you. Now get that all set up and you are ready for a cash injection like tomorrow. And if you already have it set up, you’re good to go. Let’s do this. I would say realistically though, you’ll probably want to take some time to think about how you’re going to make this offer extra special, and how you’re going to promote it and getting some of your emails written and your social media posts created. So let’s tack on a week to do those things and add another two or three days if you still need to get the back end of your coaching setup. So let’s say one to two weeks to make this happen. So cool. I love this idea. And like I said, I really think this should just be how you always get your one on one clients is making a special event out of it where they get something and it’s hyped up and you’re excited and you have a certain number of spots available in your calendar, and they’re filled. And then you can go about helping your clients until the next time you’re ready for a special event. All right, the third one final one because I want you to focus on one of these three is following the sell then create method. So let me explain this to you the STC method sell then create this is something I teach inside signature program bundle. And I really love it and a lot of the members really love it, because you actually get paid to create your program. So you are essentially selling your program while you are creating your program. So here’s how here’s the breakdown. First you decide on your program topic. And after you know your topic, then you can go into figuring out your modules, the flow of the program, you brand it all of the things then you create your offer for that program. So you decide what the bonuses are, is there a guarantee What’s the price, all of the nitty gritty then you launch it. So you know what is going on in the program. You know the flow you know the path you know the outcome that is going to happen for your clients, you know everything. So you launch it. Then as you are in the process of launching and selling and people are buying, you’re creating the program you are building the guts I guess we’ll say of the program. So the videos the audio is the written lessons, the PDFs, whatever it is you need for your clients to get the help they need whatever you’re going to include. So, how it would look in real life let’s say that you have figured everything out the bones and structure of your program and you launch it on February 1. And you say that the group starts February 18. So then that means you have the launch is going on people are buying you are in the process of getting people into your program. And while that is happening in the foreground, in the background, you are creating the first
35:00
To module so that when February 18, comes around your group starts, they get access to, you know, the welcome kit and the first module which you’ve created a few weeks prior. And then as they’re going through the first module, February 18, for through whatever a week later is, then you are creating the second module. And then the third module and the fourth module. So you what is actually another benefit of really big benefit is that you are taking the feedback that your group is giving you, and because it is a beta group, it’s the first one, that’s why you’re just now you know, building it, you are getting feedback from them, that’s part of the offer, they are in your beta group, they get a discount, and they give you feedback, you’re taking that and immediately implementing it into the rest of your program, because you’re building it alongside of them. And so if people say, you know, I really would prefer this in in audio format versus video format, because I find that I’m listening while I’m on a walk or making dinner, then you didn’t just create a bunch of videos for no reason when that’s not what they want. Now you can make the rest of your program have audio instead of video. And, and then you know, you don’t have to redo anything because you’re doing it right the first time. So it’s another amazing benefit of the STC model. And I do also teach a hybrid STC model to for those people, this is kind of what I do, who aren’t, can’t quite wrap their heads around the idea of having people go through their program without having things created. You can create some things and keep some things for after you have already enrolled people. So it’s not quite as what some people might see as stressful. I do have the STC hybrid as well. And so like I said, this is what I teach in signature program lab inside the bundle, I have five week and seven week plans and guidelines and maps for that, depending on how much time you have to work on it. And so obviously, this is probably the least quick of the quickest ways to make money in your business because you’re building something pretty big and pretty major. And it does take a little longer and a little more thought to get everything organized for your program. And you don’t want to rush through any of that. But again, you are creating something that will continue to work for you and your business and will be on rinse and repeat once you’ve created it, especially if you’re creating it alongside your first group because it will be done the best way for them the first time because you’ll be taking their feedback into account. So it will save you a lot of time in the future for sure. And remember, with this method, you are putting money in the bank while you are creating your program. So you’re getting paid to create the program, which is really nice. And it really does work out well for everyone involved. So it’s not like your clients are even noticing that that’s what you’re doing other than they’re helping you create a better program, which they all are more than happy to do. So that’s your third option of ways you can make money quickly in your business that we’ll cover today. Now you just need to decide, put it in the calendar, make it happen. Don’t talk yourself out of it. Don’t use the excuse that you don’t know how because I have all of the resources you need to learn how and to actually make it happen. So you have no excuse. Just commit to it. Put it in your calendar, make it happen. Make money in your business. All right, friends, we’re going to leave it at that for today. I want you to let me know which one you are going to commit to what’s your plan what’s on your calendar, send me a DM on Instagram and I will hold you accountable. Shawn Mynar on Instagram is where you can find me and I’m talking to you. Message me, send me a DM I want to hear from you. I want to hear what you are working on in your business right now. And like I’ve mentioned I have the resources available for you. If you want to push the easy button on getting all of this set up and making money in your business. You can head to Shawnmynar.com/list to check out launch list accelerator which is all about setting up your email list. Whether you’re starting from zero or you have an email list that you’ve ghosted or anything in between and setting up those landing pages and the thank you pages and the welcome emails and all the emails that you need to
40:00
Send in order to really get to know your audience and for them to get to know you, that is all done in launch list accelerator, you can do that on your own, or it is part of the signature program bundle. If you want a signature program in your business, and you know, like that sell then create what’s calling you. And you want to have that thing that you can continually rinse and repeat to make money in your business. That will be your signature program. And that is what we build together inside the signature program bundle. And then also work on your email list with that, so it is a whole big bundle. And that’s at Shawnmynar.com/bundle All right, my friends. Until next time, take care.
40:45
Hey, friends, Shawn here and if you’re a coach or practitioner who’s looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don’t want to miss. Right now. I’m hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I’m now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I’m just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don’t have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you’re at in your business today. So if you’re like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people their mental health without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there’s a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you’re going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You’ll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You’ll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can’t wait to enroll in your program once it’s ready. Even if right now you’re starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it’s gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can’t wait to see you there.
Jan 11, 2023 | Unstuck Podcast
10 years ago this month, I set up my LLC, signed my first clients, and officially became a business owner. The past 10 years have been filled with ups and downs, twists and pivots, incredible highs, frustrating lows, and literal blood, sweat, and tears. And with all of that, of course, comes many, many, many lessons learned…more often than not, the hard way. In this episode, I’m gonna celebrate the 10-year anniversary of being my own boss by sharing a few of the most important lessons I’ve learned in the past 10 years so you can learn them the easy way.
“Business building is not an immediate gratification kind of thing.” – Shawn Mynar
“Please give yourself some grace, give your business the patience that it needs and deserves because that’s what it takes, this is a long game.” – Shawn Mynar
“Your business relies on other people’s decisions and actions.” – Shawn Mynar
“If you have a plan, you are really creating the action path that gets you there and that’s what we really need.” – Shawn Mynar
“Every single action step that you need to take to grow your business, the things that will actually move the needle, they are scary.” – Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
10 years ago, this month, I set up my LLC signed my first paying clients and officially became a business owner. The past 10 years have been filled with ups and downs, twists and pivots, incredible highs, frustrating lows, and literal blood, sweat, and tears. And with all of that, of course, comes many, many, many lessons learned more often than not the hard way. In this episode, I’m going to celebrate that 10 year anniversary of me becoming my own boss by sharing a few of the most important lessons I’ve learned in the past 10 years, so you can learn them the easy way. Stay tuned. Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams. No hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, Hey there friends.
1:35
Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So grateful to have you here checking out the show today, an extra special episode because we’re celebrating the 10 year anniversary of me going out on my own no clue what the heck I’m doing. Being just sick of working for someone else. And starting my own business. I personally, it’s one of those things where I cannot believe it’s been 10 years. I remember making that decision like it was yesterday. I remember telling my family and friends and doing all the stuff so vividly. But at the same time, it seems like I’ve been doing this forever. It seems like I’ve been doing my own thing and not having a boss and making my own decisions and my own rules and my own schedule for a long time. So yes, I am celebrating this month. And part of that celebration is coming at you with some things that I’ve learned along the way. Because I think you all know this by now one of my biggest deepest goals and desires is to help you with your business and to make it easy and simplified and a fun process. And part of that is learning from my mistakes, hopefully. And so what better time to take a trip down memory lane, think back on some of those mistakes and all of the lessons I’ve learned along the way, and share some of those with you. Now there’s a ton of lessons to this podcast episode could be days long. So instead of me doing that, and boring, you all, I picked the top 10. And by top, I mean the ones that I think you all need to hear the most, based on what I’m seeing what I’m experiencing what I’m talking about with clients, these are the ones I know may resonate with you the most and really need to sink in for you to be able to take the next steps in your business and be able to make it to your next milestone, whether that’s one year, 10 years, 20 years, 50 years, whatever it is. Alright, so that’s what we’re going to do today, a quick history on my business just so you have a little background of where I’ve been where I started where I am now all of that stuff. I know most of this I’ve shared in bits and pieces on the show, but always fun to go back and see where I’ve come from. But when I officially started my business 10 years ago, this month, I was working in a corporate environment, but as a personal trainer, so I had to actually the year before that transitioned out of operations management for that Corporation, which was like a large box gym Corporation. And you know, as part of my process of trying to figure out what I wanted to do with my life. I switched into being a personal trainer and really loved it really did well quickly in that area, but still was under this corporate environment where there were specific goals and specific scripts and this and that all these things that you had to do. That just did not work for me. And I knew I could do it better to be honest And I could do it more authentically. And in a way that didn’t feel like I had to hit these goals, I had to say these specific things. And if I didn’t, I was gonna get written up and just gross, right. So I got to a point where I was so fed up that I put in my notice, and decided to start my own personal training business, which included me driving to my clients homes and training them in their own home, my entire I had like a, at the time, I had a small SUV, the entire back of my small SUV was full of training equipment, like kettlebells, and dumbbells, and boxes, and just all the things bands steps, all the things. And so I would take these things to my clients homes, bring in whatever we needed for that session, and train them, and then drive all across the county to other people’s homes all day. And it was actually fun, like, really fun, really great, because first of all, I was finally out on my own, I was doing my own thing, I was making my own schedule, and it was great. But obviously, you can understand that that business model can’t really last for long, without me getting a little burnt out from not even training people. But from being in the car all the time. didn’t go that well. I ended up burning myself out pretty quickly from that. So that was my first couple years in business that I did that. And I was making, I was probably netting like 10, maybe at most $20,000 a year. A year. Not great, right? Because think about it. I’m training people and then I’m spending a ton of time in the car in between clients to get there and do it was just not not good. That was my complete, that just really shows my complete ignorance about all things business. So I should go back and mention that when I decided I was fed up with my job and wanted to do my own thing. I had no experience, I had no background in entrepreneurship. I had no clue what I was doing, or how I was going to do it or how it’s going to get clients or how I was going to make money. None of that I had no dollars in my bank account, no savings account, no investors, no nothing. I just knew I wanted more for myself. And I knew I would figure it out. And that’s always been my MO I want something I’m gonna figure out how to make it happen. And that’s what I did. And yeah, it was a struggle. And obviously, I wasn’t making very much money. Those first few years I had was carrying a little bit of debt from my business, and also living very, very frugally, I guess we could say, and made it work. And during that time, I had also become interested in nutrition, based on my own experience having really helped out my autoimmune disease and other issues I had with my health by switching my diet. I just became obsessed with it for myself, and then ended up really wanting to help other people with that. So I went back to get my nutrition certification from the nutritional therapy association. So that was all going on in the background of me having this personal training business as well. Then, right before I graduated with my nutrition certification, I hooked up with a friend that we knew each other through Instagram had never met in person, but got in touch with a friend and we started a podcast. Now this was back in 2015, so almost eight years ago. And there were obviously podcasts out there, but not very many, not nearly as many as there are today. And once we started our podcast, we really started creating a community around that podcast and got listeners pretty quickly and pretty easily and really had this momentum going. So then once I became certified in nutritional therapy, and knew I wanted to have that business be entirely online, because I was still doing personal training in person in my own community locally, but knew I wanted to be able to expand my business out further and so use the nutrition aspect of that to do so and could meet with clients via zoom or at the time it was more like Skype, meet via Skype and connect with people that way. So once I became officially certified and started that aspect of my business, I had a little bit of an audience already because of the podcast and was able to attract took some clients from that and kick off my nutrition side of my business while still doing the personal training as well. Then I got sick, or really, this was all kind of happening behind the scenes too. So while I was in my nutrition certification, while I was still doing my in home personal training, wildlife was starting this podcast, I was also in the midst of this major, like mystery illness situation, which I’ve talked about a ton. I think most of you at this point know, it ended up being mold toxicity from living in a moldy home. And it really affected my health and life and all that stuff for several years in a big way. But business wise, it meant that I really, truly did not have the energy to do my business in the way that I had been the way that I had sustained it for that period of time, I had absolutely zero energy. And there were so many days where I would wake up, I would have breakfast, and I’d have to go back to sleep for another four or five hours because I was just exhausted. And I did not have the energy or mental capacity to train to go to my clients homes and train them. And I tried, of course, to sustain that. And it just made it worse and worse and worse. So I ended up having to cut back on that side of my business in order to heal my body. And so yes, I was still having these nutrition clients come to me, which was amazing, because I could be at home, I It wasn’t taking nearly the amount of energy to work with those clients as it was my personal training clients. So my business was slowly transitioning, and I was ramping up the nutrition aspect and dialing back the personal training aspect. And so at this point, this is like mid 2016, around the summer of 2016. When I really started feeling like if I continue this, I’m gonna get really burned out. And I really do need to take more time for myself, I really do need to heal. This is taking up a lot of time and energy. And I just want to get better, like my number one goal in my life is to feel like myself again. And if you’ve been in that place where you have been sick, especially with like this mysterious illness, and nobody knows what’s going on, and you have to go all these doctors and all this stuff, and you don’t feel like yourself, then I know you understand where I was at, like, I don’t care. If I’m in debt for the rest of my life, I don’t care if I don’t have a business at all, I just need to get better, I just need to feel like myself again. And that’s where I was. And it was around that time that it clicked in me that I could create a space online, where my clients could get the help that they needed from me without having to meet with me one on one, which now looking back, yes, I was creating my signature program at the time, I didn’t realize that’s what I was doing. I was just thinking of a way where I could still help the people that I wanted to help without it taking so much of my time and energy so that I could then use that to get better. And then came up with my signature program, the fat burning female project spent three months creating that launched it in January of 2017. And then that is really when my business started to exponentially change and grow, continue to have the podcast started up a second podcast, specifically around keto. And again, when I created that podcast, my only goal, my thought was, I want to have a place where I can answer the common questions that I’m getting from the people who are going through my program. So they have this space, this like additional way to get more coaching and advice beyond just the program and, you know, continue to get this weekly content. That’s what I thought and then, you know, started the podcast and the next day it was the number one nutrition podcast and it stayed that way for a while. And it just really took off because gosh, I’m just going down the rabbit hole but this is what happens when I don’t have notes to follow. And I also just had a coffee and oat milk latte. So I’m just going to talk a lot in this episode. I hope that’s okay. Anyway, the reason But why that podcast took off. And what I teach my clients that want to have a podcast to do is it was so hyper specific, it was called the Keto for women show, which means it’s specifically talking about one type of diet one way of eating for a specific type of person, which is women. And not just any woman, but a woman who wants to learn that style of eating for whatever reason they have. So it immediately took off was super popular, grew really fast. And then that led into people becoming part of my program. So for a very long time, a couple of years, the only way to work with me was through my signature program, the fat burning female project. And then it got to a point, this was in 2019, mid 2019, where I just felt complete. I personally was no longer using keto, which I had been to help heal from the mold toxicity. And it helped me tremendously with all of my symptoms, and really helped reset my body and detox my body. And that’s the whole reason why I got into keto. And while I was teaching keto for women, but I was no longer in need of that myself, I felt like I had shared everything I wanted and needed to share through the podcast. And through my program, I had helped 1000s of people, there had been almost 3000 people that had gone through the program at that point. And I just felt complete with it. It felt like that chapter of my life and my business was done. What had come out of that experience, though, was this very obvious knowledge that women who are searching for a specific a way of eating or a diet as what it really was need more than just the diet, and very rarely, but they don’t even really need the diet, they need the mindset work that nobody is doing. That is really at the heart of what they’re seeking. And so then I transitioned into teaching mindset work and energetic work for women as it relates to their bodies, their health, any sort of healing, or detox, or program or protocol, or whatever they’re doing. I wanted to get into the mindset work of that. And so did that for a little while. And it was just something that I didn’t, you know, to be totally honest, I didn’t have the right audience for it was a really great program and one of my favorites still to this day that I created. But it wasn’t the right offer for the audience that I had those people still wanted the quick fix and didn’t want to do the mindset work. And so it kind of died. And I know there are people listening right now who have been through that program, the unstuck project, and it is something that I talked about at the beginning of this podcast that I’m now doing, which was called just the unstuck podcast. And it was a program that coincided with the work we did here when I first started this podcast. And it just kind of fizzled out. Because first of all, like I said the audience wasn’t the right one for what I wanted to do with that. And at the same time, while all while I was creating the unstuck project, I was behind the scenes, working with some of my friends and some of my peers, my fellow nutritionists, and even a few personal trainers, I was working behind the scenes and helping them with their businesses. They had just come to me as friends as peers, and asked me kind of how I had built up the business that I had the podcast that I had the program that I had, and if I could help them with it, and I did kind of behind the scenes, never thinking that it would really turn into anything else. But as I got going with that and really started having those conversations and working with those people. I loved it. I had so much fun with it. I loved it, it was working. They were getting results. They were experiencing the business they wanted to experience and I just really enjoyed having those conversations with them. And that’s when I started transitioning to work on businesses and helping business owners, specifically wellness business owners create the business that they want. And here we are doing that now on what is turned from the unstuck podcast to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. And I think it’s now been almost 100 episodes specifically for entrepreneurs and entrepreneurship and new business owners and seasoned business owners. And as you know, if you’ve listened to the show for any length of time, the mindset and energetic work that I was doing with your women who were wanting to work on their health, their body image, all of that stuff, it’s the same kind of work, it’s just now transitioned into helping people who want a business who want a successful business who want to be their own boss and make their own money and set their own rules, the same stuff really still applies, and can be transitioned into really any type of work any type of industry. And so that’s incorporated into what we talk about here. And then also, obviously, the practical business stuff, which, now that I’ve shared my entire story, my entire 10 years of business in 20 minutes. Now, you know, where that strategy and practical step by step approach comes from. It’s just from me doing it, for me living it from me having things that worked really, really, really well. And things that didn’t work at all, and learning every single moment of the way. And then taking those moments and sharing them with you and everything I’ve learned and all of the processes that have worked and putting them in a package. So they work for you, too. That’s, that’s what I’m doing here. And that’s what I’m doing and all of my programs, and everything I have to offer you as the business owner. Alright, let’s wrap that up. That was literally supposed to be a five minute conversation that turned into 20. So I apologize, but now you know where I’m coming from, and where these lessons I’m about to share with you come from. And so let’s get into those. And I will just let you know, I shared these already on Instagram, I think by the time you listen to this, it’ll be last week. So you may have seen these, but you know, Instagram gives you like 2200 I think characters in your caption, and I can’t do anything with that. So I only shared the list. But now I want to expand and elaborate on that list. Okay, starting with number one, patience is your biggest asset. I know that we live in a world of immediate instant gratification. And there seems to be this idea that that same thing can apply to your business. But I am here to tell you and to remind you over and over again, that business building is not an immediate gratification kind of thing. I really wanted to include this. And probably this is the most important one on this entire list. Because pretty much every client that I talked to that I have, whether they are one on one clients or in the signature program lab, or just have communicated with me through direct message or email or whatever, every business owner I talk to or want to be business owner I talk to they get really emotional. And if I’m being honest kind of have these freakout moments when things don’t happen immediately when they put out a freebie and mention it once and no one signs up. Or they send out one email about a paid offer and no one joins or, you know, they put out the first Instagram post they’ve put out in two years and they only get two likes. I know you wanted a booming business like yesterday. I understand that and I know how emotionally charged everything that we do in our business is but please give yourself some grace. Please give your business the patience that it needs and deserves because that is what it takes. This is a long game. Keep in mind, I just gave you my entire business story. And for three years. I was not even making $20,000 a year in my business. I was it was slow I was struggling. I did not know what I was doing. I had no idea. And in that time, I had tried a lot of stuff, I put out several different like, online group, personal training things, I don’t want to call them programs because I didn’t even know what that was at the time. I don’t really know what they were to be honest. But I tried, and no one bought them. Four times, I tried to put these things out, and no one bought them. For those first couple years, I had probably under 100 people on my email list, I was putting out freebies, I had started using social media, again, it was 10 years ago, and social media was a thing, but it wasn’t the same as it is. Now obviously, we were putting out like filtered photos on Instagram. And we were just using Facebook to like, share the pictures of what we did with our friends that weekend. You know, it isn’t what it is now. And so I was starting to try to figure out how to use that stuff and doing a lot of trial and error. But all of it took so much time. And so yes, I know instant gratification is a real thing. It’s getting more and more and more so as we progress in this lifetime, but your business is not that. And it takes a lot of time and work and patience to get it to the point where you want it to be most likely, of course, there are all kinds of different situations, there are all kinds of people who have had overnight success. And I’m not saying that’s not possible. But if you can practice patience with your business, if you can be in it and have the mentality of being in it for the long haul, you are actually more likely to see that happen faster for you to see the overnight success, maybe be more possible for you. But can we move past the idea of I’m going to create this paid offer, I’m going to talk about it two or three times, if nobody bites, I’m calling myself a failure, I know my business is doomed. I’m going to freak out, I’m going to get super emotional, I’m going to get all impostor syndrome me and just go back into my hole. That is what I see. And that is what I don’t want you to do. Because patience is a virtue here. And can we really, really practice that to grow the business that you want to grow?
27:36
Number two, almost nothing goes as planned. It kind of goes along with the last conversation where you can plan and plan and plan and have all these great ideas and this great vision in your head and just really feel like your business is going to really boom after that one launch after that one email after that one Instagram post. But here’s the thing. Your business isn’t really in your control, which is kind of a hard and weird thing to say. But hear me out. Your business relies on other people’s decisions and actions. Your business relies on those people deciding to hit the purchase button, deciding to say yes and work with you. And that is not in your control. You may say Well, yeah, but that’s why I do the marketing. And that’s why I have my sales page and I have all this stuff. Yeah, you are doing a great job of communicating what you offer and how it can help someone. But you’re not making that decision for them. You’re not forcing them to do anything, I sure hope not because that would be really terrible marketing. So it’s not in your control. So
28:58
you control what you can, which we’ll get into, which is the marketing aspect of that. And you go with the flow of knowing that knowing that your business is unpredictable, and that your plans may not go as planned. I have planned a ton of things in my business that have not worked that did not go as planned that did not meet the goal that I had set. I have not planned things that just have all of a sudden happened and took me in a totally different direction. Almost nothing goes as planned. And the more that you can embrace that, the easier it will be to stay detached from the plans and goals and ideas that you have when they don’t go as planned and not get emotionally involved or as emotionally involved. When that happens. Once you’ve really wrapped your head that nothing goes as planned. And then this goes into number three, which is you still got to plan it out anyway. So just because things don’t go as planned and a lot of your business is unpredictable, you still need a plan of action, you still need goals to hit targets to reach in, yeah, it may not happen. But it does help you be strategic, it helps you be organized. And it helps you kind of know your path, know what you’re working on, and why the business owners that I see and that I work with, that are struggling the most are the ones that don’t have a plan or a vision or a goal or anything. They’re really just kind of flying by the seat of their pants, they have an idea, and they’re like, let’s do this. And they just do it. And without really thinking it through without really understanding well, what’s the plan behind doing that thing? What is the ultimate goal? What do you see really happening there, even if it may not go in the way that you thought, if you have a plan, you are really creating the action path that gets you there. And that’s what we really need. So I always recommend at least doing 90 Day plans, I think 90 days is a really good chunk of time that you can get specific that you can really envision and see and look at that three months on your calendar and plan out when you’re doing what I think that really, really helps. And, of course, yeah, you can have a yearly plan to but then chunk that up into four quarterly plans. That’s how I do it. That’s how I recommend, it helps immensely to have that organization in your business and you need that you need organization and your business, you need a strategy, you need that plan. Number four, not everyone will like you. And that’s a good thing. And I think we all know this, but yes, it still is hard to see that first, like unsubscribe or that first negative review, or that first refund request or that first hater on your Instagram posts. And there’s a joke. Now I know we’ve talked about it several times and the unstuck entrepreneur community, which is, you know, you’re officially in business, when you get your first hater, when you get your first mean comment on your social media feed. That’s when you know, you’ve really made it and so you are not going to be for everyone, your work is not going to be for everyone, you probably will turn people off, people might get the wrong idea, the wrong message, they just aren’t a good fit for you. And that is a good thing. In fact, the more polarizing you can be with your business and with who you help and with what you believe, the better, the more specific you can be the more niche niche you can be, the better, which means there are going to be people who don’t believe that who don’t think that who don’t want that. And that is a good thing. Because for as many people as there are who don’t agree with what you have to say, there are twice as many 10 times as many people who strongly agree with what you have to say. And having that agreement having that buy in having that similarity in beliefs is what will get them to become lifetime paying clients. And that is obviously what you want to grow your business. So as soon as you know that your stuff isn’t going to be for everyone. And it’s okay if people unfollow you it’s okay if people unsubscribe, it’s actually a really good thing because that means that you are building the right community of the right people who really want to connect with you. And that’s what really matters when it comes to growing your business authentically. And if you do get mean comments on your Instagram or a negative review on your podcast or whatever, welcome to The Club. You made it you can trust me I know how hard this is. It is incredibly hard to let it go but it is really good practice in just letting it go blocked that person delete that comment if it’s on something like your podcast and you can’t just see what you can do to send them good vibes analytic go. Alright, moving on to number five. You know this you know this was coming. I say this all the time. Do the scary thing. Let me tell you something, every single action step that you need to take to grow your business The things that will actually move the needle, they’re scary, period, end of story. They are scary, they will get that fear going in new, it will feel like maybe I shouldn’t do this, maybe this isn’t right, maybe I’m not ready, let me go just spend my time doing something else that doesn’t really matter. The ego voice as we know it here on the show will come up big time, all the time. If you are doing things right in your business, you should be hearing that ego voice a lot. And we know by now that that does not mean you don’t do it, or you shouldn’t do it, it only means that you are stepping into new territory, you are getting outside of your comfort zone, and you are doing something big. That’s all it means. You get to decide where you go with that. So do the scary thing. And as you do it, first of all, that thing immediately becomes way less scary. Like if you’re starting a podcast, you put out your first episode. And it’s like the hardest thing ever, by like episode number three, you’re like, oh, this whole thing. Yeah, hey, no problem. But then other things that are out of your comfort zone like that next step, that’s one more spot out of your comfort zone, that becomes less scary, too. And yes, you still feel it. And you still know what’s there. And you still get that ego chatter. But you know better by now, you know that that does not mean don’t do it. You know, it’s just because you’re doing things to really, truly move the needle and grow in your business. And that’s what it feels like to do that. So please do the scary thing I promise you, it will be the thing that makes your dream business a reality. Number six, every quote unquote failure is really just a learning experience meant to get you closer to your expansion. Again, something we’ve talked about here on the show a lot, something that we we know. But maybe we just need reminding, constantly to remember this. Sometimes when you do those scary things, like we just talked about. And number five, they don’t go as planned. In fact, let’s go back to what number two, where almost nothing goes as planned. A lot of times, things don’t go as planned, even though scary things were that really push you outside of your comfort zone. But that does not mean it’s a failure. That doesn’t mean your business is doomed. That doesn’t mean no one wants what you have to offer. That doesn’t mean that you need to go back and get another certification or take another course or any of the things. It just means that you are going through a learning process, which we all do, all of the time, being in business is a constant learning experience every moment of every day. And so when things don’t go as planned, and you want to call it a failure, can you look back on that, and pick out everything that you learned? And if you really do this as an exercise, like you really do make a list, you really do look back on that and say, Well, yeah, I mean, I really did learn a lot, you will have this huge list of all these things, all these ways that you’ve grown through that process that you wanted to call a failure, that really, this was another step in the process, which is constantly what you are doing in your business. And like I mentioned back away a long time ago, when I had these first ideas for like online type programs for my fitness business, and tried to put them out four times with a zero people purchasing all four times. I call that a failure. I was not happy about that. But guess what it made me do. It made me start learning how to market myself. That was the first time that I actually picked up a book on marketing. And I started following people and listening to podcasts about marketing after those failures, because I knew that I didn’t know a lot of what I needed to know to make that a success. So instead of it being a failure, it was really just eye opening experience that then I never dealt with again, because from that point on, I became a marketer, as well as a personal trainer as well as a nutritionist as well as a coach and that’s what I kind of explained in the last episode that you need to do that I really want you to do this year is step into that role. We’ll have business owner entrepreneur, which one of the biggest hats that you wear in that role is marketer, instead of just seeing yourself as the coach, but if I wouldn’t have had those experiences where no one wanted what I had to offer, I wouldn’t have ever gotten to that next level. And I really wouldn’t have the business that I have now, because I wouldn’t have learned what I needed to learn. So, failures are just learning experiences. Number seven, set big goals based on your big dreams and lead by clear intentions, all of this, what that really means is, please don’t sell you or your business short, you are capable of amazing things. And so, create those big dreams and those big goals, get outside of your comfort zone, even when it comes to your goals. This lesson came to me just as I started thinking about where my business has taken me, and just knowing that there is no possible way I could have ever fathom, that I would be doing what I’m doing today. And having the experiences I’ve had and helping the people I’ve helped and just creating this whole life for myself, never could have thought that was possible. 10 years ago, I didn’t have a plan, I didn’t have a goal, I didn’t have a vision, I didn’t have a dream. I just didn’t want to work for anyone else again. And I was that way for several years until I started really working on mindset work and energetic work and realize I needed to create a vision for myself, I needed to have something more than just like this business that was barely getting me by I wanted something more, I wanted something much, much, much bigger than that. And as soon as I allowed myself to think bigger, and to have this big grand vision for myself that at the time, I didn’t know if it was even possible. But I started to believe in myself. And I started to create those intentions of why I wanted it and what it would look like and what it would do for me and my family and my friends and the world. Then I was really able to snowball that vision and snowball my dreams and my goals. Those big goals became my reality, those big dreams became my reality. And of course, as you progress, you create bigger and bigger and bigger goals. You’re never done visualizing another rung for yourself another rung up the ladder. But to think back on where I was and how much has changed since then, and just things I never would have thought possible for myself are and were possible. And the same thing goes for you. But you have to create that for yourself. If you’re not just going to step into it, you have to know what you want and why you want it. And really get there with your energy. Get there with your mindset and move from that place. So I want you to set huge, big, crazy, scary goals for yourself, and do it with your intentions in mind. So really understand why you want what you want. And then go from there. And just when you have it backed with that intention that big, why? Just, it’s just like, so powerful, and it will create the business of your dreams. Number eight inspired action over busy work. Another thing we talked about here a lot. I’m just like, the biggest, craziest advocate of taking inspired action, versus just like sitting down at your computer and doing some busy work that really does not move, move the needle doesn’t do anything for your business and just kind of makes it seem like you’re busy. It’s like you’re feeding your ego with the like, Yeah, I’m working on my business and I’m getting things going and you know, I’m working on this freebie and I’m sending out this thing and designing this and I’m checking in on my website again and making little tweaks and all this stuff that is not going to move the needle and is not creating the business of your dreams. Again, wrapping this all into one big package, the inspired action is going to be scary and it will feel uncomfortable and that is when you know that you are on the right path towards your expansion. And I add the word inspired in front of action because you At the same time, it needs to while it will feel scary and uncomfortable and new, your ego doesn’t want you to do it and all that stuff, it still feels right, it still feels exciting underneath all of that, you still get kind of like, tingles of joy and excitement and expansion and growth. And it’s like, oh, this is so scary. And I’m having all of these stories around it. But I also know it’s right. And I also know, it’s what I want. And I also know, it’s what I need to do to reach the people that I want to help. So that is, you know, busy work, taking uninspired action and just doing some ho hum stuff, versus doing the real thing. That’s what we want. Moving on to number nine, be unapologetic about marketing yourself, and learn how to do it properly. This is something that you’re going to hear me talk about a lot more in the coming year, this is a big focus on what I want to help you with in 2023 is the marketing aspect of your business. Because I see a lot of struggle. And I see what I really see is people, you creating these amazing, amazing offers, and having this deep desire and passion and purpose, to help out other humans, and wanting to connect with these people and really go down this path and journey with them to get them to a better version of themselves. But you don’t know how to market that. And it’s so it’s not happening. And you spend all your time creating all these offers and getting your website set up and all of the stuff. But then when it comes time to actually sell what you have to offer and talk about it and market it and get people interested and excited and invested in it. You don’t do it. And as much as we all want it to be this way, your business is not a situation of if you build it, they will come that that’s not how it works, you are going to need to market yourself, and you’re going to need to feel confident and comfortable doing so. And like I said being unapologetic about it. And one of the biggest reasons why this is so challenging for a lot of you is because when you hear marketing and selling, you immediately think like annoying, slimy, sleazy, pushy, all of that stuff is kind of like forcing people or coercing people or persuading people into doing things they don’t want to do. And that’s not what you’re doing. What I am hoping that you do, and that you will learn how to do and that you’ll be unapologetic about doing is creating a marketing system that builds true connection and trust with the right people. And it attracts those right people. And it makes them feel seen and heard and understood. And the thing is, when you are creating that kind of marketing system in your business, which is really this true, authentic, genuine, like heart centered marketing system, as you can tell, which is what I’m all about. It takes time, it’s not going to happen with a few Instagram posts, or a few emails that say, Oh, hey, I created this program. And it’s it’s so great, I have this coaching package, and it’s going to help you so much immediate just for you, you’re gonna love it, you should totally buy it. And I’m not saying that’s what you guys are doing at all. But there is a lot of just like kind of ho hum, kind of blanket marketing happening. That’s just like, here’s this thing I made it for you go by it. And that’s not going to work, it doesn’t work. And so how can we instead, really step into this unapologetic marketing of the work that we do in a way that feels authentic and real and create that connection in that trust with the people that you want to help and like I said, we’re gonna be talking about that a lot more in the coming episodes of unstuck entrepreneur, but focus on that unapologetic newness and what you can do to feel so confident and connected in how you are offering up your services. All right, last one number 10 All Ways. Remember, just keep going. Going back to number one, patience is key. And it takes time to really, truly build the business that you want and deserve and your clients deserve. That takes time and practice and patience. And when we are in this place where we start feeling like it should have happened already, or we have something that didn’t go as planned, which goes back to I think number two, or three or whatever, at this point, I forgot, or we have something that we would deem as a quote unquote, failure. It can be easy for your ego voice to say, this isn’t going to work. This isn’t for you. You don’t have anything good to offer. No one wants what you’re putting out there. No one’s listening. No one cares. You can’t get anyone to to join in. Let’s just give up. That’s what your ego can say. Right? But really, what do you want? What’s the vision that you have for yourself? What is your future look like? And if it looks like you having your own business, helping the people that you’re meant to help fulfilling on your purpose and mission, following your passion, and doing it all in a place where you work for yourself, where you are your own boss, and you make your own rules and your own schedule, and all that stuff, then that is what you need to listen to follow that vision. And if you can get your ego quiet enough, then if that vision is what you desire, your intuition, your inner voice, will tell you to just keep going. And if your ego is so loud, that you can’t hear that. But you know, that’s what’s right, then remember me telling you that right now, just keep going. It will make sense. It will grow, it will work. But you’ve got to keep at it. And in the 10 years that I’ve been at it, I’ve had to tell myself that countless times, there’s been so many times where I just wanted to quit, I wanted to give up, it all became too much. You know, and this is all my ego stuff. After things, of course, didn’t go as planned failures happened, pivots were needed all the things. But at the end of the day, I still knew what I wanted, I still knew how I wanted my business, my life my story to go. And that is what has kept me going for 10 years now. And that will wrap up my 10 lessons for you that I have curated over the past 10 years of being in business. And yes, these were all lessons that I had to learn along the way. And I’m sure there will be another bazillion lessons that I’ll learn over the next 10 years too. So be on the lookout for 10 years from now another set of lessons that I will share with you. But in the meantime, so happy to have you joining in on this journey. Please reach out if there’s anything I can do to help you on your business journey so that you do make it to your next milestone, like I said, whether that’s one year in business, or 20 years in business, whatever it may be, I’d love to help you get there. You can send me a direct message on Instagram at Shawn Mynar and I’d love to chat with you there.
53:48
And until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you’re a coach or practitioner who’s looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don’t want to miss. Right now. I’m hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I’m now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I’m just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don’t have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it. I get all of it. Which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven And system in place, no matter where you’re at in your business today. So if you’re like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people they’re meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there’s a seat with your name on it inside my burnout proof your business masterclass. In just one hour, you’re gonna learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever, and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You’ll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You’ll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can’t wait to enroll in your program once it’s ready. Even if right now you’re starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it’s gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can’t wait to see you there.
Jan 4, 2023 | Unstuck Podcast
Is this 2023 the year your business takes off? The year you quit your other job or a business model you don’t love and go all in as the coach, practitioner, or consultant you really want to be? The year you take your business to the next level and double, triple, or quadruple the impact and income you make? Of course it is! To make it happen, there are a few important places you need to put your time, energy, and focus this year that will make the biggest shifts for you and your business. In this episode, I’m sharing the 5 biggest things you need to do to grow your business in 2023, so stay tuned.
“If we’re talking specifically about building and creating online service-based business, you better believe that what you’re doing in 2022 is not gonna be the same thing that you do in 2023.”
“My challenge for you, my ultimate goal and dream and desire for you in 2023 is to put on that entrepreneur hat every time you are not with your clients or doing client work. Step into the role of a business owner.”
“Numbers don’t matter at all if you’re not also creating real, true, genuine connections with people.”
“Focus on the value that you can bring to the content that you can put out and make it unique and special and something that people will notice.
“Be more intentional, be more authentic, be more real, connect, connect, connect.”
Signature Program Masterclass: shawnmynar.com/burnoutproof
Launch List Accelerator: shawnmynar.com/list
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Is 2023 gonna be the year your business finally takes off the year you quit your other job or a business model you don’t love and go all in as the coach practitioner or consultant, you really want to be the year you take your business to the next level and double, triple or quadruple the impact and income you make. Of course it is. But to make that happen, there are a few important places you need to be putting your time, energy and focus this year that will make the biggest shifts for you and your business. So in this episode, I’m sharing the five biggest things you need to do to grow your business in 2023. So stay tuned.
0:48
Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.
1:32
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host on each and every episode of this show. And I am so happy to be back with you on this episode. Extra happy because it’s been a while I was off of the mic. Gosh, what five or six weeks, took a break in between Thanksgiving and Christmas for the first time ever. And not a total break from my business entirely. But just kind of went more low key with everything created less content, and just gave myself a little more space in my business. Because my personal life was busy. I had several different trips and vacations planned the holiday just a lot going on. And I just honestly didn’t really have the time that I needed to to intentionally create content. So it was like kind of a forced break. And I really enjoyed it, it was exactly what I needed at exactly the right time. And I missed you. And I missed creating content for the podcast, I missed being on social media as much as I normally am. And sometimes I think that’s good, it’s good to have these times where we do take a step back. Because without it, it’s like we don’t ever get to that point of missing it. And so it just becomes this continuous thing where it’s just something we do, and we don’t have any emotion behind it. And we’re going to talk about this coming up. So a little foreshadowing. And when you actually take a little bit of a break, you realize that it is fun, and you do enjoy it and you do miss it. And then you can come back with so much more intention behind it. So all of that to say missed you guys happy to be back recording the show have a ton of new episodes ready to go for you. And it’s going to be a great year together here on the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. One big thing that I did do while I had some more space in my business life was to start a big new training. And I alluded to this and a few episodes, I think, before I took my break that I was starting in on this big new learning experience that I was really excited to dive into. And I did and it’s been going super well better than expected. I am thoroughly enjoying it. I am learning all about copywriting and specifically copywriting for small businesses, for sales pages, emails, launchers, websites, everything, all of it. And really just the words that you are using in your business and how to use them effectively, which is again, something we’re going to be talking about coming up. So be prepared for that too. So I really dove into that I gave myself a schedule, which for me is how it works best for me to stick to these kinds of things. And I shared a little bit about that on my stories, what I was doing to make sure that I stayed on track with what I wanted to accomplish in this certification program in the time that I had, so every day on my calendar because
5:00
I had a little more flexibility and wasn’t creating as much content for my business, I had a little bit more time. And so every day, starting at one o’clock, I stopped what I was doing. And I started learning, I started my trainings, and just did that every day that I wasn’t on vacation or traveling, or, you know, the weekend, when I was just enjoying my personal time, I made that part of my plan for the day, and it has gone really well. I love it. It is I’m so excited you guys, not only do I have plans to incorporate everything I’m learning into my business. But also, I really, really, really want to break this all down for you. So that you can become a better copywriter in your business instead of either a not thinking about it at all, which is what I think a lot of people are doing, or be hiring someone that is really probably outside of your budget, you don’t have to do those two things, you can not be a writer, not be a creative, but still have good copy as a service based business and you should. So that’s what I really want to do. It’s something I’ve been doing naturally in my business for ever now, I’d say probably intentionally, five or six years. And so then to get a little bit more of the nitty gritty, to understand a little bit more of it, and to have a mentor that I can work with, to help in my business and to help you with your businesses. Something I am just beyond excited to share with you and I have a lot of that coming up, of course, I’ll be sharing tons of that here on the podcast. Over the coming months, I have an entire series planned, that will probably come out late January, early February, that will blow your mind and will change everything for you. So be on the lookout for that. But I’m just excited. And I’m really still diving into that even as I come back to more intentional content creation. In January, I still am making that learning that teaching a priority for myself. And we’ll continue to do that until I know every single thing because I am that invested I am that involved, and I am loving it that much. And I’m excited to make this part of my business too. And just offer these services potentially, to someone that doesn’t want to learn it and doesn’t want to know and just wants to have it done for them, I can do that as well. So all of that coming up. That’s what I’ve been up to, I hope you all have had an amazing time off, if you are able to do that for yourself holiday season, if that’s something that you’re into, I hope all of it everything is going well for you. And hey, guess what, it’s a new year. And of course, as with everything in any industry, when it comes to a new year, we have new goals, we have these desires, these visions of ourselves. And that’s what I had to do in the last episode is really create that vision of who you’re going to be at the end of 2023 and start moving from that place and thinking from that place. And so now you have this concept of what you want to accomplish. In this year for your business. I’m sure you have stuff and other areas of your life that you’re working on too. But if you want to have a business or you do have a business, then you should have some yearly intentions, yearly plans, yearly goals, your yearly visions that you want to achieve. So how do we do that? In the year 2023? Because yeah, things are different this year, as with every year and you know, January 2023, what we’re in now is the 10th anniversary of my business. I started my business in January of 2013. So I’m celebrating the 10th Birthday of what is Aviva fitness, which is what I started with in 2013. And have kind of kept it that name but doing business as Shawn Mynar holistic health now, over the years, in that 10 years. Gosh, if I think back to all of the different turns of the Year, everyone was so different and so much happened as a small business in the year that every new turn of the year was a new approach. And that’s what happens, especially in online business, because it moves fast, and it changes fast. And the things that worked one year don’t even exist the next year like there’s just a lot of movement, and there’s a lot of change and evolution from year to year.
10:00
Are as an online business especially and with all business as well, of course, but if we’re talking specifically about building and creating that online service based business, you better believe that what you were doing in 2022 is not going to be the same thing that you do in 2023. And there’s so many people, business coaches, I think, they give these like predictions of what they think the year will bring. And I’m not going to do that. And I don’t want to do that, because there is no way to know I mean, you can look back at what’s happened in 2022. And be like, I couldn’t have predicted that. And you know, if I think back 10 years ago, I definitely could not have predicted anything that happened in my business, because it all just moves and changes. So fast. So yeah, we have these goals and desires and plans for our year. But please make sure they are fluid. And they change as things change in the environment, as things evolve in the industry, and allow yourself to evolve and grow with that. But with all that being said, I do think that there are some things and specifically five things that you can and should be focusing your attention and energy on in 2023, to grow your business. So that’s what we’re going to talk about today. And if I’m being totally honest, there’s not really anything new that we’ve never talked about before, I have been talking about all these things for a really long time, because they have stood the test of time, and continue to be extremely important. No matter what else happens in the industry, in business, no matter how many different social media channels come up and where you’re supposed to be and what you’re supposed to be doing and how you’re supposed to be creating content and where supposed to go. And all that stuff. This stuff all remains the same. It always remains constant and has for the past 10 years that I’ve been growing a business. So that is why yes, I’ve always been talking about them. But now I’m going to put them all in one spot for you to consider and put an even bigger focus on in your business in 2023. Okay, they stand the test of time. So let’s get into it. The first one is really by far the most important one. And if there’s only one thing that you do this entire year, and hopefully forever moving forward, in your business, to grow it, please let it be this. And I know that this can be a challenge. But I hope you’re up for the challenge because it’s what needs to happen. You need to step into the role of a business owner of an entrepreneur, and not just a coach. Yes, you are a coach, you are a practitioner, you are a consultant, you have the education, the experience, the credentials, all the things.
13:19
But you are not just that. And if you don’t want to add on, that you are a business owner, that you are an entrepreneur, then go work for someone else. There are plenty of people who need coaches and consultants and practitioners under them to help them with their business. And I say this with all the love. I’m not saying that to be mean, at all. I’m saying that so that you understand that there are there’s more to the story. If you want to be a coach, with your own business, if you want to work for yourself as a coach, then you need to put on a different hat. And that is the hat of the entrepreneur of the business owner. And you can start right now by telling people when they ask you what you do that you have your own business, teaching nutrition or you have your own business where you coach people through divorce or you have your own business. You are an entrepreneur, you are a business owner, who also does that coaching thing. You are not a health coach, you are not a birth coach. You are a business owner who does that thing in their business. Just that one switch right there makes the biggest difference. And I think we can all agree and the reason why this is so important, is because those are two very different roles as
15:00
A coach, practitioner, consultant, service based provider, you help people, you help people on a journey from their point A to point B, where they want to be
15:14
as an entrepreneur, you are a strategist, a visionary, a marketer, a planner, you are motivated, you are a dreamer, you are a go getter, you’re committed, you’re consistent, you’re excited, you are in a totally different space than when you have your coaching hat on. And yes, of course, that hat will come in handy when you’re with your clients when you’re having calls when you’re doing your thing. But you have to have that other entrepreneur hat on in order to get those clients in order to attract people to your work in order to have those people understand what you do and who you help and that you are the right person for them. In order to get them to the point where they’re ready and willing and happy and excited to pay you to work with them. That all requires a different hat. And I have worked with a lot of you listening, I have talked to a lot of you listening. And I know for a fact that a lot of you are not putting on that entrepreneur hat, you’re not. And it could be out of fear. We talk about that a lot here on the show, fear that you are aren’t experienced enough, you don’t know what you’re doing, it won’t work, you’ll fail. All those things that we talk about all the time here. Or it could be just because you don’t know how to do that you don’t know what that looks like. And that’s again, why we’re here to that is why I do what I do to show you and coach you through that process of stepping into that role. So that you can be an effective coach. Because you are a business owner who has attracted those people to work with you, you’ve got to do both. So my challenge for you my ultimate goal and dream and desire for you, in 2023 is to put on that entrepreneur hat every time you are not with your clients or doing client work. Step into the role of a business owner and start thinking, acting, behaving feeling doing being that person from that place. And if you need help, please reach out to me. And I will guide you in the right direction of where you can learn what that looks like and how it feels, and all the things that you need to do. Okay, step into the role of business owner, not just coach, they are very different roles, they require very different things. And you need to be both with a heavy emphasis on the business owner if you want to grow your business in 2023. Most important, okay, so really, everything else I’m going to talk about doesn’t really matter, unless you do this one first. And in addition, Okay, number two, focus on connections over numbers. We are in a very numbers driven world, the online business world is a very numbers focused space, followers, and likes and comments and shares and subscribers and all of this. And we talked about numbers, numbers, numbers, numbers, but there is nothing more important. And in fact, those numbers don’t matter at all. If you’re not also creating real, true, genuine connections with those people and really making that way more important because it is then the amount of people, but how many connections? Are you creating real connections to the point where when people see your name pop up in their inbox? They’re like, Yes, I got an email from so and so I can’t wait to see what they have to say today. That is what we want. And for them to reply back to your emails and tell us exactly what they need for them to DM you on social media and start a conversation and let them know how much your content is helping them. That is what moves the needle way more than the numbers do. Because let’s just say for instance, that you’re upset because
20:00
You started your email list a month ago, and you only have 50 new subscribers. When you know your colleagues and the people you follow on social media, all these people have 1000s of subscribers. And that is what they think is their claim to fame for making a bazillion dollars. And all these crazy stories we heard, right? But think about that 50 People have told you not only told you but given you their highly valuable email address and said, I am interested in what you have to say and what you have to offer and what you’ve do. I think I might need your help. So here, go ahead and email me.
20:45
That is a huge deal. 50 people told you that in the past month, and if you focus on building those connections, overthinking, oh, well, there’s only 50 people. So why even bother sending an email every week? Who cares? I’m just not going to do it. There’s only 50 I’m failing clearly, which I know, I know, it goes through your mind. But what if instead, you spent your time and energy, really focusing on creating 50 Real, true, genuine connections with those people? What would change for you and your business? If those 50 people wanted to work with you, or even half of that if 25 People wanted to work with you wanted to have your one on one services, or be part of your next group program? That would be pretty significant, wouldn’t it? And then what if that kept happening the next month and the next month and the next month. So after the entire year, you have made 600 genuine connections, big deal and would exponentially change your business forever. So instead of getting wrapped up in what everyone else is saying about their numbers, and what it takes and what they’re doing, and just all this stuff that we can very easily start comparing ourselves to and then get kind of down about our numbers. Don’t do that. Stay focused on what you’re really here to do, which is to be able to help those people that rose their hand and said, Yeah, I hear what you’re saying. And I think this might help me. So give me more details. So that is what I want you to focus on, I want you to focus on those connections. And I’ve kind of obviously alluded to this just in the past few minutes. That happens in two places. Really, the first and foremost, most important is on your email list, how you get people on your email list, which is with that epic freebie, and how you connect with people once they’re there, which is with your weekly emails, your weekly newsletter. If you’ve been putting off your email list and making that a priority in your business that ends this year, please promise me that ends this year. And you really start making that a priority in your business. I don’t care where you’re at right now, I don’t care if you’re started your business today, or haven’t started it yet, or are three years in, make it a focus, make it a priority, make those connections that you build by way of your emails, a major point of focus this year, and just watch how much changes for you and your business by the end of the year. If you put your energy towards this, I am here to help you with this process to get it set up the right way to get it working behind the scenes for you. That is all available to you in a launch list accelerator. Go to Shawnmynar.com/list and get started on that today, you will be so grateful that you didn’t waste any more time not working on building your email list. All right, number three, make your content meaningful and memorable. There’s so much focus on content, content, content, content, create more content, create all the content, never stop creating content, which in some regards is true. It is a very valuable way to build your business and attract an audience and get people to know like and trust you and to help build those connections that I was just talking about. But because that message is out there about the amount of content you need to put out, it means there’s a lot of content out there means everyone’s putting out content. And that’s fine. That’s great. But that just goes to my point and shows how important it is to make
25:00
Your content different to make it so that it does stand out to the right people. That’s all that matters is the people that you want to help the the niche or niche you have found yourself in, that stands out to those people, your dream clients, that it is meaningful and memorable to them. So in this world where you’re told to put out more and more and more and more in all the content, instead, focus on creating an amount of content that works for you, that keeps it meaningful, and memorable. Because having two Instagram posts a week that are unique and special, and meaningful and memorable to the right people is way more valuable to your business, and will help your business grow way more than putting out five Instagram posts a week, that are just kind of blah, that you’re just putting out content to put out content because that’s what you’re heard you’re supposed to do. So focus on the value that you can bring to the content that you can put out and make it unique and special and something that people will notice. I mean, because of the amount of content that is out there right now. People aren’t responding and reacting to every single Instagram post they see or podcast episode that gets put out our YouTube video that shows up. They’re not they’re being picky and choosey because we can’t consume the amount of content that’s out there. None of us can. So we’re being picky and choosey so what do we need to do to have the people that we want to help pick and choose us. And that is standing out standing out from the crowd. And like I said, it doesn’t mean by creating more and more and more and more, it’s by beak by creating something special. So focus on the value and the meaning behind the content that you do. Create. And this goes for all content. Yes, social media, yes, podcast, blog posts, YouTube videos, your newsletter, your freebies, everything you’re putting out everything that you’re creating, that goes out to your audience or to the people that you want to be in your audience. That’s what I mean by content. And yes, you do have to create content, I don’t really see a I see it being very challenging to build a business with having zero content. So that is something that over the years has become more and more and more important, as online business grows. But again, it’s not about just shoving it out. Because you have to put it out and you have to do something every day, I really want to see you spend the time and energy to create something meaningful for your people and put that out into the world. Number four, make it easy and accessible for people to get the help they need from you. And this really boils down to and especially kind of going into a year where there’s a recession, and things are gonna get worse, supposedly and all this stuff. And I don’t want to get into all that because I’m not a financial advisor. This is not financial advice, I have no idea I’m not going to talk about what could or could not happen to the economy. But it really does show how important it is to have more than one way for someone to work with you and get the help they need and ideally, at varying price points. So if you only offer at this point, one on one packages, and they’re, you know, 1000s of dollars, which they shouldn’t be and that is important for you to get paid your value for your time and your education and your experience so rightfully so that it would cost 1000s of dollars to work with you. But there may be people who need your help, that simply can’t afford to pay 1000s of dollars to get the help they need. So can you have another offer or more offers a whole like suite of offers that people can choose from to get started to work on their journey to get from point A to point B at a price point that works for them. And especially if there is some economic uncertainty going around in the world. Then there may
30:00
be more apt to go for something at a lower price point right now, and that is fine. But no matter what, and the cool thing about the business that you are in, is that the need for coaching, the need for health and wellness services, or whatever area of focus you’re in, that doesn’t go away. Because there is a recession, it is not a luxury item to work on your health and wellness and mental wellness and emotional health and all of the things that we do with our clients, that’s still a need. But can you make it so that it is accessible to more people. And so all this says for you and your business, is to create more paid offers in your business. And, of course, signature programs are my favorite, my best bet for a way that people can really get a significant transformation, and be able to work with you and, and get your coaching and ask you questions and have connection with you without it being in a one on one setting. And also still get the value of being in a community of like minded people and having those support systems in place too. And it being a much more accessible price point. And really being a win win win for everyone involved. And that’s why I love signature programs. That’s why I teach you how to put a signature program out into the world in a way that works for you and for your clients and isn’t stressful or overwhelming for anyone. So if that’s something you’re interested in, head over to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof I have a free masterclass going on that will show you how to make that happen in your business. So Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof if you want 2023 to be the year you start offering more paid offers offers that are more accessible to the clients that you want to help, but also are more doable for you and your schedule and your time and your energy, you can have it all. And so that is something we can work on for you. And perhaps there’s even something at an even lower price point I’m very introductory price point, maybe an ebook or a masterclass that can get people started in those first steps or two that they need to get into, to start that transformation that they’re looking for, to ease on their symptoms to get a little bit of support or guidance. So something like that is available to that could be like, you know, $100, or a couple $100 to get people started on that at a very accessible price point. So just consider your options and see what you can do to have that suite of different ways people can work with you. And last but not least, number five, you gotta up your marketing game in 2023. And this goes along with number one, which is stepping into the role of business owner and not just a coach, I’d say one of the biggest roles, if not the biggest role of a business owner is a marketer, you’ve got to focus on your marketing efforts. And, you know, I have to be honest, back in the day when I started my business and you know, when I took it online, which was a couple years, let’s say eight years ago,
33:35
you didn’t have to be that good of a marketer, if I’m being totally honest with you. Because there wasn’t that many people in the online business space with these online programs, these online courses, these memberships all the things that we’re doing today in the online business world that was much smaller when I started. And so you could just be like, Hey, I have this thing, come grab it, and people would because it was kind of this novel thing at that time. But a lot has changed in those eight years. And there’s a lot more people in the online business space, there’s a lot more people selling things that are similar to you and me and everyone. That’s the case for everybody. Which doesn’t mean that it’s saturated or you shouldn’t do it or your business is doomed. It just means you need better marketing. You need to up your marketing game. That’s all it is you need to and kind of goes back to creating that content to even your marketing content, which includes lots of copywriting needs to be meaningful and memorable. It needs to be different. It needs to stand out. It needs to be unique. And that is what will attract the right people to your work. No matter how many people out there are doing something similar, no matter how many social media posts
35:00
As they scroll, scroll scroll through, and then they get to yours. And it’s different and it attracts them and it stops them. And it gets them to read and it gets them to click and, and learn more and sign up for your freebie or whatever it is that you’re promoting. So the ho hum, cookie cutter, marketing and copy doesn’t work anymore. It needs to connect, it needs to be real, it needs to be authentic. And it doesn’t need to be and shouldn’t be sleazy, or pushy, or scammy, marketing, weird sales techniques, that does not work. Obviously, I think we all know that, and nobody wants to do that. So I’m not saying that when I say up your marketing game, I’m saying be more intentional, be more authentic, be more real, connect, connect, connect, and really get to know that person that you want to work with, like really like step into their vision, become them as much as you can. And for a lot of you in your business and and what you do for people now how you coach them is based on your own experience. So you have a really good chance of connecting with them based on what you went through and how it felt for you and how it looked for you and what you did, and didn’t do and what worked and what didn’t. And put that into their space into their person, knowing that that’s very similar to what they’re going through too. And then you have this connection point. And I think we can all agree that when we meet someone that has been through something similar to what we’re going through now, we’re like, Oh, yes, finally, someone that gets it. And that is when you stop them, they stop the scroll, you create something meaningful, you get them to remember you, you get them to look forward to hearing from you. And that’s marketing. And that’s what your copywriting can do the words you are using to convey this message. That is what it will do for you. And that is very unique, very special in a sea where no one’s giving that enough attention right now. And there’s a lot of people and that see a lot of fish swimming around becoming a better marketer, a better copywriter will be what sets you apart. And you know, that’s one of the reasons I kind of really got into this and learning more. It’s one of the reasons I really want to help you, I have found time and time and time again, that as I work with one on one clients, especially we end up just working on their copy, we ended up just working on their copywriting. And just doing that one thing helps just really skyrocket their business. And so all of that is what I’m really going to be focusing on in 2023, what I am going to be guiding you to focus on in 2023. And all of these, if we can do these five things and really keep these at the forefront for the entire year, I promise you things are going to change in a very significant way for your business. So if that is of interest to you, you can expect that these will be the five key pieces, the key pillars of what we do here on the show of what I share over on social media, you can find me at Shawn Mynar on Instagram, that’s my main point of contact on social media, head over there. Let’s do this together. Let’s focus on these things together, I will be your guide, I will share with you what you can do to stand out from the crowd in 2023, to focus on making real connections instead of just worrying about some random numbers that don’t really matter. And to set this all up in your business in a way that feels good, and is fun and is not stressful and you don’t have to hustle or grind your way to success. You can set these things up in a way that that works for you and your life and your business. That is the goal that is the focus for 2023 for me and hopefully for you, and if so let’s do it together. And with that, we’ll wrap it up there. If this episode was of value to you, let me know send me a direct message over on Instagram at Shawn Mynar. With what stuck out for you how it helped. Please send me a message I’d love to connect there. If you have a friend who is also determined to grow their business in 2023. Make sure to send this episode to them so they can have a listen as well and get the support and advice they need. And happy new year. Until next time, take care.
39:53
Hey friends, Shawn here and if you’re a coach or practitioner who’s looking to help more people, make more money and have
40:00
more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don’t want to miss. Right now I’m hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I’m now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I’m just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don’t have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you’re at in your business today. So if you’re like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business, that helps the people that are meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there’s a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you’re going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life health, family and self care. You’ll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You’ll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can’t wait to enroll in your program. Once it’s ready. Even if right now you’re starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it’s gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can’t wait to see you there.
Nov 23, 2022 | Unstuck Podcast
We’re approaching that time of year! The time where everyone creates resolutions and goals for the new year ahead filled with hope and promise that things will finally come together over the next 365 days. On Unstuck Entrepreneur, we’re going to do something different. Yes, goals are important for your business and you should be thinking of your goals for the next year. But before you do that, you need to create your vision for the year ahead that will guide your goal-making process. We’ll do that here in this episode so, stay tuned!
“Who you are a year from now is a different version of you than who you are right this moment.” – Shawn Mynar
“Your brain doesn’t know the difference between real and imagine, so every time you are visualizing that version of you, your brain thinks that is real.” – Shawn Mynar
“Most of us make decisions based on our present, not our future or even our past, we make decisions based on our past, not our future and we continue to repeat the same things over and over and we continue to stay stuck and not get anywhere.” – Shawn Mynar
“If we just make that shift and really understand that future that we want to become and once we have that, we can make decisions and movement from that place and those decisions are very different.” – Shawn Mynar
How To Actually Reach Your Goals – shawnmynar.com/episode130
Newsletter signup – shawnmynar.com/links
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
We’re quickly approaching that time of year, the time where everyone creates resolutions and goals for the new year ahead, filled with hope and promise that things will finally come together over the next 365 days. On unstuck entrepreneur, though, we’re going to do things a little different. Yes, goals are important for your business and your life. And you should be thinking of your goals for the next year for sure. But before you do that, you need to create your vision for the year ahead, that will guide your goal making process. That is what we’re going to do today in this episode, so stay tuned.
0:40
Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.
1:24
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here. grateful for your support. As always, we have a short episode here for you today. But it’s going to end up creating a lot of homework for you. I’m being totally honest, so short here, but prolonged in your life, which is always a great thing. And the homework that I will be giving you is so incredibly valuable. And so life changing, you’re going to want to do it. First. Quick reminder, this will be the last new episode of unstuck entrepreneur until January until the new year, taking my first ever holiday break from podcasting. And we’ll be doing a lot behind the scenes will still be showing up on social media still be showing up in your inbox. If you’re not getting my emails, you can sign up to do so at Shawnmynar.com/links. And still continue to connect and get some feedback and advice and encouragement and all those things that we do here on the podcast, I’ll still be doing that via email. So just taking a break from the podcast for the next few weeks. And then I’ll be back in the new year. So this is your last new episode, which means we got to talk about what’s coming up in the new year, what your 2023 or whatever you’re listening to this means for you what your plans are, what your goals are, what your vision is, most importantly, which is what we’re going to talk about today. This ties in really well, this whole conversation ties in really well, with a book that I really love. It’s called a personality isn’t permanent. by Benjamin Hardy. If you haven’t read that, I do recommend it. It’s a great book. But there’s a section a pretty big portion actually, of the book that talks about future self work. And the actually very scientific, psychological, in a way approach to future self work and why it’s so important and why it works. It is a very non woowoo book, let’s just say that. But still, it kind of covers some of the woowoo, quote, unquote, that we talked about here and that a lot of others in the more spiritual energetic space speak about in a very practical, scientific, like, analytical way, which is why I love it. I love learning both sides of it. And so I want to take what he talks about in terms of future self work and apply it to what we’re doing right now we’re about to do when it comes to creating goals and resolutions, and intentions and all those things for the upcoming year because it’s about to be a new year. And by the way, I think creating new goals and intentions for the year ahead is a great idea and I hope you are doing that and hope you plan to do that. I do have an entire episode. It’s actually from the beginning of the year this year that was all about my process for creating goals and intent.
5:00
Chin’s and then also how to stay detached from those goals, and also how to chunk up your goals. So you actually get them done. So there’s a lot in that episode, definitely go back and listen to that is called How to Make sure you actually reach your goals, Episode 130. And I’ll link that in the show notes. But go back and listen to that. Because yes, I agree with having goals. No, I don’t think that you should have your entire energetic and emotional response be attached to your goal. So there is that level of detachment that we need to find when it comes to our goal setting process and staying emotionally detached from that. That is when goals are really super helpful when we have that level of detachment. But we’re not going to talk about that here today. Go back and listen to that episode for that conversation. I want to talk about your vision for the next year. I also want to start with a quote specifically from the book personality isn’t permanent. And it says it’s best to make decisions based on what your future, not your present self wants, it’s best to decide and act from the vantage point of your desired circumstances, not your present ones. And that really sums up everything we’re going to talk about today. So what we’re going to do is a very important precursor to creating your goals and resolutions. And it also could very well be the reason you haven’t in the past, achieved your goals or stayed with your resolutions, or continued to follow your intentions. It all could be because you are missing this piece of the puzzle, which is future self work. Because, of course, this will make a lot of sense, as soon as I say it, who you are a year from now is a different version of you than who you are, right this very moment as you’re listening to this.
7:22
And so without deciding who that version of you is going to be a year from now, and getting connected to that version of you, then yeah, you may create goals for your future. But you’re still going to be acting as if you are this current version, you’re going to be making decisions from where you’re at now, not where your future self is, which means those goals are always going to stay in your future. I mean, to make decisions about your future, from where you are now, doesn’t really make much sense if you think about it, because that’s not the same version of you, you are basically two different people where you are now to that future self, different versions of you and different people. And that’s actually what they talk about in that book is it actually really benefits you to kind of think of yourself as two different people. And what would that person do that version of you do, versus who you are now, this version of you, that’s here listening now. So if you make decisions based on the current you, you’re going to be still in the same spot as you are now, which is why we are spending time first, before we set our 2023 business goals, creating that vision of your future self that December 2023 version of you, then once you’ve done that you can work backwards and think about the things that needed to happen for that to become your reality. And those become your goals. So it’s a new way of figuring out your goals for the year. Then after that, and here’s the very, very important part. From this moment on until December 2023. You are making decisions based on that person. What would that person do that version of me do? You’re moving from that version of you, you’re making decisions from that version of you, you’re thinking acting and speaking, like that future version of you.
9:53
And all of that takes commitment. It takes figuring out who that person is.
10:00
is committing to becoming that person. And when you do that, and you move from that place and you make decisions from that place, that is when you will make that version of you a reality, there is no other option, it simply has to come to be. So let’s now go through the process of creating your future self vision. Let’s really dive into who that version of you in December 2023. Or, again, anytime you’re listening to this pick one year out. Who is that person. As you all know, by now, I’m a big fan of visualization, I talk about it a lot. From a practical scientific perspective, visualizing your future works, it works to rewire the neural pathways in your brain, over time, and with repetition. So we can’t just do this once and think everything’s going to change over time. And with repetition, it will rewire those neural pathways to start acting as if you are that future version of yourself. And as I’ve said many times, many, many times, your brain doesn’t know the difference between real and imagined. So every time you are visualizing that version of you, your brain thinks that is real, it doesn’t know the difference, it doesn’t know that you’re just making it up. And you’re not actually living that out. In that moment, your brain doesn’t know the difference. So over time, with repetition, we create a different reality in our brain. And as soon as that happens, there is no other option besides to think, act, move, speak, and behave in that way, which means that becomes your reality. Alright, so here is what I want you to do. This is your homework for at least the next month. I told you, it was gonna be big, a short episode with a lots to do. But like I mentioned, over and over again, already, time and repetition are your friends here. So I really want you to commit to this work to this process for as much as you can over the next month. Yes, I know, historically, these months around the holidays. And before the new year are busy for a lot of us. There’s travel, there’s parties, there’s family, there’s kids at a school, all that stuff. But this really doesn’t take that long, you can do this entire process in 10 minutes. So do you have 10 minutes in the morning when you wake up before bed is a great option to or any time throughout the day where you have a few minutes to yourself, do this prioritize this, we’re going to take it, we’re going to do a one two punch here, we’re going to take it up a notch, we’re going to do both visualizing in our mind’s eye and writing about it. So both not one or the other. I feel like I normally give you the option for one or the other. Not this time, we’re taking this seriously, we’re doing it both visualizing and journaling together. So for the visualization piece, you are going to get into a comfortable position. You can be seated you can be lying down as long as you don’t fall asleep. That is fine, whatever you can be comfortably doing for five to 10 minutes, okay, so you’ll get into that comfortable position. You’re going to take a few deep breaths so that you can calm your nervous system down, calm your ego voice down and really tap into your inner self. So take a few deep breaths. If you’re having a hard time you can do a quick meditation first. We really want to be in that meditative receptive state. So whatever helps you get there. If you need a bath or whatever, all the self care do that whatever can help you get into that space. Close your eyes. Obviously try not to fall asleep.
14:31
And I want you to get a visual of this in as much detail as you possibly can. It is exactly one year from now.
14:44
And you are so excited, thrilled, happy with everything you’ve been able to accomplish over the past year. You are proud of yourself for the
15:00
progress you’ve made over the past year, and you decide to do something special to celebrate your achievements. Now, I want you to visualize that celebration in as much detail as you possibly can. How are you celebrating? Who are you with?
15:28
Where are you? What’s the weather? Like? What are you wearing?
15:35
What are you doing?
15:38
And most importantly, how do you feel?
15:45
Is there a smile on your face? Are you laughing? Or are you calm and peaceful?
15:53
How do you feel in that moment of pure celebration, and feeling so proud of yourself for everything you’ve accomplished? Once you have that visual, I want you to stay in it for as long as you can, like I said, at least shoot for five minutes. 1015 would be awesome. Stay there for as long as you can and really soak up that moment. Specifically, that feeling of how it feels to have accomplished what you wanted to accomplish. And to be able to celebrate that. And to feel that pride, I really want you to soak up that moment. Okay, so you’re going to do that first, then ideally, you have your journal next to you. So you can open your eyes. And without going back to full on reality, while still in that kind of meditative space. With that visual fresh, you can do your journaling. And first, I would recommend just writing out that visual that you just created in your head right out who was there, what you were doing, how it felt what you were wearing all that stuff that you just created, in your mind, write it out physically? And then I want you to answer some of these questions really journal on it, take your time, the first prompt, what did you achieve in the past year, and I want you to make a list of everything you accomplished. In that year, everything in your business and your personal life, whatever you feel is important to share. What did you achieve over that year?
17:39
Now, what did you do to achieve that now take each one and write out what you did to achieve that.
17:50
And then once you have all of that, I really want you to stay there, where all of this has already happened. And from that place, answer these questions. Who are you? And not like your name and birthday? And I’m a mom? Not that although if you want to say your those things, great, do it. But also who are you? Are you a six figure entrepreneur? Are you a full time coach? What is your role? What is your identity as that new version of you? So write that out and start with the words I am and write as many sentences as you can starting with I am?
18:33
Then answer the question, what do you have? So as this future version of you, what do you have and start your sentences with? I have and go for it. You can go I have X number of clients or you can go, I have a sense of peace. You can go in all directions with that. And all of them are great. So get as many as you can. And then lastly, how do you feel, of course, the most important is really getting into that feeling those emotions, that energetic expression of that future version of you, and start your sentences with, I feel and you can write as many emotions, feelings, all the things that come up. So that is your journaling. Exercise those prompts. Now, do you need to do this every day? That would be great. But like I said, I know we’re all very busy, especially around this time of year. So can you commit to a few times per week, over the next month to do this and perhaps it becomes habit by then. And you can really put this in as part of your self care. Practice your mindset practice as something you do regularly, and then you always are working towards becoming that next version of you instead of staying stuck in
20:00
In your current version, but with this exercise in particular, what I really want you to do, and why I want you to do this right now is that when it does come time to create your goals within the next month or so as we approach the beginning of the year, now you create your goals from that version of you. And you commit to becoming that version of you, which means the actions you take and the decisions you make come from that version of you, not you that’s listening right now, because the you that’s listening right now is not the same. And I say this, and I really want to make sure that you get this, most of us make decisions based on our present, not our future, or even our past, we make decisions based on our past, not our future. And then we continue to repeat the same things over and over. And we continue to stay stuck and not get anywhere. Whereas if we just make that shift, and first of all, really understand that future that we want to become. And then once we have that, we can make decisions and make movement from that place. And I can guarantee you those decisions are very, very different than the decisions of your present or past self. So that is why we have to do this. Because I really want the next year, I want you to take action from that future self. Because that is how then in one year’s time, what you just created, that vision is actually going to be happening, it will be your reality, you will be celebrating with those people are doing those things and wearing that outfit and celebrating all those accomplishments. Because you acted from their starting now. How cool is that? I think it is very, very cool. So do this future self work first. And then even in your journal, the journaling practice that you’re doing with everything I just laid out for you. In there lies your goals for the next year, because you are writing down your achievements, your accomplishments and what you did to get there, while what you did to get there. Those are your goals, right, and you can chunk those up and break them down throughout the year as they work for you. But it there’s kind of already done for you. So that’s why I want you to do this first, and then take action from your future self. Now, if you’d like some extra guidance with this process, specifically, the visualization, I have a 10 minute guided visualization that I would love to offer you completely free, it will really help you with this process is an actually an audio recording that I created for my money mindset coaching experience. And I want to gift it to you, it will take you through that process of getting into your future self space. With that vision of what’s happening and who is around you and what it looks like. It will guide you through that process. So the only thing I’m asking in return is that you help spread the message about this podcast, I want you to take a screenshot of your favorite unstuck episode or a picture of you listening to the show, or a picture of your walk while you’re listening to the show or whatever you do. While listening to this podcast, take a picture, take a screenshot and share it on your social media, whether that’s Instagram Stories, Facebook stories, your feed, whatever it is that you use. And let me know why you love listening to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast, be sure to tag me so that I can see it. And in return, I will send you a link to that visualization exercise. And you can download it and keep it on your device for ever for as long as you want and continue to go back to it. And really it will help you so much with this exercise and really committing to creating your future self before you set your goals for the year. And that’s it. That’s all you got to do. And it really just helped me get the word out about the show and what we’re about here, what we talk about what we do what’s important, and how we can really bring this message of aligned businesses and following your passion and purpose and creating a business and life
25:00
You love. So that will really help the show and I would be so, so grateful for that. And I would love to gift you this visualization in return. And with that, I hope you all have a wonderful holiday season I will be back with a bunch of fresh new episodes in the new year. And let’s definitely keep in touch over on Instagram at Shawn Mynar, I guess I should have told you that when I was telling you to tag me in your post at Shawn Mynar is where I’m at on Instagram and Shawn Mynar holistic health on Facebook and let’s make sure we’re pen pals too. So Shawnmynar.com/links to get in on my weekly newsletters that have tons of advice and tips and techniques and all the stuff that you need to build a business you love. All right, my friends. Until next time, take care. Hey, friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kind of like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end. You can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there
Nov 16, 2022 | Unstuck Podcast
Your vibe matters, especially when it comes to your business…the success you do or don’t have, the stress you do or don’t feel, the people you do or don’t attract. It all comes back to the dominant thoughts, emotions, and actions you have as a business owner and how they are playing out in your business. In this episode, I’m breaking down why your thoughts and emotions matter to your business success, how to know what your dominant vibration is, and steps you can take to raise your vibration and become a high vibe magnet for your business.
“The work that is involved, when we talk about your vibration, your frequency, it is a continuous process… This needs to be your new focus, your new habit.” – Shawn Mynar
“Your thoughts dictates your emotions.” – Shawn Mynar
“Like attracts like, so your dominant emotion is your attraction point.” – Shawn Mynar
“If you want to change that attraction point, you need to change your thoughts to change your emotion to change your vibe.” – Shawn Mynar
“It takes consistent ongoing work, with a huge side of patience to break them up and dissolve them and change your narrative, change your beliefs.” – Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Your vibe matters, especially when it comes to your business. The success you do or don’t have, the stress you do or don’t feel, the people you do or don’t attract. It all comes back to the dominant thoughts, emotions and actions you have as a business owner and how they are playing out in your business. So in this episode, I’m breaking down why your thoughts and emotions matter to your business success, how to know what your dominant vibration is, and steps you can take to raise your vibration and become a high vibe magnet for your business. So stay tuned.
0:43
Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business, where I work from home and my sweat pants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.
1:27
Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. I am Shawn, your host on each and every episode. So happy to be here. So grateful to have you check it out. The show means so much to me all of your support. So we got to talk about your vibe today. More importantly, your vibe as it relates to your business. What this will require from you is some honesty, I need you to be super honest with yourself, as we’re going through this conversation so that you can change things if things need to be changed, which let’s be honest, we all probably have some things to work on. And in a lot of cases, and a lot of the people that I work with, the vibe that you’re bringing into your business is one of those things that needs some work. So we are going to do that together today. Before we get into it a little update on what to expect from me and the show as we head into what is known as the holiday season. For many of us, I am going to take a little bit of a podcast break in the month of December, I have now been podcasting for almost eight years straight. And I’ve never taken a holiday break. I’ve only taken a few breaks total at all, maybe two or three. And I’ve always kind of provided some best of episodes in that time. But I’m not going to do that this time because a few reasons. First of all, not that many people listen to podcasts over the holidays, the month of December has notoriously been the lowest download month in the last seven December’s that I have been podcasting. And for good reason. We got other stuff going on, and travel and you know, holiday stuff, holiday gatherings. So it’s a good time to just take an actual break. And also, it’s a good time to allow you all as listeners to catch up. I hear from a lot of you actually that you’re a few episodes behind, at least in trying to catch up. But then there’s a new one every week. And so you never actually get to, this is your chance to catch up and get on track so that when the show comes back in January, you’ll be ready to go. You’ll be right on target and back to listening as they come out. So that is the plan for the month of December. I will be doing quite a few things on the back end. First of all, I will still be on Instagram all the time, I will still show up in your inbox once a week with some valuable tools and resources for you. So if you’re on my email list, you’ll still be getting your Wednesday emails. And if you’re not, well, hey, get on over there. Shawnmynar.com We’ll give you the resources to do that. And then you can we can still keep in touch. But also I’m taking an actual real vacation like nothing on the calendar. Nothing I have to do to be honest. Even for my honeymoon, I still had to work a little bit so I still had to bring my computer. I still had to check in on some things when
5:00
wasn’t that great, but I had to do it, I don’t have to do that for this vacation. So taking a real vacation, which is exciting. So I’ll be doing that in December. And also I’m taking on a major undertaking, that will be an incredibly expansive opportunity for me and my business, that’s going to be happening in December. And I really want to make sure that I have the space and time I need to be able to do that to its maximum capacity. And I’ll let you know what that is and how it’s going and everything when I come back in January. So I’m not just keeping you out of the loop entirely, but want to get some under my belt before I give you an update. So that’s what I’ll be doing in December. And I’m really looking forward to that a little break is always a good thing. And a reminder, if you need a break, it’s okay, you can take a break, whether it’s because of the holidays, or just because you’re feeling stressed or overwhelmed. Go ahead, take a break, it’s not going to mean your business is doomed forever, or anything like that. It’s okay. All right, let’s get into talking about your vibration. I’ve talked about this a number of times here on the unstuck entrepreneur podcast, it’s a major theme we have going on here. So it’s gonna be a little bit of review for some of you. But it has been a while since I’ve dedicated an entire episode to talking about your energy, your vibration, your frequency, what you’re attracting, into your business into your life, it goes for all aspects of your life. But of course, we’re going to talk about it specifically as it relates to your business, because that’s what we’re here to do. And it’s something I see often, like I mentioned at the top of the episode, that is a sticking point for a lot of my clients. And it’s something that is entirely in your hands to change. And when you change this one thing, gosh, the other things that will change, along with it is absolutely fascinating to see to witness and my clients, but also to have experienced myself all the time. You know, it’s almost like a constant thing. And that is something we have to talk about is that the work that is involved, when we talk about your vibration, your frequency, it is a continuous process, it’s not something that you can kind of focus on for a day or a week or a month, and then go back to your old habits, this needs to be your new focus your new habit. And we’ll get into that and some ways that you can do that. First, let’s talk about what I mean. When I say your vibe, a lot of you have probably heard this before, whether it was from me or someone else who’s into the quote unquote woowoo, you may have heard or seen the good vibes only like T shirts, or bags or journals or whatever, that kind of stuff, it’s out there. And what’s important to note, first and foremost is that while this may sound kind of in this, quote, unquote, woowoo space, keep in mind, this is just science. Everything that I’m going to talk about with you today is backed in science, quantum physics, to be exact. And actually, it’s pretty practical when you really think about it. And of course, I will simplify it as much as I can and make it as practical for you as possible. Because I think that helps a lot even for me who’s into the woowoo. I also like to think about it in this practical sciency sense, as well. So quantum physics tells us that everything is made up of energy, both the things that you can see feel, taste, touch, and the things that you can’t, the chair you’re sitting on the tree in your front yard, the apple you eat. Those things are made up of energy, but so are things like your thoughts, your emotions, I’ll get into that. That’s what is important for this particular conversation. Everything is made up of these tiny particles and sub particles vibrating at different speeds. The different speeds are known as frequencies they are measured in hertz and that is
10:00
Known as the law of vibration, quantum physics also tells us that like frequencies are attracted to each other, and that is what’s known as the law of attraction, which is all the rage these days. So like I said, in this episode, we’re focusing on those emotions and thoughts, which we now know, carry a vibration, they’re vibrating energy. Now also important to point out the relationship between thoughts and emotions, right here, right now, your thoughts dictate your emotion. So when you hold a thought, for more than a few seconds, or if you have a thought that is repeated, which, like, I think there’s some stat that’s like 80% of our thoughts are just repeated every single day, which is fascinating, and not that great, but it is what it is, we as humans are a little nuts sometimes. But anyway, so if you hold a thought for a few seconds, you create an emotion around that thought.
11:15
So for example, in the business space, what I hear some of you, business owners saying, or thinking, really saying to yourself, I don’t know how to do this.
11:28
Now, this could come with a side of overwhelm, or frustration, it could be like, Ah, I don’t know how to do this.
11:37
But it could also come with a side of curiosity, and determination, hey, I don’t know how to do this. Like even the inflection that I give in my voice, you can tell the different emotions that I am having, because of that thought.
11:56
So that thought, and really, if we go back even further, the beliefs that you have that sparked that thought, are what will create the emotion around it, the emotion that goes through your body, which then now you have created a frequency a vibe, and that is what we’re really getting at today. Now, another example, I might fail at this. A lot of business owners, one of the prime fears of a business owner is failing.
12:30
So I might fail at this. That could be fear, like, oh, my gosh, I might fail at this.
12:38
I might fail at this.
12:40
But it could come from a place of contentment, I might fail at this.
12:46
Do you see the difference? Again, in my inflection, you can see how we can say the same words, we can have the same thoughts, but they are with a completely different vibe attached to them. And then we take it one step further. And you can see how that spirals forward into the actions that you take. Because of that thought, emotion combo. They’re completely different actions based on what’s going on how you’re perceiving that thought and the emotion that comes up because of it. So I think we can all agree that if you’re overwhelmed and frustrated, you’re not gonna really do anything productive, you’re gonna be like, making poor decisions, and like trying to figure everything out on your own, and like coming up with nothing, and just giving up and going and doing something else and talking yourself out of whatever you are up to. It’s kind of this spiral downward, I guess we could say. Now, if you’re curious or determined,
13:51
then the actions you take are going to look a lot different and will move you forward. So if you’re curious and determined, then you are going to sit down focus, figure it out, call someone get some help, see who’s done it before, and learn from them and figure things out. So I don’t know how to do this, that first example has completely different paths of action, based on your emotion. Now, let’s take it even a little further. And think about the most likely outcome that would happen. If you’re approaching something with the thought of, I don’t know how to do this. And you’re overwhelmed and frustrated. What do you think is gonna happen to that person? I mean, quantum physics tells us that this person’s now going to attract situations that continue to feed into that overwhelm, and frustration. They’ll struggle, they’ll come up against all kinds of blocks and problems. Okay, so now let’s switch it and think about the
15:00
person who has that same thought, but whose dominant emotions are curiosity and determination, they’re going to be presented with situations that fulfill that curiosity and build up that determination. They’ll have opportunities for growth, they’ll be presented with solutions to problems they’re having. They’ll have experiences that help take them to the next level. Pretty nice, right? All right. So now let’s think about the next example we had. If the person who’s thinking I might fail at this is consumed with fear. What do you think’s going to happen,
15:41
they’re going to attract more situations that are scary, that bring up that fear, more situations where they could fail,
15:52
they’ll continue to feel stuck, they’ll continue to freeze instead of taking action. And they’ll probably have a lot of challenges along the way.
16:05
Now, the person who approaches that thought with contentment will attract more peaceful situations, more scenarios for learning and growth, more things falling into place, issues being resolved, more random opportunities to keep that level of contentment. So how can I sit here and make these predictions about these people and their scenarios, because of their vibe, remember, both your thoughts and emotions have their own frequency of vibration, and will attract more of the same because like, attracts, like, so your dominant emotion is your attraction point. And quantum physics shows us that that frequency, that is your dominant emotion, is what you will continue to draw to you.
17:02
And your dominant emotion we now know is dictated by your thoughts. So then if you want to change that attraction point, you need to change your thoughts, to change your emotion to change your vibe. Okay, it really had to lay that whole foundation. Thanks for sticking with me. I hope that makes sense. So now let’s talk about how this specifically works in your business, because, like I said, I mean, I am connecting with people like you all day every day, which is like the best thing ever. But what I notice is their emotional state where they are putting their attraction point. And it is an very emotionally charged place for you know, new business owners or want to be business owners to be, of course, rightfully so. Personally, I think being a business owner has probably been one of the most emotional journeys of my entire life. So I get it, I feel it, I have felt most of what you’re feeling, I have been in all the vibes
18:21
that could possibly be when it comes to my business. And it is a place that has, like I said, at the beginning, an opportunity to change and to grow out of. And that’s why I want to talk about it here. And why talk about it so much. Again, in my personal experience, it has absolutely transformed my life, not to mention my business, not just in the success of it, but in how I approach it, how it feels to me how I decide what to do or not do my stress levels, which are super important to me that I keep as low as possible. And I want that for you to I think that’s possible for all of us. And I want you to have the tools, you need to make that the case for you as well. So here’s the question then when it comes to your business, what would you say is your dominant emotion I’m going to read off a list of possible emotions is not all the emotions in the world. But a list of some This was originally created by Abraham Hicks. I’ve read this list before in a very early episode of unstuck entrepreneur. It also is available to you in holistic business starter we go over it and do some of the work in there as well. But it has this list of emotions that are in order from lowest frequency of vibration to highest frequency of vibration, and you’ll notice that the higher the vibe gets, the more
20:00
I don’t want to say positive or negative or anything like that, because emotions are just emotions. But you may feel like the more desirable that emotion would be for you. So let me read these off, I’m gonna go from lowest frequency of vibration, up to highest. So we’ll start at the bottom with fear, grief, despair, and powerlessness. And I think we can all agree that fear is a big part of being a business owner of the things that we do in business, the new stuff we have to learn, and put ourselves out there and be willing to fail and be willing to be imperfect and all those things. So notice that fear is a low frequency of vibration. Okay, one step up, we have insecurity, guilt, and unworthiness. Then we have jealousy.
21:00
Next, we have hatred, and rage. One step up from that we have anger, and revenge, then we have discouragement.
21:13
After that, blame, one step up, worry.
21:19
One more step up, doubt.
21:23
Next, disappointment,
21:27
then overwhelm.
21:30
Then we move into frustration, irritation, and impatience,
21:36
pessimism,
21:38
then we move up to boredom.
21:42
Next is contentment,
21:45
then hopefulness.
21:48
Then we get up really high into positive expectation, belief, and optimism.
21:57
One more step up almost to the top of this frequency scale is enthusiasm, eagerness, and happiness.
22:08
One more step, passion. And then the final rung on the frequency ladder, joy, appreciation, empowerment, freedom, and love. Now, I do have this scale available to you as a download, you can go to Shawnmynar.com/emotion. And get that. And I would really highly recommend that you print it out and keep it somewhere that you are when you do your work, when you work on your business at your desk, or at your coffee table, or kitchen table or something like that, wherever you are, keep it there and reference it. Because that’s really the whole theme of this episode is that this needs to become a part of your everyday life where you are building awareness around how you’re feeling. So that is a list of some of the possible emotions and their frequency of vibration. And then knowing that what else you could attract that is of like, vibration, and how that would look and feel to you. So again, when it comes to your business, what would you say is your dominant emotion, and this is where we get honest, and really think about it, and see what kind of vibe you’re bringing into your business. Now, very important point here. This is not to say that having a lower vibe and motion is bad or shouldn’t happen. Or if you do feel that way, your business is doomed and you should just quit right now. That is not at all what I am saying we all have our days or weeks or months, where we’re not feeling it. And that’s okay, where you’re you are in fear or doubt or overwhelm. That is okay, that is part of being a human. That does not mean that that is what you’re going to attract forever and you’re never going to get out of this spiral.
24:18
It is okay to have a variety of emotions. That is why I put in front of the word emotion, your dominant emotion because yes, I mean, I all the time have times when I’m overwhelmed or I do have doubt or I do have fear, but my dominant emotion when I think about all the time I spend working on my business and connecting with you and doing things in my business and creating content, my dominant emotion art isn’t those things. My dominant emotion is joy, and passion and happiness and love and excitement, those kinds of higher vibe things. And so what is it for you
25:00
And like I said, Trust me, I have been in the place where my dominant emotion was doubt
25:06
when my dominant emotion was fear, or where my dominant motion was overwhelmed, or unworthiness or all these things that we can feel as a business owner, and that is okay. And that is why we’re having this conversation, because now it is something that we have built awareness around. And that is so incredibly important. And now, the question, obviously, is, how do you change this? How do you quote unquote, raise your vibration? As I’m sure you have heard before?
25:39
The easy answer, change your thoughts. Now, is this easy? Absolutely. Not. Not even remotely? I think that is, again, one of the themes of this entire podcast now 170, something episodes in is how do we do that? What does that look like? What does that feel like? How is it even possible? And of course, the answer is yes. But getting back to that conversation that we had earlier, your thoughts stem from your beliefs. Now your beliefs are ingrained in your subconscious mind and have most likely been there, since you were a child. It takes consistent, ongoing work with a huge side of patience, to break them up and dissolve them and change your narrative, change your story, change your beliefs, see what you do want to believe versus what you don’t want to believe, and realizing that you have the power to decide that it doesn’t happen overnight. It is a process it is something that takes consistent attention, and awareness and action. I’ve been at this for six years, probably continuously, and I still do mindset work. Pretty much every day, I still write my journal, I still meditate, I still have those moments where my ego gets ahead of me. And I start buying into all those false stories. And then I have to bring myself out. That is normal. We have very deeply ingrained beliefs in our subconscious programming that do not go away overnight, or even in a year or five years, or 10 years. So this is where I want to continue doing these kinds of episodes, so that you can be reminded of the work that is a consistent practice. And when you make it a consistent practice, practice, what can and will change for you, like, literally, everything has the ability to change for you, all stemming from this work. So let me give you a few ideas of ways to get started in this whole change your thoughts thing, which is this huge, huge endeavor. But there are a few places to start, I’m going to sound like a broken record to those of you who have been listening to the podcast for a long time. But again, it’s a reminder, a little nudge for you to try these things or get back to doing them if you haven’t or just a refresher of what is and is not working for you. First of all, I’ve already said it, meditation is so important to doing this for a few reasons. First of all, it just gives you a break from that mental chatter from that ego voice that is the one that has these thoughts and then determines how you’re going to feel what emotions you’re going to have because of that thought. So just being able to quiet the mental chatter for a little bit and have a break makes such a big difference. And when you do that, then you also develop your ability to hear your intuition or your inner voice. And that is what then can come through. And if you’ve had that connection with yourself before, then you know that your inner voice is always really calm and really knowing and has that peace and e is. So your inner voice basically is always high vibe. So it allows you to connect with that piece of yourself with which instantly increases your vibration because your emotions change. Your thoughts change your thoughts come from a different place. And it’s that inner knowing that inner voice. So meditation, definitely. Next up is visualization. You guys know I’m all about the visualization, because your brain doesn’t know the difference between real and imagined. So if you create a situation that you want to have happen in your mind, then your mind doesn’t know whether you’re actually living that out or you’re just
30:00
Thinking it. And you’ll start thinking as if that’s your reality, which again, shifts your thoughts shifts in where your thoughts even come from. So the more that you can do it, it definitely takes repetition, to really get into that place where your mind is like, Yep, this is true. This is my truth. This is what’s going on, this is how I’m going to start to think. So that is where visualization comes in. That is one of my dominant mindset tools that I use pretty much daily, is I personally journal out my visualization, what I want to happen, what I see happening, my desired outcome for any and all areas of my life. And then I start thinking and acting in accordance to that. It’s amazing. And then it happens. So really love that you can do that, yes, by journaling, or also just getting into a meditative space. And just visualizing it in your mind’s eye is an option too.
31:08
Next, we have what I call working your way up the ladder. So that list I just shared with you have those emotions, and their frequencies, can you take where you’re at right now that emotion, that dominant emotion that’s playing out, and this doesn’t go for your overall life. But if right now you’re feeling overwhelmed, you have a moment where you’re feeling fear, or whatever. And you can notice that thought that’s driving that, can you change it just a little bit, you don’t have to go from like, fear to excitement or joy or happiness, that’s not going to happen. But if you take a baby, step up the ladder, and find a thought, that feels true to you, that’s a big piece, it has to feel true, you can’t fake a vibration, that is just a little higher in frequency. So if I’m scared that I will fail, maybe that could change into I don’t feel worthy of success, which we’re unworthiness is actually one step higher than fear.
32:25
So then in your you, while you’re still focused on, I don’t feel worthy of success, that actually shifts your vibration, from that place of fear. So obviously, the only way to do this is to remain aware of your thoughts. And that’s really what I want you to do anyway, because that’s what helps so much as being aware of what you’re thinking and how it feels and how that’s all playing out. It’s just like having taking your blinders off. And really seeing what’s going on, immediately. Makes it actionable, immediately gives you back your power. And that is what is really going on here. So with this working your way up the ladder, if you keep your awareness on your thoughts and how they feel for you, then you also recognize, hey, I have the ability to step into a different thought. And with that change my frequency. And then my last tip, of course, obviously, the number one thing is to take action, because nothing will squash your low vibe thoughts faster than getting out and doing the thing. Getting out improving it wrong. Yes, you’re you have fear. Yes, you feel unworthy. Yes, you are overwhelmed. Yes, you are disappointed all these things. But then what action can you take that feels different than that that goes against that? Yes, I’m scared, but I’m going to do it anyway. Yes, I’m overwhelmed, but I’m going to figure it out. Immediately, the frequency changes simply because you have committed to taking action. And even if you’re doing that action, with that underlying emotion behind you, it still has transmuted it, there still is another emotion there that brings up that frequency. So do the darn thing. Take action. That’s always my favorite tip because honestly, I see a lot of you being stuck in inaction. And I don’t want that for you because I know what’s on the other side of you going after what you want. So that’s why I always say that I always end every episode, like just do it. I promise it’s not as bad as you’re making it out in your head. But that will wrap it up that gives you some places to start. And really overall I just want these kinds of episodes to
35:00
A few reminders for you, and kind of bring you back to that awareness that really does help bring things to the surface and change things for you when you just can see what’s going on for you what you’re thinking, what you’re believing what you’re feeling, and how that’s all playing out. So that’s really the goal with these episodes. So just stay in that awareness. Stay with it. Do your meditations, do your visualizations, take action, and see if you can work your way up that ladder slowly. But surely, you cannot fake a vibration.
35:36
Alright, my friends. Until next time, take care. Hey, friend, real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun, super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kind of like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end. You can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is I’ll see you over there
Nov 9, 2022 | Unstuck Podcast
Let me clear the air from the start, I love learning and continued education. The conversation we’re going to have today is not about dismissing any of that. It’s about using this need to “learn more first” as a way to not take action towards your goals and desires while still feeling productive, allowing you to procrastinate on your dream business a little while longer and stay in that cozy comfort-zone of yours. Procrasti-learning is running rampant in the wellness space, and, in this episode, we’re going to talk about how you can move from learning to doing and make the business you REALLY want a reality. We’re gonna talk about how to do just that, so stay tuned!
“The key sign that you are procrasti-learning is that you are using learning as a substitute for taking action.” – Shawn Mynar
“There is always something new to learn but you learn something and then immediately apply it to your business or with your clients, that is what we’re looking for, learning and taking action.” – Shawn Mynar
“The reason that you are procrastinating and the reason that you’re using learning to procrastinate is based on a story you’re telling yourself… so the goal is to quiet that chatter so that you can move forward.” – Shawn Mynar
“Chunk those big action steps you saw yourself taking when you weren’t afraid, chunk them up into doable baby steps that you know you can take and still feel good.” – Shawn Mynar
“We’re focusing on those little steps, that one next step and then create a timeline to help you get through those.” – Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
Let me clear the air right from the start. I love learning and continued education. This conversation we’re about to have today is not dismissing any of that. Instead, it’s about using this need to learn more as a way to not take action towards your goals and desires, while still giving yourself that sense that you’re doing something that you’re being productive, which of course, allows you to procrastinate, procrastinate, learning is running rampant in the wellness and coaching space. And so in this episode, we’re gonna talk about how you can move from learning to doing and make the business you really want a reality. Let’s dive in. Hey, there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving, Freedom filled online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture. not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, Hey there friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur Podcast. I’m Shawn, your host on each and every episode. Thanks so much for being here. Appreciate you all so very much. Today, we’re talking about procrastinate learning, which I cannot take credit for. I wish I made up this word because it’s a great word. But this came from Denise Duffield Thomas and her book chill printer, which I believe has been retitled to chill and prosper. Either way, great book, I definitely recommend it, I think you will enjoy it. And she was the one that kind of came up with this word procrastinate learner. And I thought that it was perfect. And I know so many procrastinate learners, and I myself, at some point have been a procrastinator as well. So we’re going to talk specifically about that type of procrastination today. And I got to start by making it very, very clear that I am all for continued education, and learning. I myself, love learning, I’m constantly learning, I’m constantly in some sort, of course, or something, I got something going on. And I’ve said from like a very young age that I wish there was a career option, where you could just get paid to be a forever student, and go to school until you retire. Like if you could just be a constant learner. That would be for me, I would want that career, which I kind of in some way have made for myself in my business, which is great. So yes, I’m a huge nerd. And I love learning. And I actually am about to embark on a new giant learning opportunity here in a few weeks, which I’ll share more about in coming episodes. So I am one of you. If you are someone who likes to learn, we are all in this together. So this is not remotely a dig on learning or continuing your education or becoming more and more and more certified in your area of expertise. That’s not this. Instead, what we’re talking about today, is using that quote unquote need to learn as a substitute for taking action as essentially an excuse, if I may use that word, to not take action, to not put yourself out there to not do what you need to do to build this business that you want to build. That is what really puts you in the category of being a procrastinator learner, using learning to procrastinate.
4:20
We talk about procrastination on this show often because it is one of those main tricks that our egos play on us to keep us from building and growing the business that you want. And so I know if you feel like you are a procrastinator, which if you’re listening to this episode you might be then go back to Episode 159 And listen to that one too. It’s called turn procrastination into inspired action that kind of goes along with this episode today. So they go hand in hand, but procrastination comes in many forms. So in some people, it can look like busyness kind of like doing all this kind of behind the scenes, busy work, whether it be in like working on your business, or just doing life, stuff that makes it feel or seem like you’re busy. Instead of doing the things that actually move the needle. It can be like tinkering on your business with stuff like your website, and creating business cards and all these things that yet need to be done at some point. But are they really moving the needle? Or is that a way of procrastination, or you’re doing stuff like creating a bazillion freebies that you never actually talked about are put out into the world, you scroll social media, instead of actually posting on social media, you stare at a blinking cursor to write a blog that never actually comes to be because all you see is that blinking cursor. These are all forms of procrastination. But today, we’re going to zoom in even further and talk about one very specific way that we procrastinate, which really is just our egos way of trying to keep you safe and in your comfort zone. And that is by making it feel like we absolutely need to learn more before you take action. So you might be thinking, Shawn, do we really need an entire podcast episode about this? And my responses? Yes, we do. Because friends, this procrastinate learning situation is running rampant, especially in the space where most of you are finding yourself at right now. And that is that you are becoming or have become a coach or practitioner by way of getting training in the area that you want to work in. And yes, that is necessary learning. And it is understandable that you wouldn’t be like seeing clients before you’ve completed your training or anything like that. That is not what I would consider procrastinate learning if you are working to become certified, or get your credentials or anything like that. So this is also not what this conversation is about. I’m all for getting the training you need to do what you do. But then here you are with this training under your belt, you’re ready to do your thing, you’re ready to help people and you start taking a few clients and getting things going. And all this time you have your ego who is in your head, this little chatterbox in your head saying things like you don’t know enough to help these people. What if you get a client and you can’t help them. Really, if you just had one more certification, then you’d feel legit. The only reason you’re not feeling confident is because you need more training. And then once you have all this training, then you’ll be ready to show up on social media and start that podcast and create your own program and do all these things. All you need is more education, more learning, and then you’ll feel XYZ. So you’re having this internal battle with your ego voice, as we always do all day long. But then on top of that, you’re now in this place where you’re also becoming a business owner. And that requires a whole world of new things to learn. And way more opportunity, of course, for your ego to chime in. And now on top of everything. It’s already been saying, you also have this mental chatter that saying what if your business fails, you’re not smart enough to be an entrepreneur or to run a business? What if you set your business up wrong, and then you pay your taxes wrong, and then the IRS comes after you and you end up in jail? Or you don’t know enough yet to have a podcast? No one would listen to you? Or what’s the point of creating content right now,
9:07
you don’t know what you’re talking about. So then we have these kinds of voices, which very much sound like impostor syndrome, which we talk about a lot here on the show as well. And so for most of you listening, you do have a lot of these voices going on right now, especially in this period of becoming a coach becoming a practitioner, and also becoming a business owner. And when you’re in this season of becoming, whether it’s one or the other or both, then what comes with that usually fear, of course, something you’ve never done before you’re entering new territory, and anytime that is the case for any of us as humans. We have this sense of fear we have a fear of failure a fear of success. Fear of visibility, fear of being a fraud, fear of being a disappointment, fear of being judged, fear of overwhelming yourself, fear of getting and being uncomfortable. Of course, your ego then senses this fear, and goes into overdrive to keep you from ever having to experience any of those things. Remember your ego as much as sometimes it gets us into a place where we don’t want to be, the whole goal is to keep you safe. The whole goal of that mental chatter, have that voice in your head that’s really keeping you from doing what you actually want to be doing. In a lot of cases, it’s all in an effort to keep you safe. And when you feel these experiences of fear, that is, when the ego triggers and gets into this place of, nope, let’s just do something else. So that we don’t have to experience that whether it’s actually going to happen or not, let’s just stay where it’s safe and not go there. So logic comes to the rescue and says, hey, well, then if you just learn more about x, y, z, then you’ll be able to avoid those fears. And you easily go along with that plan. Because, you know, even if you hated school, and you don’t really like to learn that much, it still feels productive. So it feels like a good use of your time. And not like what it actually is, which is procrastination. So it’s a lot easier to accept this idea of procrastinate learning for a lot of people, because on the surface, it looks like an X like and feels like being productive, and working towards your dreams, and goals and plans. But in reality, it’s actually hindering you from getting there, because you’re doing that instead of that action that moves the needle. And that’s really where the difference comes in. The key sign that you are procrastinate learning is that you are using learning as a substitute for taking action. So you’re reading books, you’re signing up for courses, you’re taking classes, you’re getting additional certifications, all that learning stuff. Instead of things like launching your paid offer, increasing your visibility, implementing your marketing plan, starting and staying consistent in your content creation, those kinds of things that move the needle in your business. It is not, you are learning so you’re reading the books, and you’re taking the courses and getting additional certifications, in addition to all these things, or while also working on these things in your business. So getting more visible, starting that podcast, creating your paid offer, those kinds of things. That is where the difference comes in. Because,
13:12
you know, as I said, I’m constantly learning, I think I have been in some sort, of course, or program since the day I started my business pretty consistently. But I’m also still building my business, I’m not doing it instead of or in place of I am learning and taking action at the same time. And this even goes back to when I was getting certified to be a nutritionist through the NTA. While I was getting certified. I was also writing blog posts about what I had learned what I was learning, it was kind of a way for me to retain the information I was learning was to write about it. And so I just decided to write it as a blog post and put it up on my website. And as I’ve mentioned before, those blog posts are still some of the most popular blog posts on my website today. And this was seven years ago, I think maybe now almost eight years ago. So I did that while still going through the learning process and getting certified. I also started the nourished podcast with my friend Meg doll, when I was still a few months away from being officially certified as nutritionist. So while I wasn’t taking clients before I was certified, which I would never do, I was still working on building my business, building my audience, sharing what I was learning and what I now knew, and sharing my own experiences too. And that was really powerful so that when I was ready to start taking clients, I had people who wanted to work with me. And so you can still be doing this stuff if you are still in this place where you’re getting certified and not ready to take clients yet There’s still plenty that you can do to start building momentum in your business. Okay, so that is what procrastinate learning really means or looks like. So then on the other hand, what is a good form of learning as a business owner, and this we will call active learning, which is learning something. And as a business owner and as a coach or practitioner, I think we all can agree, there is always something new to learn, it is never ending, but you learn something, and then immediately apply it to your business or with your clients. That is what we’re looking for. We’re looking for learning and taking action, learning and taking action. And I mentioned this a learning opportunity, big situation I’m getting myself into here in a few weeks. In that scenario, I am going to be learning and then immediately applying that to my business, like literally one module, go through it, take what I learned, apply it into my business, second module, learn, apply, learn, apply. And this is also what I do in all of my programs to for you guys. Like signature program, lab launch list accelerator, they are action based programs. So you watch a lesson, you use the tools and resources that I have for you. And you immediately go do it in your business with the intent and really the knowing that it is actively moving you forward in your business, we are moving the needle. That is my whole goal in how I help you. So if you’ve been caught in this procrastinate learning cycle, then welcome to The Club. I see you I feel you I think we probably have all been there a time or two. And that is okay. But then also, how can we transition into an active learning cycle and hopefully stay there. As you may have guessed, this is really primarily mindset work. Because the reason that you are procrastinating, and the reason that you’re using learning to procrastinate is based on a story, you’re telling yourself a limiting belief you have that your ego has grabbed on to and started really chattering about over and over and over with you and making up all these excuses and reasons that you can’t move forward, you can’t get out of your comfort zone. So the goal then really is to quiet that chatter so that you can move forward so that you can become an active learner where you’re learning and doing not learning instead of doing. So, first step, what layers are underneath that procrastination, there is a fear there at least one probably a lot of fears underneath. And your goal is to remove those layers so that you can really get to the heart of the matter. What is your ego saying that’s keeping you from taking action that’s keeping you in this place of procrastination. Of course, as I always say, building awareness around it and bringing it to the surface is absolutely critical. Because it is super easy for us to just believe the mental chatter that really loud voice in our heads, and never give it a second thought. But once you kind of turn the table and put awareness onto that voice, that chatter that’s going on, and see what it’s really saying. And then get curious about why it’s saying that, why is it keeping you from taking action, then there comes this level of honesty, about your fears about what you’re really scared of or worried will happen. And with that comes this whole new level of understanding that actually makes you able to do something about it. It’s like you have to bring attention to it and awareness to it in order to do something about it. So that’s the first step. Just get curious. And as I always say, I think writing about this writing it out is super helpful. So if you’re open to it, grab a journal, grab a few pieces of paper and just write out like where is this procrastination coming from? What fears come up when you think about taking action, and get that out? Now Next, what would you do if you didn’t have that fear? So if the fear of being visible if the fear of failure didn’t exist for you, what would you do? How would you act? What would it look like? If you were taking action without fear? I want you to create an entire scenario for yourself. Again, this is where writing it out. And being able to visualize it, as you write it out really helps.
20:32
How does it feel when you’re not procrastinating? So as you create this scenario, where you don’t have these fears, and you can just go do whatever you want, you don’t have to worry, you know, it’s going to be a success, you know, everything is going to work out in your favor. So you have this whole scenario, and hopefully you’re visualizing it at this point, whether you’re writing it out, or just thinking about it doesn’t matter. But then once you’re there, how does it feel, to not procrastinate? How does it feel, to make progress and to take action and to get the ball rolling and to see those results in your business, get to the point where you can feel that. Now the next step is to take that scenario where you have visualized yourself without any fear, going after what you want, and chunk that into real action steps that you can take. So you having this vision of you going after your dreams, without hesitation without procrastination, without fear is not only now possible, it’s probable, you made it a probable reality for yourself. So now that you know it’s there, what can you do to get yourself there without reigniting that sense of fear, which happens by taking it step by step, creating those baby steps. And then committing to doing them creating a timeline to do those baby steps. So very little doing happens without some sort of timeline, a commitment, an organizational plan, a calendar, something that helps you stay organized and on track and committed to making it happen. So chunk, those big action steps you saw yourself taking when you weren’t afraid, chunk them up into doable baby steps that you know, you can take and still feel good. So one at a time, we’re not focusing on the entire thing anymore. We’re just focusing on those little steps that one next step, and then create a timeline to help you get through those. Now, as you do those steps, and you’re going through and you’re doing them and you’re checking off the boxes, you’re making progress, I want you to stay in that feeling that you had when you visualize yourself, not procrastinating. I mean, that could have been a sense of pride of accomplishment, you could have felt joy, you could have felt determined or excited, all of the above, whatever it is, it doesn’t matter. Stay in that feeling as you tick off the boxes of these little baby steps you’re doing. And if you notice that fear creeping in that ego voice, getting louder and starting to chatter, again, acknowledge it for what it is, which is just a voice in your head, that you get to decide whether you listen to or not. And continue to stay active, go back to those baby steps, go back to that visual of you. Taking action, feeling good about taking action, go back to that place and move from there. That is how you can stay in this place of action instead of staying stalled. Now let’s talk specifically as it relates to learning. Since we’re talking about progressive learning today. Yes, there are going to be all kinds of learning opportunities in your lifetime, and are all for all of us, right? Of course. So the first thing I want you to do understand if it’s an active learning situation. So are you going to be learning and doing at the same time? Is there going to be this situation where you’re learning so that you can do and you kind of are doing both in tandem? And then by the end of that learning situation? Will you have actively done something that has gotten you significantly closer to your goals and dreams and desires
24:59
and If it is an active learning situation cool, it’s amazing. Go for it. If it’s something you actually really want. Second, if it’s not an active learning situation, say for instance, it’s like a new certification or credential in your area of expertise. It’s like in those situations, you’re learning things that will potentially enhance what you can do for people or what you can offer people. But it’s not actively moving the needle in your business, right than in there, like not making you more money on the spot or getting you more visibility or getting you more a bigger audience or anything like that. So obviously, this continuing education is important and potentially a good opportunity. Although these days, I feel like there’s a lot of weird certifications and credentials out there. So be aware of that. And that could be an episode in itself someday. But the process of a getting that certification is an actively moving your business. So then what action can you commit to while in this place of learning? And I understand it may feel overwhelming, like I can’t get both this certification and work on my business. And that’s understandable to what’s more important. Do you need this certification in order to have a business or build a business or get clients? Or is it a situation where, you know, once you have your business going a little more established, and you have these things running on autopilot in the background, because you’ve taken the time to set them all up, then you have the time to get this extra credential. And your business is also growing at the same time. So there’s that to think about as well. But if you’re in this learning situation, where what you’re learning isn’t actively being applied to build your business immediately, then what can you do to take action while you’re learning? Maybe you commit to creating and growing a podcast, while you learn and putting out weekly episodes, maybe you’ll take five clients a month, while you’re learning, maybe you’ll build out your program while you’re learning so you can launch it as soon as you’re done. There is a place to do both and, and as I mentioned, in my scenario, it actually helped me solidify what I was learning to create content around what I was learning as I went. So maybe that’s something that you can consider doing as well. But in any case, this way, you’re not subconsciously using your learning opportunity as a way to not take action, if you commit to doing that learning while also doing something in your business. And of course, making sure that something is valuable, and needle moving and getting you one step or 20 steps closer to your goals and desires and dreams. That’s the whole purpose. I just don’t want you to procrastinate on your dreams, because you deserve to have those dreams be your reality. And that darn ego needs to get out of the way so that we can make it happen, right. And so if you are someone who finds yourself in this place of procrastinate learning, I hope you now have some steps that you can take I do want you to take that seriously and get out that journal and see what comes up for you. Super, super important powerful work for really everyone. But especially if you find yourself in this place of procrastination can really start opening more doors for you doors of action for you will say so let me know if you give it a try. And if you have any questions you can reach out to me on Instagram at Shawn Mynar or send me a DM I love hearing from you guys. And if you are someone who wants to help taking action in your business, by way of creating your signature program, building your email list, setting it up all on autopilot so that it creates more time and space for you. Then that’s all available for you inside the signature program bundle. It is an active learning situation. Hey, look
29:29
at that how amazing. You learn and do learn and do learn and do. That’s how I create all of my courses and programs. We are coming up on a big, big, big massive opportunity to get in on the signature program bundle. Like really, really soon, especially if you’re listening to this when it airs. Look for an email from me coming this week with a big announcement for you. And if you don’t see it, check your junk folder because it might be in there but we have Really exciting news coming super soon. So be on the lookout for that if you do want to start creating your signature program, getting your email list all squared away and making sure the right people are on it, making sure you have a really good system in place to actually sell your program, all that good stuff. So that is coming to you soon. And until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here. And if you’re a coach or practitioner who’s looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don’t want to miss. Right now. I’m hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs have my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I’m now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I’m just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don’t have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it. Which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you’re at in your business today. So if you’re like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people they’re meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there’s a seat with your name on it inside my burnout proof your business masterclass. In just one hour, you’re going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever, and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You’ll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You’ll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can’t wait to enroll in your program once it’s ready. Even if right now you’re starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it’s gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can’t wait to see you there. Hey, friend real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kind of like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end. You can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur what your type is I’ll see you over there
Nov 2, 2022 | Unstuck Podcast
I know you know this but let me remind you of something. Your product or service isn’t going to sell itself. I mean, I think we all wish that weren’t the case and we could just slap something up on our website and have people throwing money at us. But clearly that’s not reality. So, it’s not enough to just have a product or service for sale in order to make sales. You need an offer – a solid, desirable environment for your paid product or service. In this episode, we’re going to talk about the 6 ingredients of an offer to make more sells without feeling “salesy.”
“You’re not pushing anyone on anything or even persuading, really. All it is, when you are in the position of having something to sell and creating an offer around it, you are helping someone make the best decision for them.” – Shawn Mynar
“Without a good offer, people will allow themselves to stay stuck in indecisions for a really really long time.” – Shawn Mynar
“The people who don’t need or want what you have to offer aren’t gonna be interested anyway, no matter what.” – Shawn Mynar
“You need to get compensated properly for your work. Please do not forget that, please make that a priority. Your paying clients also need to feel like they’re getting a good deal for the value of whatever that is. They can and does exist.” – Shawn Mynar
Signature Program Bundle Scholarship – shawnmynar.com/scholarship
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
I know you already know this, but let me remind you of something, your product or service isn’t going to sell itself. I mean, I think we all wish that weren’t the case. And we could just slap something up on our website and have people throwing money at us. But clearly, that’s not reality. So it’s not enough to just have that product or service for sale. In order to make those sales. You need an offer a solid, desirable environment for your paid product or service. In this episode, we’re going to break down the six ingredients of an offer that will have you making more sales without feeling salesy. So stay tuned. Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business way work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome
1:30
back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here checking out the show. And checking out a pretty big topic or really important discussion that we need to have today, all about the offer that backs up your product or service or just having that thing that people pay you for. That is probably the livelihood of your business isn’t enough, we need something more something out. So we’re gonna get into that today. I do want to let you know of something, I’m giving you a little behind the scenes scoop here. Right now, we have a super exciting thing happening. Next week, I am going to be hosting a scholarship contest. That will be a scholarship into the signature program bundle a full scholarship. So one person is going to get immediate and lifetime access to the entire bundle for free on scholarship. And that bundle, as many of you already know includes three of my programs, all bundled up into one comprehensive system. So we have signature program Lab, which will take you through the process of building your very own signature program so you can do what you love, help the people that you’re meant to help. And also create that free time, that flexibility and that ability to build financial success for your business and in your life. So that is signature program lab. Then we have launch list accelerator, which helps you attract an email list. So you’re building your email list full of these perfect fit the perfect match clientele for what you do for your program so that when it comes time to launch your program, you already have an audience full of people that are ready to work with you. So you go through the process of creating this system on the back end that Prime’s your dream clients and gets them warmed up and ready to work with you on autopilot. So that is all happening automatically while you are working on your program, hanging out enjoying life doing what you do, you are also building an audience at the same time. So that’s the second of the programs and then the third program it’s a it’s actually a course non sleazy sales page. This is all about the sales page because hey, you cannot sell something without a sales page. And this kind of goes into the our conversation today a little bit not that we’re talking about sales pages, but just the environment that you need to create for your people to become paying clients. That includes a really well thought out sales page. So I’m going to make it as easy as I possibly can for you to build that sales page without me going in and building it and designing it myself. Basically, we’ll take it one step down from that and I will give you every tool that you need to create a high converting feel good sales page for your program, so that you or audience has the opportunity to learn more about what you do and if it’s the right thing for them without giving any used car salesman vibes, we don’t need that. And what we’re going to talk about today, everything we talked about today is going to land on your sales page, what you will create what you will decide on today in your offer, the place to showcase that is on your sales page. And we go over all that throughout the bundle and make sure you know what you’re putting on your sales page, too. So those are the three things that are involved in the signature program bundle. And like I said, someone’s gonna get in for free. As you can tell, this is a super high value scholarship. This is a once in a lifetime opportunity that will change your life, it will change your business. So it’s fun, and it’s exciting. And I’m excited to host it. And I will also tell you that this is a contest that doesn’t have any losers. So if you have ever wanted your own signature program, if you’ve ever needed help and support in building your paid offer as a program, but then also building your email list, building your audience creating all of the back end stuff that can happen and should be happening automatically. So it doesn’t take extra time from you. If that has all been something on your to do list on your plate, and you haven’t gotten there yet, you want to definitely get involved with this scholarship opportunity. Because like I said, even if you don’t win the scholarship, there is no losers. So we’re going to make sure everyone goes home a winner. I was actually just going to tease this. But now I’m just thinking, I’m just going to tell you because I love my podcast listeners so much. I’m gonna give you first dibs, because this wasn’t even supposed it won’t even be opening until next week. But I’m going to open it early just for podcast listeners, those of you hearing these words right now, you can go to Shawnmynar.com/scholarship, and enter your info to register. And I will be picking the winner next Thursday. So really quick turnaround. And like I said, lots of other really great things happening next week to everyone that registers to be part of the scholarship opportunity. So get in on that, do it as soon as you can, because it’s going to be quick. Now let’s talk about your offer. And we got to start this conversation talking about the difference between your product or service, that thing that you’re selling, and your offer, they are not the same your offer is not that course you have or your program that is your product. Or if you do one on one coaching, that is your service. But you still also need an offer. So you have that thing to sell one on one coaching package, paid masterclass ebook, program, whatever.
8:09
And it is not enough to then say, Hey, I have this thing go sign up, it’s really great, you should totally get it without an offer. That’s basically what you’re doing, you’re putting it up on your website and like crossing your fingers hoping someone will find it and click purchase. Instead, we need to create an environment around that product or service that makes it appealing and desirable to your potential paying clients to help them make their buying decision. So I kind of always have thought about that just pops up in my brain to think about it like this. There’s this bubble that is your product or service, that thing that you are selling. And it is inside this bigger bubble that is your offer. And then there’s all these other little bubbles inside that big bubble along with your product or service. And they’re all kind of floating around encompassed by this big bubble, which is your offer. So today we’re going to find out what those other bubbles are, besides your product or service. Offers are everywhere. So I think it’s actually really a good exercise for you to do as a business owner to look at other people’s offers and just see how they’re doing it. And I don’t even necessarily mean people in your industry, although that would be great to mentors, peers, people you look up to and what they’re doing and when what seems to be working or not working for them. But even just in life. Like for instance this is just an example that popped up in my head because it really works in my world. So here, we have kind of like a fast casual restaurant called Modern market. They’re in a lot of places, they’re pretty big now, but I believe it started here, actually. So we’ve had it here for a long time. And every once in a while, they will have a weekend where they offer free delivery. So this is super appealing to me, because first of all, I like their food, if you ever want a big giant salad, they have amazing big giant salads highly recommend. I like their food, and I also really value not having to leave my house to get their food delivered. And so when it’s free, it’s like how can I pass up that opportunity. And then it’s only that weekend. So that means any plans I had to go to another restaurant are canceled that weekend, because we’re staying in, and we’re ordering modern market and getting it delivered for free. So they have created this really awesome offer that I can’t resist, it’s really appealing to me, who is their target market. Now, if this were a this were McDonald’s, that was offering free delivery, I wouldn’t even it would not even be in my consciousness, I wouldn’t give it any attention. I wouldn’t think twice about it, it wouldn’t happen. I don’t like McDonald’s. But since modern market is already something I want, and I need I need to eat. I like big salads, I like their big salads, then it really sparks my interest sparked my curiosity. And I say heck yes, I’m in. So you can see too from this example, that their food is their product. The offer is the environment that creates the desire for that product. So that’s just one example. But there’s so so many. So now let’s take it back to your business, you will have or want to have a product or service to sell. And on its own, it’s great, it’s going to help a bunch of people, it’s going to take them through a transformation, all the good stuff, you are proud of what you have to offer. And you should be. So some people, actually a lot of people, and that’s why we’re having this conversation on this episode today. Stop there, they just think that that is all that’s needed to, you know, create income to get sales to get new clients. And they put it out there just as is like, like I said, Hey, here’s the thing, you should buy it, it’s great, I promise, let’s do this.
12:48
And some people might buy that just as it is, but probably not very many and probably not enough to hit your revenue goals if I’m being totally honest. But if you were to take that product or service that you already have, and put it into a desirable offer, then you get a lot more attention and a lot more buyers. And what’s even better is that it makes your job of selling so much easier. Because your offer then is doing all of the work doing all the heavy lifting. And you can just sit back and be there to offer support and answer your questions and to just communicate what your offer is. So it actually becomes a lot easier when you have a solid offer. So let’s talk about these ingredients. And we got to back it up a little bit first, actually, because we can’t talk about offers without first talking about consumer behavior. And consumer behavior is a whole study it is based in psychology, it’s based in science. And it looks at why and how and what makes people buy something all of us as consumers. And let me say that talking about having an offer and the ingredients of this offer is not talking about convincing someone of anything that is not ever what you are doing. As someone who has something to sell. You’re not trying to convince anyone of anything. You’re not pushing anyone on anything, or even persuading really, all it is when you are in the position of having something to sell and creating an offer around it. You are helping someone make the best decision for them. And for a lot of people that decision is no not right now. Now’s not a good time. This isn’t the right fit for me. I don’t need this yet. Cool. That’s awesome. Let me know if anything changes. I’ll be here For some people, it will be, yeah, this is this is what I need, I’m ready, let’s do this. And that’s what your offer is there to do to get people on one end or the other. Because really without a good offer, people will allow themselves to stay stuck in indecision for a really, really, really long time. Because as we know, we have this voice, this ego voice that wants us to stay in our comfort zone wants to keep us safe, let’s just stay in the safety bubble here where nothing can go wrong. And there is no risk, there is no fear, all that stuff, so they just stay stuck on autopilot. There’s nothing guiding them out of that. So they just stay where they are. And we all know because we’re coaches and practitioners and service providers that where they are is not where they want to be, they have a problem that they want solved. And that’s why they are seeking you out in the first place. So your offer is there to help them get their ego out of the way that mental chatter that’s keeping them from making a decision from taking the next step from moving forward from getting out of their comfort zone. And getting them into a place where they can more so use their intuition, their knowing to take the next step to help solve that problem that they’re having. It is not trying to get someone to buy something they don’t need or want now that is salesy, and sleazy, and pushy and weird, to be quite honest. So we’re not going to do that I already know that you guys aren’t that type of person, you’re not going to do that. This is not you on late night TV, trying to get people to buy a ShamWow that is not the kind of people that we are. And that’s not what you are doing when you create an offer for your program. So there is no need to feel sleazy, sleazy or salesy or weird or anything like that about your offer. And one other important thing to know is the people who don’t need or want, what you have to offer aren’t going to be interested anyway, no matter what it’s like, going back to the example I gave about McDonald’s, McDonald’s could tell me that they’re giving away hamburgers for free, and I still wouldn’t want one, I still wouldn’t get one, I have no interest, because I don’t need or want it. So there is no way that McDonald’s could convince me to do it, buy anything with them, I’m not their customer, I don’t like it, I don’t need it, I don’t want it. And the same thing goes for people who are not interested in what you have to offer. So again, there is no need to feel like you are convincing someone of anything or being salesy of anything, because those people are probably not even following you to be honest, or not even in your audience, or not even anything you have to worry about because they’re not paying attention. They’re tuned out, which is totally fine. We want to chat with the people who are interested, and let them know of our offer. Because those are the people who are in indecision and may have that ego voice being the thing that’s stopping them, and may just need that guide that guidance to get them out of that space and taking the step that they actually need. Okay, so I hope if I put it into that context, and give you a little different frame of reference to think about this, you’ll be more excited and ready to create an offer for you for your business. So back to consumer behavior. We, as consumers behave in certain ways, all of us, like I said, this is based in psychology, there is tons and tons and tons of research around it. It’s actually really fascinating. And lots of really great books around it, all that stuff. We’re not going to get into that totally today, because honestly, I think that would be a whole nother episode. That would be really, really interesting and really fun to do. So we’ll do that. But I do want to point out some things that will help in this process, and it’s not fluff. It is super, super important for you to know, as a business owner. All right, a couple things. First of all, we want a good deal. Who doesn’t want a good deal. It doesn’t matter how much money you do or don’t have. Everyone loves a good deal. We like to think that we’re saving money. That’s fun for everyone. So that is just concern. member behavior, we like getting a lot of value for our money. So squeezing our dollar, I guess you could say, we want to feel like we’re getting something special or unique. And we have FOMO, we don’t want to miss out on that good deal or that something special. On the other end, we want to avoid risk. We don’t want to have any doubts or any buyer’s remorse. And at the end of the day, our buying decision is easy to make, if it’s something that we know, we need, and will help us in some way. So those are some key takeaways about consumer behavior. That is pretty universal. I mean, obviously, there’s always one offs. But for the most part, we all tend to behave in similar ways, which is really fascinating. But it also makes it pretty easy to create an offer that will be enticing to most of your clients, most of your dream clients. So your offer is going to be designed around these things, knowing these things about how most consumers think and act, which means your offer and needs to increase desire, make it seem really super special, and irresistible and exciting and unique. It needs to increase the knowing so that knowing that it’s right for them, it’s the best thing for them, it’s going to help them, it’s going to get what they want, it’s going to create FOMO. So obviously, what needs to happen for people to feel like they’re missing out on something special, or a really good deal, or a good value. It’s going to reduce doubt, and reduce fear. So that is what your offer does from this consumer behavior perspective. So you can see, this is like pretty big stuff. This is not just like throwing spaghetti at the wall. Although, you know, all offers will take a little bit of trial and error to see what sticks and what doesn’t. But it’s it really does require some thought and is not just willy nilly, let’s just throw some things in and call it good. I want you to really think about this and see what would be best for your audience. Now, here we are, at our ingredients, six ingredients to a solid offer. The first one is the transformation. So this is the whole point of your product or service. This is what your product or service will help them achieve. It’s the promise. And if you’ve done messaging work for your paid offer, which you know, I talk about messaging work a ton and lots of episodes of unstuck entrepreneur now and I have it in every single one of my courses that will help you will guide you through the process of doing messaging work. But if you’ve done that, then your transformation, you already have it, it’s in there. So even if you haven’t thought about it intentionally, just in this way about your offer, it does already exist, you’ve already figured it out in that messaging work. Okay. So for example, just to give you an idea of what a transformation would be, if you’re a mindset coach, let’s say the transformation could be to release limiting beliefs that are holding you back from living your best life. So the promise of your service or your program or your course, is that your clients will release the limiting beliefs that are holding them back. That’s the promise. That’s the transformation that will happen. Number two, the second ingredient is the journey. So the journey is the path that you will take them on to get them there. So that point A to point B, again, that’s part of your messaging work. You already know this, if you’ve done that work for your paid offer, which everyone should definitely take the time to do. It makes all the difference in the world. The journey is that point A to point B. If you have a program, then this would be where you’re outlining the steps that your clients will go through or the modules in that program. In the case of this mindset coach could be like outlining the specific mindset tools and practices that you would take your clients through and how or why they will help them release their beliefs. So it’s the journey What is your journey that you are offering people. Next we have the price. That is obviously, the price of your product, or service, which is so much more so much deeper than just picking a number and slapping a price tag on it. It is about creating an environment that showcases the value that they will get the importance of the transformation that you are going to provide. It takes into account the commitment level of you and your clients. There’s a lot that goes into pricing. And when we look at consumer behavior, it is important to know as well, that we all associate a certain level of value to certain price points. So it’s never automatically the case that the lower your price, the more sales you’ll get. Because the lower your price, the less value is perceived from the buyers perspective. And if that doesn’t match up with like how important the transformation is, how painful their problem is right now, then it won’t be a match and they won’t buy. And in fact, it’s often the opposite, especially for service based businesses, because people have these specific problems that are like a big pain point for them. And they expect they really want a high level of service, they want that problem resolved. And that comes with a high level of value in their mind, and they’re expecting a price tag to match. And they’re actually seeking that out. So again, just a lot more to the pricing story than just like picking a number and rolling with it. And not to mention, there’s also, this is kind of a point in business where a lot of money mindset work comes into play. Because you start putting your money blocks and beliefs into your pricing strategy, you start trying to figure out what people can afford. And that’s not a good way to select a price. And there’s just all kinds of other stories that come into play about your worth and your value and all this stuff. So quite often there is some money mindset work to do. Also when it comes time to set a price for your product or service. But a couple important things you need to get compensated properly for your work, please do not forget that. Please make that a priority. Your paying clients also need to feel like they’re getting a good deal for the value of whatever that is. And yes, both can exist, you can and should be properly compensated. And also you they can feel like they’re getting a good deal. It can and does exist. Okay, let’s move on to talk about bonuses. This is number four. I believe bonuses are great because they’re so appealing, like Who doesn’t love a good bonus. And you can and should be attaching a bonus to everything that you have to offer. So even if you’re doing like coaching packages, the one on one clients that sign up with you should get a bonus and make that part of the package, you know, something they get as a special signup bonus. If you have a course or program, you’ll definitely want bonuses attached to that for sure. Who doesn’t love a good bonus? We all do. Right? They’re so appealing. They add such immense value, and they increase desire very easily. I always have people telling me that they bought my entire program just for the bonuses. And they don’t have to be big either to get that reaction. They just need to be valuable to your people, specifically to those dream clients of yours. So for example, the fate my favorite bonus that I have going on right now for the signature program bundle are the email scripts, because I know that my people, which are pretty much you guys, I know that for the most part, you don’t have the time or desire to write a bunch of emails. You don’t know what to say quite often because for a lot of you, it’s your first time ever writing sales emails. So that’s kind of new territory and can feel a little awkward and can definitely lead to some writer’s block if you’ve never done it before. So I took out all the guesswork and included 15 pre written emails for everyone in the signature program bundle as a bonus so super appealing for my people because it takes out the guesswork saves like a week’s like literally a full week working full time worth of work. And so really valuable to most of you, right to have that done for you. So that is something that didn’t take me long to do isn’t like this major thing, but it’s so valuable to the right people. So take the time to think about what that could be for your dream clients. And I do have a really good strategy on how to decide what to include as a bonus beyond just what is valuable to them inside signature program lab. So we can work on that together as well.
30:40
Number five, the safety net. So the safety net is really there to reduce the doubt and fear, which like I said, it’s one of those things that consumer behavior studies show we need to account for. This is something like a refund policy, or a guarantee, something like that, that makes your clients feel like it’s a low risk, high reward situation. And as soon as we’ve reduced that risk, then you have them pulling out their credit card and ready to pay. I think this is especially important if you have an online business, because in a lot of cases, your paying clients haven’t met you in real life, they don’t personally know you, your product is potentially digital. So there’s more risk involved than just someone walking into a store and walking out with the thing that they just paid for in their hands, there’s more, that’s a very low risk, right? You have it in your hands with a digital project product and working with an online business, that risk is increased, because they don’t really know what they’re getting as soon as that purchase goes through. So having that guarantee or refund policy is really important. But on the other hand, it is also important that your work is protected as an online business, especially, because all of it probably is digital, a lot of it is knowledge based. And you want to make sure that you are protected and covered as well. So think about all of this as you’re creating your refund policy or your guarantee or whatever you want to use to have as that safety net for your clients. Once you have that and really think about it intentionally. And to be fair to both people that also make sure that you have written documentation of it. And that it is part of your terms and conditions that people are opting into as they purchase. So if you have a refund policy, you want to make sure that refund policy is stated in your terms and conditions, or as part of your contract or whatever it is that they sign off on and agree to as part of the purchasing process. And again, all of that is covered. And I have a template for you to work with inside of signature program lab. All right, last one, number six, deadlines and limits which I kind of grouped into the same thing because they’re pretty similar. Because the main goal of this is to create FOMO, none of us like FOMO, that fear of missing out. And that goes in the buying decision as well. So if something is going away, or has the possibility of selling out, people are more likely to buy it. You can do this by having a launch that ends at a specific date. Having special pricing or a coupon code that only works for a specific amount of time, having a certain number of spots available for your coaching or in your programs, having bonuses expire, that kind of thing creates FOMO. So you’re creating a deadline for you know specific pricing or for doors to close or for bonuses to expire, or you’re adding a limit. So a certain number of people or certain number of enrollees or people in the group or whatever. Those are your options there. And again, this goes with that idea that we’re creating an argument against the ego, that voice in the head of your clients because we all have these voices anytime we’re making buying decisions that saying don’t do it, let’s stay stave, we don’t need that. That sounds scary. What if it doesn’t work? What if I’m not ready, all that stuff and some of that may be true. And then you can make the buying decision or your clients can make the buying decision from there. But if there are these other things that make it a little more irresistible, a little more enticing, then your intuition your own voice, your inner voice has the opportunity to really be brought to the forefront and to decide from that place. And it’s like, hey, no, this is a really great opportunity. Yes, this is what I want. This just made it that much more appealing.
35:29
I’m in, I’m not listening to my ego. So you can think about it that way, when deciding on what to include to create a little bit of FOMO. So those are the six ingredients to make more sales without selling, quote, unquote, selling. I hope you can see, though, really, when you think about it, how much more enticing and intriguing, your product or service will be with all of these ingredients included, versus just saying, here’s this thing I have go buy it like that isn’t enticing or appealing to anybody. But you add in the bonuses, you add in the deadline, you add in the safety net, the you know the guarantee or the refund policy, you really talk to that transformation in that journey and really showcase that. And you have decided on the price that is best for everyone that really shows the value of what you’re offering, then we have something different going on here. So as I also have mentioned a few times there is an entire module within signature program lab that helps you create your offer around your program. So if you need help with any of this, if you’re struggling to make these decisions on your own, I am here to help. I have it all laid out for you, I will make it as easy for you as possible. And that is available inside the bundle, which like I said, someone’s going to win next week full scholarship, don’t miss out on this opportunity. I’m going to be doing it once a year only. So the next opportunity is going to happen November 2023. And that is way too long. So make sure like I said you get first dibs Shawn mynar.com/scholarship to register to win the scholarship. And with that, until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you’re a coach or practitioner who’s looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don’t want to miss. Right now. I’m hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create there’s I’m now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I’m just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don’t have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it. Which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you’re at in your business today. So if you’re like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business that helps the people their mental health without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there’s a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you’re gonna learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever, and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You’ll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You’ll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can’t wait to enroll in your program once it’s ready. Even if right now you’re starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it’s gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can’t wait to see you there. Hey, You friend real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type.
40:08
I’ve created a super fun, super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary, or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kind of like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end, you can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur, what your type is, I’ll see you over there.
Oct 26, 2022 | Unstuck Podcast
For the past 5 years, I’ve had over 20 streams of income in my online business with all but one of them being passive. To say I am a BIG fan of this business model is a complete understatement. And it’s interesting to me because I don’t see enough business owners take advantage of all the income opportunities at their finger tips. I’m here to change that! In this episode, I’m going to take you behind the scenes of my business and share more about each one of these income streams and give you 10 passive income ideas that you can add to your business. Stay tuned!
“Once you are confident with your niche, guess what else you are gonna be confident in? Everything.” – Shawn Mynar
“You don’t have to wait for your business to get bigger or for you to have had more clients, these passive income are stuff that you can do right now.” – Shawn Mynar
“Stop waiting and start doing.” – Shawn Mynar
“Passive income is something that builds over time but you gotta get started now and really get clear and intentional about what you’re doing and what you’re building now.” – Shawn Mynar
Niche Confident Class – shawnmynar.com/niche
Signature Program Bundle – shawnmynar.com/bundle
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
For the past five years, I’ve had over 20 streams of income in my online wellness business with all but one of those streams being passive. To say I am a big fan of this business model is a complete understatement. And what’s interesting to me is I don’t see enough business owners taking advantage of all the income opportunities they have at their fingertips. So I am here to change that. In this episode, I’m going to take you behind the scenes of my business and share more about each one of those income streams plus give you 10 passive income ideas that you can add to your business, too. So stay tuned. Hey there, I’m Shawn miner, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where you work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session. Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So happy to have you here chatting all about passive income. This is like such a big topic in the online business space. And just kind of almost like this buzzword going on. And so we’re going to talk all about it the good, the bad, the ugly, because I’ll really, there’s very little bad or ugly, but we’ll talk a lot about the good. And the little bit of bad that comes with passive income in this episode, and I’m even gonna like open up my books and share with you where all of my income comes from in my business, because it’s not all from one or two, or even five places, we got a lot of different income streams over here. And I’m gonna share them with you. So you can see how possible, this is for you, too. Before we get into that, just a final reminder, this is your last chance, it’s a little last time I’m going to be talking about this, the niche confident class is going on now. And it’s going up to its permanent forever price. In a matter of days, in just a few days, it will go up over 50%. So right now, you can get this complete niche training for over 50% off for the next few days. Only before it bumps up to its forever pricing, niche confident What the heck am I even talking about? It is a course specifically for the business owner who has never done any formal training, to get clearer on to define and to start marketing towards their niche, or niche or dream client or ideal customer, or whatever you want to call it. I see a lot of people and a lot of my clients, a lot of people that have been in in my programs, they think they have a niche. They think it’s specific enough. They think they are marketing and talking to these people, but they’re not. And so now it’s time for you to get honest with yourself and really see are you attracting the people that you want to work with? Are you being specific enough in your content? Are there these people actually in your audience? Or are you struggling to do that? Are you struggling to find these people? Are you struggling to say the right things? Are you struggling to have them connect
4:14
with you? And most importantly, are you having people become paying clients to the degree in which you want them to? AKA Are you making the money that you want to make? Are you creating the income that you want to create in your business? And if not, if the answer is no to any of that, you need to change that and you need to get to the root cause of what is going on there. And it starts with knowing and speaking to and honing in and getting really clear and confident in your niche or niche and that is what we are going to do in niche confident together. This is your chance to get in listen, you did not get into business to struggle your way through Do to put out content that nobody engages with, to not make the money that you want to make. And to just feel this, like lackluster thing about what you’re doing in your business. And knowing your niche is the first step. And it really is the catalyst that will drive everything else. Once you are confident in your niche, guess what else you’re going to be confident in, like everything, it really does guide everything, and really does create that entire system and your entire energetic expression of your business. So let’s start with that. And I’ve made it extremely accessible. So you all can get the proper training that you need in this area of your business. So Shawnmynar.com/niche, spelled N IC H E, Shawnmynar.com/niche, to get in on that, and the special pricing for a few more days only. Okay, let’s get into this chat about passive income. What is passive income in the first place, I think it’s important to start here, and really also talk about is it actually truly passive because that is a big misconception in this world, I think this online business space. So the way that I see passive income is any income that isn’t directly dependent or tied to your time, like, the amount of money that you make isn’t capped by the amount of time you can put in or the amount of time you’ve worked. A non passive income would be like one on one client work where you get paid when you get a one on one client, and you spend time with that one on one client, just the two of you. That is how you make money. And then to make more money, that means that you are taking more time to be with more clients. So you’re increasing your client load if you want to increase your income, which also means you’re increasing your workload that is not passive. So if it’s passive, that means that you can increase your income without really changing much of anything in terms of the workload that you have the time you spend, that kind of thing. So that is the difference between the two, we’re talking about passive income today. Now, I think that this buzzword buzz phrase is a little misleading, because it makes it seem like it’s completely hands off, and you don’t have to do anything. And money just flows into your bank account while you’re sleeping while you’re on vacation. And that is absolutely true. That does happen for some of your passive income streams. But that doesn’t mean and it shouldn’t go unnoticed. All of the work that you did to get to that point where you could be sleeping, and make money, you could be on vacation and be making money, there’s a lot of work, a lot of time spent to get to that point. And there may even be some work that you’re still actively doing. It’s just you’re spending your time a little differently. And most importantly, that time that you are spending is not determining the income that you are available to make. So the time that you are spending working on your business, working in your passive income streams, is actually spent doing things that will increase your income increase your impact exponentially. Why while creating time and energy for you away from work, I hope this all is making sense. I’m just split firing some words here, going with it. So hopefully that makes sense. But very rarely is income entirely passive entirely hands off, and it’s just rolling in while you do absolutely nothing. I do personally have some of those passive, like truly passive income streams. But that also doesn’t take away from the fact that at one time I was working really hard to get those up and running, I was spending months of time in some cases, getting them to that point to where they could be entirely passive. And we’ll talk about some of those because some of them are actually really easy and have been really easy and very little time taken to make them truly entirely passive. But what typically happens in most cases is that when you have a passive income stream, you are instead spending most of your time marketing that product, creating content around that product, serving the clients and customers that have purchased that product fiddling around with the back end of that product to see if it can be more optimized to work a little better that it’s still working that it’s doing what it’s supposed to do all the back end stuff. So it still does work. While your time, energy and effort from you, but that time, energy and effort doesn’t directly correlate to the amount of sales you make, or the income you produce, we got it. I think we got it. Let me go into my examples now. So ever since I’d say 20, probably mid 2017, I have had around 20 streams of income in my business at any given time, and all but one of them have been passive. So the one active, I guess we’ll call it stream of income is having one on one clients, which I have done on and off over the years. First of all, I am an affiliate for I’d say about 10 Different brands that I still actively receive payouts from some I talk about and reference today. Others I do not, but I still get that payout. So today, there are software and tools that I use in my business that have made my life a ton easier that I super love, that have made my business more impactful and really helped me grow my business that I now share with others. So I talk about them when it’s appropriate I share about them in my programs, I write emails, blog posts, maybe potentially on social media talking about them as well. And most importantly, I am consistently working to build an audience of people who want to hear about these products. So I would say probably about five of those 10 brands I’m actively talking about today. But then there are others that I haven’t talked about in a long time, I’m talking years, but I still get payouts from them on a monthly basis. And this is because Ding ding ding here, listen up. I wrote blog posts, and created podcast episodes, where I referenced those products a long time ago, and they are still out there in the world. And so people are still using my link to purchase those products. And I’m making affiliate commissions. I’m thinking about one in particular right now. It’s called soy thrival. And it is bovine colostrum. And I wrote a blog post about my experience using it for my auto immune disease in probably 2014 2015, maybe it still is one of my most popular pages on my website, people still read that blog posts from years and years and years ago, purchased the colostrum to help them with their autoimmune disease. And I get a payout. And this is however many years ago, and it probably took me you know, an hour or two hours at the most to write that blog post. And here we are, years later, and I’m still getting that return. So that’s an example of how it really truly can be passive. First of all, because I’m not doing I haven’t ever talked about that really anywhere else except that blog post. And it can also be a situation where you don’t have to spend a lot of time energy and effort getting it to that point, either. This is where breaking that idea of I need to work harder to make more money, which is like my it’s ingrained in my head so deeply from so many past generations of my family. That is a very big belief that I constantly struggle with. But that just breaks it right there that proves it wrong over and over and over again, every single month, every single time I see that go into my PayPal account, the affiliate Commission’s for that. I know it’s not true, I don’t have to work harder to make more money. I just found a product I really super loved that really worked for me and a problem that I was experiencing. I shared my honest experience and what it did for me, I put it out into the world for people to know about that information too. And here we are, let’s see six, seven years later. Really, really cool stuff there. And this is also just a reminder to you, first of all, and we’ll talk about this create a partnership with brands you love see if they have an affiliate system to become an affiliate for them. And so reminder for that, but also a reminder that the content that you are creating now in your evergreen type content, which would be blog posts, podcasts, episodes, YouTube videos, the stuff that you’re putting in there lives forever. And so remember that you know even If you write a blog post, and five people read it today, how many people are going to read it in the coming years, and the impact that it could make whether it has a link to a product you love or not just the impact that it can make for years and years and years to come. So keep that in mind, too, they live on and they gain a life of their own in some cases. So I have about three or four probably other brands that are like that, where I have, like I said, podcast episodes from years ago that people are still listening to, and still using those blinks. So that right there is about 10 of my income streams 10 ways I make money every month. Now, I also have my courses and programs. So right now I have three courses, and one program that are actively on my website. And I’m sharing about them regularly. They’re going on, they are available for purchase, I talk about them a lot here I talk about them. On my social media channels, I write blog posts that linked to them, all of that stuff. And that’s launch list accelerator, holistic business starter, and niche competent. Those are my three courses, actively promoting them right now. I also have one program, my signature program, which is kind of meta here signature program lab where I teach others how to create your own passive income stream weird, how weird is that, by way of a signature program. So that is a program because I am actively in there, I’m holding coaching calls, and office hours and things like that. So it’s more of a program, not so much a course. So these four incomes streams are by far the bulk of my day to day work, not necessarily creating them, I already did that. And it took a while to create all of those, yes, I’m not gonna lie, it takes a while it takes probably a couple months to really create a good course a good program. And, but that’s already done. And so now I really spend my time in the sales and marketing department of these courses and program, I’m working on launching them and doing the work behind the scenes to get a launch prepped for these. I’m supporting the people going through I’m working on the backend of it, I’m creating content around them to get people interested and involved if they want to be. And most importantly, I’m building an audience of people that are a good fit for these programs and courses. So that is where a large, large large chunk of the work I’m doing day to day is going right now. Now, I also have one other course that I don’t actively promote, that still sells regularly from past podcast episodes, I have blog posts that go to it, I have freebies out there in the world that go to it. Now it’s not even on my website actively, there is a sales page for it, where you can just go to my website and find it right now. But this is all coming from past content content that I created years ago, that is still working in my business. So once again, that reminder what you are doing today in the Evergreen sense. So this does not necessarily apply to social media or anything like that. But these evergreen pieces of content that you are creating will go on to work for you and your business for years to come. So yes, I still have that course going on behind the scenes that does sell that is entirely passive at this point. But of course, a lot of work went into creating that and creating a whole business around that all the podcast episodes. I mean, I basically had an entire podcast that was just directed to this one course and so 130 podcast episodes that now lead to that course. And so yeah, a lot of active work at the time that then is still now working for me passively. I then also have an ebook that I don’t talk about or promote at all but but still sells from years ago. So I wrote this ebook. It’s actually a workout routine, a four week workout program for people who have autoimmune disease or adrenal issues or hormone issues that need to take it easy on their bodies but still want to keep or get fit in their own way and being gentle with all of that. So really cool thing, really cool program I created. Gosh, this was back in 2008 15 or 2016, I think, to created this ebook, I wrote a blog post that links to it. And I put that blog post up on Pinterest and have some pins to that. And it took off. And it is a really popular another really popular blog post that I still have on my website. And it links to that ebook, and people buy that ebook. So again, superduper passive at this point, on my end, wasn’t always the case did the right things to make it so that it could be passive now, and it will continue to work for me and my business. So those are, I think I’ve covered them all, there might be more. But you know, then I also, of course, like I said, have one on one coaching as well, which I do when it feels like the right time in my business, I do offer one on one coaching, it went from nutrition coaching, to mindset coaching to now being business coaching, and I do offer one on one business coaching. So if that’s something you’re interested in, send me a direct message on Instagram, and we can talk about that at Shawn Mynar over there. So that is not passive that is active, I am working with you, I am deep in your business world and helping you build that. So very active. But as you can see, I now have the capacity to do that and to kind of be more picky about when I take one on one clients, what kind of one on one clients I take, and how many and all of that stuff because I have created this space in my business to do so because of these passive income streams. And the majority of them being passive, the majority of the ways that I make income is in this passive sense. And I hope you know by now how passionate I am about helping you get there too, because it’s really challenging to do it any other way it will lead to burnout, it will lead to you not loving what you do anymore. Because you’re so wrapped up in the time and energy that everything takes when it could be so much different, it could be so much easier. And I still don’t see enough of you taking advantage of this. And that is what I want to change. And you don’t have to wait for your business to be bigger or for you to have had more clients. This is stuff that you can and should be doing right now. Like I said, those blog posts that I wrote, however, many years ago, I was still, you know, barely making ends meet at least things were not going that well in my business to be totally honest. But I kept looking for these opportunities. And I did the work that I knew would continue to help me. So I wrote those blog posts, or worked with these brands that I really loved and really helped me and I just shared the word and look at this. Now however, many years later, they’re still working behind the scenes for me. And if I wouldn’t have done it, if I would have told myself, Oh, I’m not ready, or I need my business to be going well, I need a bigger audience, I need to have more clients or any of these things that you guys are telling yourself that are keeping you stuck, please stop waiting and start doing this work. It will help you for years and years and years to come. But you’ve got to get out of your own way and start doing some of this. Okay, I’m off my soapbox, I got a little hot there. Because this is what I see. And I don’t want that to happen for you anymore. It can be easier, it can be simpler. So let’s make it happen in your business. Not to mention just as a side note, it is also very fun to make passive income, it is very, very cool to be sleeping or be doing something entirely different or be at lunch or on vacation or on a hike and get a notification that someone has bought something that’s going to change their lives that is going to help them immensely. And you didn’t have to be hands on with that entire process. very, extremely cool and life changing for everyone involved. So let’s get you there. Let’s talk about some of these passive income options that you have to add to your business, a lot of which I’ve already shared because I’ve done them, too, but we’ll go over them in a more succinct way. So you have options to choose from. I do want to stop here quickly and remind you that this takes time. Don’t expect to have 20 streams of income coming in by next week. This is something that builds over time but you’ve got to get started now and really get Clear and intentional about what you’re doing and what you’re building now. And then as you go, you will start maybe having more brands that you love, or you will have an idea for a course or a program or a masterclass or something like that. And it just keeps building. So let me make that clear right now. So don’t get yourself overwhelmed and stressed out thinking, you have to start working on all of these right away. These are in no particular order, just kind of how I was thinking of them. So just know that also, the first one being an e book, like I said, I created a four week program, it was just a digital ebook that I created on Canva and sold. And you can do that to something like a recipe book, or a journal or a workout program. Is there anything in your business or in what you do with clients, that would be conducive to being in a book, it could just be an actual book to a writing? Is there anything that would work to be in an e book. So obviously, ebooks are typically really low price point, mine sells for $19. I think that’s a pretty average rate for an e book. But a really great way for people to get an idea of what it’s like working with you to get their hands on some of the work you do if you are like a recipe creator or something like that in a very digestible way. And in something that is a really accessible way, you know, really low price point. So good option there. And that can just live basically, on your website at all times with you kind of promoting it and building your audience around it and that kind of thing. And of course, like I mentioned, write blog posts that then link to it that works well to the next would be a paid masterclass, which could be either live or pre recorded. So this would be if you want to teach on something that could be taught in like, an hour or two. And you can set it up. So people join you live over zoom or whatever. And you teach on the thing, you give them some stuff to do in that one or two hours. And they come away with some sort of small specific transformation. So obviously, yes, masterclasses are best if kept small, and if kept very specific, they are also a really great again, kind of like intro to working with you. Because they’re also usually a low price point, I would say under $100, for the most part would be an average price point of a masterclass whether it be live or pre recorded, doesn’t matter. So again, something to think about in your business, if there’s one very specific topic, one really specific thing that you could do, where you’re teaching, and coaching, and also giving a little bit of work that can be done in kind of a class format, that is live or pre recorded or both. So you can definitely do it live and have people come and attend and pay to be there live. And then keep that recording and put it up as a pre recorded masterclass on your website, or just create a landing page for it if you don’t have a website yet. And that can go on for years and years and years to come. That could be a passive income source for you. Number three, we have a paid challenge. A lot of challenges are free, that is kind of like a launch style that you can use to get people then into a bigger course or program from there. But you can also do it as a paid challenge. And I again, would say this is a really low price point like under $20. To have people join in this challenge where you’re, you know, it’s three days or five days, and you’re kind of work taking them through some work that again, provides a transformation, a small transformation at the end, and kind of takes them on this mini journey. Again, a really great way for people to get to know you and your work at a very low price point. And just as a side note, in all of these cases where you have a really low price point way of working with you, it almost always leads to them wanting to invest in another way to work with you that is most likely going to be at a higher price point. So having these low price point offers is essential to help your business growth. It’s just a known fact that once someone pulls their credit card out to work with you once they are much more likely to do so again. So it’s really nice to have these low price point things that are always available or maybe they do kind of come out and you promote them at certain times. Seems that works too. But a challenge is one of those options. And most likely it will be with emails, you’ll send an email with, you know, work for them to do a lesson. And also potentially, like I just did in my challenge, a podcast episode, or you could, and, really, you should also have a live component, a way to go live in a Facebook group that’s private, or on a slack group or on Instagram or something like that. So they get a little bit of live coaching in that challenge as well. Moving on to number four, which is online courses, if you have something in your business, or something that you want to teach your dream clients, that is how to content it. Like you will know, if you have an online course within you if you can think of a topic that starts with how to like how to create a month’s worth of meals in one hour, or how to read your own astrology sign. Those kinds of things, where it’s really can be chunked down into a step by step tutorial of how to do this thing. That is what is good for an online course. If you have that in your business, then you can work with an online course creation platform, I love Kajabi, you can put all of your content into this platform, take these people through the process of learning that thing. And do so through video content, audio content, PDFs, worksheets, guides, all of that stuff, put it all into this one place and have people go through it, it’s as simple as that you have an online course you have a place for people to go to learn how to do something within your area of expertise, your niche.
32:04
Now, you can also have a signature program, which is number five, and that is my love. That is what I teach. And that is what I guide people through on how to create in their business. And that is different than an online course, I did a whole podcast episode about this. But I’ll share the debrief here. The main difference is with a signature program, it’s guiding people along on a journey on a transformation that goes beyond just how to do something. Now you may be teaching how to do something within your program, you may be teaching how to do a lot of things. But it goes beyond that. Because it also provides the support and the community that an online course does not because you perhaps we’ll be doing office hours or a group coaching call or you know any you’ll have this community aspect as well, where the group can kind of work through everything together to which is just so powerful and not typically provided in an online course. And if it is, then it’s not a course it’s a program. And they’re just calling it something different. So that’s really one of the biggest differences is in that how to do something in an of an online course versus let me guide you through this journey, this transformation and, and be there for support and encouragement as well. And because of that difference than the other difference is in the price point. So online courses usually have a lower price point than a signature program, usually quite a bit lower. Because it’s a lot more hands off. There’s not that support, and guidance and encouragement that a lot of people need. Whereas in a signature program, it’s a bigger transformation than just how to do this thing. It’s a bigger transformation, there is that support and guidance, and there is that community. So that naturally comes with a higher price point. But the actual doing creating of the program is very similar to the course where you are figuring out what do you want to put in that program, the journey that you want to take people on what you want to include what’s important for them to know and learn and do and creating the content and putting it into your platform for them to all go through. And then once that’s done, it’s done. So obviously, signature programs are my favorite, I think, you know,
34:38
I think it’s the one that I am most drawn to and really wanted to help people with the most out of all of these, because it’s so impactful for both your clients which is obviously really important. It’s so impactful for your clients and for you and your business. It’s just, I don’t know, it’s my favorite and I think it’s Best. And if you’re interested in having a signature program in your business, I would love to guide you through the process. Just go to Shawnmynar.com/bundle. Next, let’s move on to talk about memberships, which is number six on my list. So a membership is a situation where you have someone paying your clients paying you on a monthly basis or a yearly basis to stay a part of your membership. So you likely are giving deliverables to them every week, or every month or quarterly, probably a combination of all of the above. And they stay a member to get access to that continued content, continued support, encouragement to be part of the community and the group, and everyone starts becoming friends. And then it’s all a really fun, great membership. And people stay members for as long as they want a council when they want. It comes and goes it ebbs and flows. And that’s how memberships work. And you are creating content for that membership. Kind of on a rolling basis. As I mentioned, there will be something potentially that you provide weekly, something, maybe you provide monthly something, maybe you provide quarterly yearly, and you kind of have to decide on what those would be and do them as part of your membership in order to keep your members. So that is an option for you to and pricing for memberships, they’re kind of all over the place. But you know, typically it can be somewhere between $20 a month, up to $200 a month totally depends on obviously, what you are providing the transformation that’s going to happen, and the promise of your membership. Next, we have brand partnerships. So this is when we kind of switch and start talking about not things that you are necessarily creating in your own business, but ways that you are earning income for talking about other businesses, perhaps. And brand partnerships are a phenomenal way to do that. We are definitely in the area of affiliate marketing, and it works. I’ve definitely purchase things when I see other people that I trust recommending them. And I also I like talking about businesses and things and products that I love and that I use. I think this is really important when talking about brand partnerships, I think this goes without saying but let me just say it anyway, to partner with those brands that you really truly do love and use yourself and recommend and have experience with instead of just picking the ones that like pay the most money or something which honestly, I do think some people do, but let’s not be those people. But yeah, if there are brands that you love companies that you love, check out and see if they have an affiliate program, or a partnership program. Some people call it different things. And that’s fine, it all means the same thing. And look into it and see if that works for you see if that would be something to include in your business. Sometimes they’re really good. And sometimes they’re not so good. And it’s not even worth it, you’ll just kind of talk about it as you talk about it for free, because you love something and it’s not worth signing up and going through that process. So make sure it looks good to you and then partner up with some brands that you love. And this is a great thing that you can include in your email newsletters, just talking about a brand or an experience with a brand that you love and why you love it. And providing that link and obviously making it clear that you do receive commission, just to be totally transparent. But that is a really great thing to put in those emails to write blog posts about to talk about in your podcast episodes or your YouTube videos and really create a great system where you are talking about things that you love. And people are taking your advice, taking your recommendations and getting that in their lives and you get paid for it. How cool is that? It’s a great, great thing. I do also want to include in this section, working with supplement companies because I know I have a lot of health coaches and nutritionists and naturopath and acupuncturist and all these wellness business owners which is so amazing and we all have a great opportunity to partner with the supplement companies that we use and recommend for our clients or that we have in stock or just that you would recommend anybody use and get a really great perk or Really a great affiliate commission for recommending certain supplements. And again, don’t recommend supplements you don’t actually use or recommend just because you want to get their affiliate commission, that is not okay. But if you are already really using and recommending and putting a certain protocol together that has all these supplements, well, then you should be getting paid for that
40:28
that is totally okay. And so get that set up in your business ASAP if you work with supplements. So that’s brand partnerships. Now let’s move on to referrals, you referring people to other people’s work, that’s actually something I forgot to put in my list of my income streams is referring people to other people’s courses, or to become clients of other people’s and getting a kickback for that. So that’s what I mean by referrals, if you have taken a course or a program, or worked with someone that you love that really had a great product. And now you would recommend that to somebody else, well then recommend it to somebody else. And before you do, so check in with them to see if they have a partner program. So I have a partner program for all of my courses and programs. And there are people who are in my courses and programs that then recommend they sign up for the partner program. And then they recommend them to their friends or colleagues or family members, and they get a payout. Because they just marketed my course for me. So of course, I want to give them a nice, big thank you for that. So if there is anything in your life that you have had a great experience with, become a partner. And, you know, yeah, you can do word of mouth talking about it to your friends and colleagues, you can post about it, you can write an entire blog post about it, you can do a whole email, sequence around it, whatever you want to do as much as or as deep as you want to go. Obviously, the more you do, the more commissions you will make. But that’s up to you. And there’s a ton that you can do. And you can even contact that person directly who you are referring people to and ask how you can participate, maybe you can be a part of their next launch. And they can provide materials for you to use and everything. So lots of ways you can do that. Number nine, we have content sponsorship. So this would be if you have a blog, and you have advertisements along the side or along the bottom, where people are essentially paying to, or companies are paying to advertise on your content. Same thing with a podcast, if you have a podcast and you get sponsors on your podcast to kind of interrupt and create a commercial, where they are promoting their company, their brand, their product on your podcast. And then same thing goes for YouTube, content sponsorships, those can be really, really big and lucrative for you.
43:26
They typically take a decent sized following. So enough people reading your blog, listening your podcast going on your YouTube channel in order to get that interest from other companies or brands. And in order for it to actually be a decent chunk of change. But hey, even 20 bucks, who cares? Let’s just get some passive income going. But yeah, it will take a specific usually it takes a specific number for you to hit in that regard before companies will consider partnering with you in in that space. So keep that in mind. But content sponsorship is awesome. And I am actually still getting payouts from content spot sponsorship from my past podcasts from years ago. I’m still getting payouts from that as well, which is really cool. And that can be the case for your content, as well, but content that lives forever. That’s what we’re really going for here. Alright, we’ve made it to the last one, which I feel like is a kind of new passive income opportunity, then that is subscription based content. I guess it’s not new, but it just seems to be really taking off lately, I think because like you can do Instagram subscriptions now. You can do newsletter subscriptions now. And podcast subscriptions to where basically it means there’s a specific type of content or level of content that is behind this paywall that Oh, only people that subscribe can receive. So you may have a podcast where everyone gets to listen. But then you have specific podcast episodes where only people who pay can listen. And same thing with newsletters, you might have, you know, a weekly newsletter, but then you give more specific, highly targeted, more valuable content in a newsletter that only people who pay can receive. And like I said, I think now Instagram has this way where you can have a subscription to where you only see certain extra Instagram posts are a part of a group or something like that on Instagram. So that is an option for you to again, something to just consider, really, in all these cases, it’s something to really look at what you want to do, how you want to help people, what kind of services what kind of help do you want to provide? And how can you package that up in different ways. And you can see that all of these are really different price points, two different ways that people can work with you at differing price points based on what they need, what their problem is, what they have access to. And that’s really important too, is to have these different levels of access to you in your business. So like I said, as we wrap this up, like I said, I don’t want you to hear this list and get overwhelmed and start thinking you have to do all of these, right now. Instead, I want you to be excited and inspired by the amount of opportunity that is at your fingertips right now for you to make more money, and work less, while still helping a ton of people, more people than you ever thought possible. That is so cool. And so powerful. And that is the world that we are living in right now, we have this opportunity, we might as well make the most of it and start creating these other income streams in your business, start doing this work to have these moments where you are just out doing something, you’re out running errands and you get an email that someone bought your program, or that you got a payout from a brand, or you get an email that some brand wants to work with you and wants to sponsor your podcast, this is all possible for you. And if there’s any even teeny, tiny little voice in your head, that is saying, well, it’s possible for everyone else. But you. If there’s anything in you saying that, then we need to talk, I want you to send me a DM at Shawn Mynar on Instagram. And let’s talk about that. Let’s figure out where that’s coming from and what we can do to prove that wrong. And I can tell you, like I mentioned, I am someone who has always been told and has always thought I have to work harder to make more money. And when I first my very first opportunity to make passive income was with an e book that is not out or it’s so embarrassing that it’s not even being sold super passively. At this point, this ebook is in its grave. But I did make my first sale of that ebook many many years ago. And that was the first time I had the experience of not working harder to make more money. And it changed me forever. Because it changed that voice in my head because that voice got weaker. Because I had evidence that it wasn’t true that it was possible for me that even though I wasn’t very far along in my business, even though I did not know what I was doing, even though I did not know the tech side of anything or how to do any of this behind the scenes. Even though that first ebook was so embarrassing and ugly, it still helped people and people still bought it. That is what I needed. And I will help guide you through that for you, too.
49:18
I just need to know where you’re at. So send me a DM at Shawn Mynar over on Instagram. I’m hanging out there for the most part. And I hope this helps give you some ideas of where your business could go really, really soon and just chunk it down one step at a time. All right. Until next time, take care. Hey friends, Shawn here and if you’re a coach or practitioner who’s looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don’t want to miss. Right now. I’m hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As, as many of you know, the signature program business bottle has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created, and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs, I’m now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I’m just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don’t have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you’re at in your business today. So if you’re like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business, that helps the people that are meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there’s a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you’re going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life health, family and self care. You’ll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You’ll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can’t wait to enroll in your program. Once it’s ready. Even if right now you’re starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it’s gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout Proof can’t wait to see you there.
Oct 19, 2022 | Unstuck Podcast
There’s one big marketing mistake that I see a lot of wellness business owners making that they don’t even realize they’re making. And If you’re someone who’s making this mistake, it’s easily costing you clients, sales and income. With just one simple shift, you can solve this problem, save your marketing materials, and quickly start making more sales, attracting a bigger audience, and connecting deeper with your people. Let’s find out if you’re making this big marketing mistake and how you can turn it around asap. Stay tuned!
Niche Confident Class – shawnmynar.com/niche
“Squeeze the most out of your content. Be sure to use it to the best of your ability. Be sure as many people get in touch with that content as possible.” – Shawn Mynar
“Just remember that what you are creating today can be re-used over and over and should be re-used over and over again.” – Shawn Mynar
“People feel seen, heard, understood, and acknowledged when they feel like someone is in their head, speaking directly to them using the words and phrases that they have going on over and over in their head.” – Shawn Mynar
“It’s about changing your words so that you create a better connection with the people that are already in your audience.” – Shawn Mynar
“Figure out their words then do an audit with your stuff.” – Shawn Mynar
FULL EPISODE TRANSCRIPT BELOW:
0:00
We need to have some real talk, because there’s one big marketing mistake that I see a lot of wellness business owners making, and they don’t even realize they’re making it. And we need to figure out if that’s you, too. If you’re someone who’s making this mistake, it is easily costing your clients sales, and obviously income. And with just one simple shift, you can solve this problem, you can save your marketing material, and quickly start making more sales, attracting a bigger audience and connecting deeper with your people. Let’s find out if you too are making this marketing mistake and how you can turn it around a s a p so you can feel good about selling again. Stay tuned.
0:52
Hey there, I’m Shawn Mynar, and this is unstuck entrepreneur. I’m a former nutritionist who turned a struggling stressful nutrition practice into a thriving freedom build online business where I work from home in my sweatpants while reaching and helping 1000s of people all at the same time. Now I’m obsessed with showing other heart centered coaches, practitioners and solopreneurs how to build a business and life they love. Consider this podcast your safe space to learn both the inner work and practical strategies required to build the impactful profitable business of your dreams, no hustle, grind, or long hours required. That’s right hustle culture, not welcome here. Let’s get into today’s session.
1:36
Hey, hey there, friends. Welcome back to the unstuck entrepreneur podcast. So grateful to have you here. So grateful for your support of this show means the world to me. And I hope you enjoy the last five episodes before this one where we went through and did things a little differently had a little challenge for you had episodes come out every other day for over a week. That was cool. What I realized, you know, I’ve been podcasting for almost eight years now, and have put out an episode every single week like clockwork. In some cases, if I’m taking a break, they’ve been repeat episodes. But I think I’ve only missed one or two weeks in the past eight years almost. And for some of that time, I was even doing two a week, either having overlapping podcasts or doing two episodes on one podcast a week, it was just I podcasted a lot. And I’ve just always stuck with this feeling or this thinking that you just put out an episode a week, you stay consistent with it. And obviously that is great. And that’s what a lot of people do. And it’s definitely what I recommend if you’re just starting with your podcast. But then I’m like, You know what, I don’t have to do that I can do whatever I want. If I want to put out multiple episodes in one week, if I want to do this challenge, and put out five episodes every other day for 10 days. Why not? Let’s do it. Let’s mix it up a little bit. So anyway, that’s what happened. And I hope you enjoyed it. It also was a lesson for me or just a reminder, and I’m just saying this here so that you can be reminded of this to to use your content, any and all content that you create, especially content that has really helped people that was really impactful and that you really are proud of use it to its fullest extent. So as you probably noticed, and you may have been a part of this in the past two, I hosted that challenge back in April of 2021 in a kind of live format. And I had these, these recordings of it that I was just kind of not doing anything with haven’t done anything with for a year and a half. But I really loved that challenge. I put a lot of work into creating that challenge for people and didn’t have it just sitting there collecting dust when it was something I’m really proud of, and I know helped a lot of people, it didn’t make sense. So as I’m kind of thinking about how can I best use and reuse and squeeze the most out of all of this content that I’m creating for my business, when I have something that is an audio recording of something that would be really helpful to you as podcast listeners, I’m going to use it. So now that I’ve gotten into that frame of mind and starting to think more about that it is possible that you will start seeing like recordings of past coaching calls I’ve had, where I still have that audio, maybe the audio of some videos I’ve done where you don’t need to actually see me to get the message. And I will put those up on the podcast too. Because you know, we all can do whatever we want with the platforms that we have. We don’t have to stick to any rules. Number one lesson here and number two lesson squeeze the most out
5:00
Have your content, be sure to use it to the best of your ability. Be sure as many people get in touch with that content as possible, which means potentially bringing it back after a year and a half or three years or five years, if it still resonates, and the message is still clear, just remember that what you are creating today can be reused over and over and should be reused over and over again. So it’s not all like you spent hours on this thing, and then never sees the light of day doesn’t have to be that way and shouldn’t be that way. So if you have no idea what I’m talking about, go back the past five episodes before this episode was a client attraction challenge that I put together for all of you who are wanting to attract more people to your work to get more paying clients. It’s like the five things that you really need to consider, first and foremost, when getting into that space of attraction, client attraction. So head back there and get started on those after you listen to this episode. And take you back to one of the conversations within that challenge. We talked about the need to get really, really clear and defined and competent, on who you help, and how you help them. In the business world. This is called defining your niche or niche, your ideal customer. If you are in my world, my orbit, I like to call it the dream client. I have noticed over the years of helping wellness professionals with their businesses, that this is a big, major, huge sticking point, they might know that this is a big huge sticking point for them. But a lot of people don’t realize that they are resisting, creating and defining a niche, or that they think they have a niche. But it’s not nearly specific enough. There’s just a whole lot of stickiness, stuckness since this is the unstuck entrepreneur podcast around the idea of figuring out your niche, especially in the wellness world. And so let me ask you this question, on a scale of one to 10. How confident are you in your niche. Now, this is not asking you how specific you think your niche is how much you love your niche, how popular or unpopular your niche is. That’s not what I’m asking. I’m asking you how confident you are in your niche. And that’s a very specific feeling. And when you get to the point where you are thinking about and talking about and sharing about and telling everyone who you help and how you help them and the specific transformation that you provide people, what is your level of competence there.
8:01
And if you answer anything other than a 10, we got to talk because I have something for you, I’m going to help you get that to a 10. Because honestly, it needs to be a 10 If you want your business to grow it you really should be screaming from the rooftops about what you do and who you help and how you help them. And the problems you solve. That is when we have a growing business on our hands. And if you’re not at that 10 I have a class that I created just for you. It is called niche confident Hmm, how clever how specific how obvious and clear of what it is, I created this for the wellness coach or practitioner who needs more clarity in their business, so that they can approach their business and their potential clients with this competence that we absolutely 100% need. And when you have that confidence, think about it, then you obviously are more confident in your business. But that means that your potential clients are more confident in you. And when they are more competent in you, they become paying clients.
9:20
So when you have this confidence in who you help, how you help them, and that transformation that you provide these people, then your clients are more confident in you. And that is a requirement. Before people give you their credit card and say Here, take my money, I want your help. They need to feel confident in your ability to help them that you are the right person for them that you quote unquote get them and we’re gonna talk about that in this episode. So if you are someone who has spent a little too much time going back and forth
10:00
add what you want your niche to be on what you think your niche should be. This is for you. And I can tell you right now figuring out and defining and getting competent and comfortable in your niche should not take months and months and months, we got better things to do my friends. So let’s, let’s cut that, if you spent a little too much time here in this gray zone, we need to get yet competent, if that’s you, niche confident is for you, if you keep talking yourself out of niching down, as it’s known in this business world of ours, if you keep talking yourself out of that, because you fear that it’ll be too limiting, that you might turn possible paying clients down, or anything like that. You need to be inside niche competent. Or if you have an itch, and you’ve decided on it and you’re feeling pretty good about it. But then you find yourself not really speaking to it, not really staying on that topic kind of breezing around it kind of still sticking to general with the content that you do create, then this is for you to inside niche, confident, I’m gonna walk you through my step by step six part process to becoming confident in who you help and how you help them. So we’re going to create your dream client statement. And that will be the defining factor of your business from here on out, and will attract to the right people to your work with ease. So we’re going to do all of that together, I know that I don’t need to tell you that knowing your niche is the single most important thing to your business. And the number one thing you need to do right away even before you design your website, even before you print out your business cards are all the like little tangible stuff we like to do to fiddle with, to make it seem like we’re building a business. Nope, we got to stop that right now and go back to figuring out who you help and how you help them. Because that is the guiding force behind everything else in your business. Everything you do and create and design in your business, your website will be based off of your niche. So we’ve got to start there, and then your business can quite seamlessly flow after that happens. So let’s start now let’s get this going. This is your chance. Because right now, this entire niche competent course that I have just created for you, it’s hot off the presses. It’s just $97 until the end of the month as a special introductory offer since it is brand new, and then it’s going to jump up to 197. So you’re getting to 50% off right now, as of next month, it will jump up to the price of 197. Be sure to get on it now. I mean, is it even possible to get any sort of business training for under $100. This is like, not normally possible. So this is your chance, under $100, we’ll get you started on your business journey the right way, whether you are just starting out right now. And you know, this is the first thing you need to do, or you down the road of your business and you’re realizing oops, I never actually took the time and energy to to get competent in this part of my business. And now I can see why maybe my business hasn’t been going the way I’ve been wanting it to go. Let’s take a step back and get niche competent, and then move on from there. So $97 gets you access to the entire niche confidant course. And there’ll be a lifetime access my step by step training, you will also get a workbook of course, because if you’ve worked with me before, you know I love a good workbook, how else are we going to get all this work done and really feel good about what we’re doing if we don’t have a safe place to do the work. And you’re also going to get my Magnetic Messaging workbook as well. And there’s one more limited time offer that I am gifting to you. When you join niche confident now you also have the opportunity to have your dream client statement reviewed and critiqued by me. How fun is that? I mean, that’s gonna be a great time I will let you know. You know, once you give me your best work, I will let you know what you need to shift what words need to be changed what you need to do to make that a more comprehensive, clear statement that you feel good about. Shawnmynar.com/niche is where you go
15:00
To get this special offer, remember it is expiring, it will go up by over 50%. Very, very soon at the end of the month. So be sure to get in now, Shawnmynar.com/niche, can’t wait to see you there.
15:15
Speaking of all of this, today is something that really goes along with this conversation, we kind of blend it all in together. And it is a very superduper important conversation, please take what I am saying today. And be honest with yourself and your business and your marketing materials. And do a little audit after what we talk about today.
15:44
It is probably the most common mistake that I see coaches and practitioners make when it comes to their marketing, it’s a really big deal. And it’s a really big thing keeping you from making more sales. Obviously, marketing is there to make sales to appeal to the right people and turn lurkers into buyers. And what you might be doing this mistake that you might be making that honestly, you don’t even know you’re making, I have a really good feeling about that, is keeping those, it’s actually it’s turning lurkers into like, not for me, here’s just like, I don’t know what’s going on here, I’m gone. And we don’t want that. Obviously, if you are a coach or practitioner, there is a good chance that you are using practitioner speak. practitioner speak is what I call it when you use your words to create your content and marketing and not their words. So here’s the difference. Your words are based on your knowledge, your skill, your experience, your education, everything that you know, on your particular topic, the problem that you solve the work that you do with people,
17:11
it’s your default, and that’s totally fine and expected that’s normal. Your default is to use the words that are in your brain that come to you naturally, the words that perhaps you’ve learned as you’ve been trained.
17:30
So it’s a combination of that. And it’s also the idea in your brain that you want to sound like you know what you’re talking about, like you are an expert and professional, you want to showcase your knowledge. So that’s kind of the other side of this token.
17:50
And the thing with that is, it’s actually kind of doing the opposite, it’s actually turning your potential clients off.
18:00
Why? Because those aren’t their words. They don’t connect with those words and phrases that you’re using. And so you’re losing them, you aren’t creating that connection that is absolutely essential to get people to know like and trust you.
18:22
So their words are what they think and feel about their problems, their symptoms, their needs, wants, goals, desires, wishes, dreams, all that stuff. Their words are what they say to their friends and family, when they’re talking about what they’re going through when they’re talking about how they’re feeling and how they want to feel and what’s not going right and what they want to go better. As they’re having these conversations with other people and even in their own head potentially more often in their own head. Those are their words. It’s what they put into Google, when they’re trying to find a solution to their problem. What words are they using?
19:14
And so you have a role of being Yes, a coach, and or practitioner. And you also have a role of being a marketer. And when you have those two roles, your job is to match your words with their words. So you figure out your message, what you want to showcase what you want them to know.
19:41
And you kind of do this little dance of figuring out how you can take that message and put it into their words. That is the only way that you will get your audience and potential clients to know you like you and
20:00
trust you and we’ve talked about the know like and trust factor a lot here on the unstuck entrepreneur podcast that is going along with this entire theme of this episode, the confidence that you need your clients to feel in working with you the know like and trust, the connection. All of those things are needed before someone hands you their credit card and says, Yes, I want what you have to offer. So let me give you an example. This is an example I made up and is pretty obvious. But
20:35
I’m telling you friends, I see things very similar to this all the time. So yes, I made this up, but I was thinking of what I see as I was coming up with this. Alright, so we have example number one, I help people re inoculate their gut with beneficial flora and repair intestinal permeability to restore normal bowel function.
21:04
Or
21:06
example number two, I help people with constipation heal their gut so they can poop regularly and beat the bloat.
21:15
which one sounds like a better connection point for the person who is constipated and bloated and their stomach hurts and they can’t fit into their jeans after lunch. And they’re struggling. And they just want to figure out how the heck they can poop regularly without having to take you know a laxative.
21:42
Which one’s going to be more appealing. Let me say him again. I help people reenact isolate their guts with beneficial flora and repair intestinal permeability to restore normal bowel function. I know this is extreme, but I’m telling you, I see things similar to this. Where I help people with constipation, heal their gut so they can poop regularly and beat the blow. I don’t know about you, but I am going on with the person that promises to help me poop regularly. Yes, please, help. I need this. I am not doing that right now. I’m struggling. I’m all yours. Right? Do you see the difference? It is saying the same thing. But when you say when you have that practitioner hat on, and you’re like, Yes, I just learned about re inoculation and intestinal permeability and all these big beautiful words that no one else knows. Unless you’re a practitioner or a coach. But your clients know what poop is. They know what constipation is. And they know what bloating feels like. And that’s their problem. So when you get out of using practitioner speak, and start using their words, you get your clients into this place of OMG you get me people feel seen, heard, understood, and acknowledged when they feel like someone is in their head, speaking directly to them, using the words and phrases that they have going on over and over and over in their head
23:22
when you speak directly to their problems, their goals, and desires. So what better way is there to establish that trust and immediately make you their person, their go to authority over anyone else? All the other people in the world that are helping reenact you late gods and repair intestinal permeability. They’re busy saying that and using these fancy words, and you’re just telling people, Hey, I’ll help you poop regularly again, who do you think is going to have more clients is going to attract a bigger audience is going to make more sales? It seems pretty obvious, right?
24:03
And what’s even better, this means that you’re making those sales without even needing to worry about increasing your audience or getting more followers or anything like that. So many people are focused on and really have, for some reason decided that’s the thing that’s going to increase their income. It doesn’t have to be about that. And it’s not really about that. Instead, it’s just about changing your words, so that you create a better connection with the people that are already in your audience. Even if your audience is like 20 people right now. It’s just like the people that you know, in your town or your Facebook friends or whatever. There are people in that audience right now that if you just used the right word, and you figured out what was going on in their heads would feel that connection with you and would want to become paying clients. So you don’t need to worry about getting more
25:00
More people worry about building the connection with the people that you do have. And guess what, as you’re busy doing that, then that your audience automatically grows to because you’re using the right words now.
25:13
So, I hope you can see that it’s actually a pretty simple fix, I’m not going to say it’s easy, because it does take time, it takes practice, there’s learning and growing and understanding and changing to do. So I’m not going to say, oh, it’s easy, just go to this, it’ll take it five minutes. It’s not that but it is simple. It’s a simple fix, you’re simply changing your words. And the way that you start with this, the way you figure out what words to use, is to really, truly understand your dream client from a deep, deep level, get into their head, go through their day, listen to the conversations they’re having. And all of this is what we do in the Magnetic Messaging workbook. So I will guide you through this process of figuring out what those words and phrases are. So you don’t have to worry about that. But you need to get clear on it, you need to take the time to do it, and continue to do it over and over again, continue to refine it, as you learn more, as potentially you get more clients, then you start learning even more about them and understanding them even more. And that just continues to fuel this messaging work that you’re doing. So that’s the first thing, figure out their words,
26:41
then I want you to do an audit on your stuff, things that you’ve potentially already created in your business, even if it’s just social media posts or something right now. But if you have any landing pages, sales pages, emails, freebies, social media posts, like I said, whatever content you are creating, you have created in your business, go back and do an audit and get honest with yourself. Are you using your words? Or their words? Would that dream client read that and be like, OMG? They’re in my head? They get me? Are you creating those moments? In all of your content?
27:27
There really are these kind of tests to pass that you should be looking through these lenses. When you’re creating any and all content, that first test is like OMG, you get me does it pass that test where someone read that, who is your dream client, not you in your head, but them in their heads and feel that way like the you get me factor. And then second, this is like a bonus bonus tip that we didn’t talk about in this episode, but probably will in a future episode, the fourth grader test, meaning that it is simple and clear, not clever and cutesy and all these metaphors and made up words and made up phrases. And again, really heavy, big things that only you as the coach or practitioner knows, can a fourth grader understand your content, do they get the message if they are in fourth grade.
28:29
That is how simple clear and easy to understand we want your marketing material. So those are the two tasks that you want to run all of your content through. Go back just as practice and you know the things that you have available to your clients right now to your audience, you know, maybe it is a landing page or freebie or something, go back and put it through those tests. Fourth grade test, and OMG you get me test.
28:59
Again, if you want support and guidance in determining their words, and how to include this in your marketing that is included in niche confident, you can head to Shawnmynar.com/niche to get it at the lowest investment it will ever be right now for a few weeks if you’re listening to this when it airs. And really please take the time to go back and do this work. Do that audit, it makes such a big difference and it will help you get more paying clients quicker, easier. It’s like why wouldn’t you do that? Kind of worth it if you asked me and if you have any questions or you want to give me any feedback on this episode or any episode of unstuck entrepreneur be sure to head over to Shawnmynar on Instagram and send me a message let me know what you think. Let me know if you have any questions. If you want any input or feedback on anything that you have out there in the world.
30:00
I’m happy to do that and just love chatting with you all. I appreciate all of your messages and all of your support. And until next time, take care.
30:09
Hey friends, Shawn here. And if you’re a coach or practitioner who’s looking to help more people, make more money and have more free time than I have a special invitation for you that you don’t want to miss. Right now, I’m hosting a free masterclass that will walk you through the process of adding a signature program to your business. As many of you know, the signature program business model has been my primary way of doing business since 2017. And after seven programs of my own created and helping dozens of other wellness pros create theirs. I’m now sharing my exact process with you for free. In this one hour masterclass. Now, you might be thinking, Shawn, I’m just not ready to have my own program yet. Or I don’t have the time to build a program right now. Are you crazy? I totally get it, I get all of it, which is exactly why I created this training in the first place. I want you to see how possible this really is for you, and how simple it can be when you have a tried and true proven system in place, no matter where you’re at in your business today. So if you’re like most coaches and practitioners who have a dream of creating a scalable offer in their business, that helps the people that are meant to help without it being directly tied to your time and energy. Then there’s a seat with your name on it inside my burnout prove your business masterclass. In just one hour, you’re going to learn why adding a signature program will uncap your income potential forever and give you more time for your own life, health, family and self care. You’ll learn exactly how my clients sold out her first program, even with a small audience. Because of this one super simple marketing hack that I am going to reveal. You’ll learn the simplified, foolproof process that will take your knowledge and experience and turn it into your own program in just six weeks, and also how to implement an automated marketing system that will grow an engaged audience full of Perfect Match clients that can’t wait to enroll in your program once it’s ready. Even if right now you’re starting at zero. All you have to do is head to Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof and save your seat for this masterclass before it’s gone. Shawnmynar.com/burnout proof I can’t wait to see you there. Hey, friend real quick before you go, don’t forget to head over to my website and take the quiz to find out your solopreneur personality type. I’ve created a super fun super informative two minute quiz that will show you which one of the four solopreneur personality types you fall into. Could it be the boss, the socialite, the visionary or the supporter? Which one are you? Not only is it just fun to know more about yourself, especially as it relates to your business, but it’s also really important information so you can be sure that you’re building a business that works for you, based on your energy, your personality, and your desires. Did you ever take those quizzes from the Cosmopolitan magazine back in the day? It’s kind of like that, but with actual solid questions and real helpful tips and advice at the end. You can find the What’s your solopreneur personality type quiz right on the homepage of my website at Shawnmynar.com head there now to take the quiz then let me know over on Instagram at unstuck entrepreneur what your type is I’ll see you over there
